INTEGRATED WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR
WEST SINGHBHUM, JHARKHAND

Submitted
to
DEPARTMENT OF FOREST AND ENVIRONMENT
GOVERNMENT OF JHARKHAND

Dr. D. S. Srivastava, Dr. P. S. Easa, Sri J. B. Jauher

The Team of Experts constituted by Govt. of Jharkhand

APRIL 2013
 LIST OF MAPS
1. Forest Cover map of Jharkhand.
2. Base Map of West Singhbhum
3. Block Map of West Singhbhum
4. Chaibasa Forest Circle Map showing mining area.
5. West Singhbhum Forest Cover map with mines.
6. Division Maps of Southern Circle Chaibasa
7. Forest Division Maps-
(a) Chaibasa (S) Forest Division
(b) Kolhan Forest Division.
(c) Porahat Forest Division.
(d) Saranda Forest Division.
8. Map showing Transacts and Village Samples
9. Transact Methodology Map
10. Compartment Map of Saranda F. D. showing CRPF camps.
11. Forest Cover map of West Singhbhum 2001
12. Forest Cover map of West Singhbhum 2011.
13. Elephant Distribution map 2011
 List of Annexures

1. Annexure I: Government Notification

2. Annexure II: Questionnaire to Mines
3. Annexure III: The Mining Leases in West Singhbhum District
4. Annexure IV: List of Approved leases in West Singhbhum district
5. Annexure V: List of Crushers in Chaibasa South Forest Area
6. Annexure VI: Livelihood Implications of Biodiversity Conservation in West
Singhbhum District
7. Annexure VII: Estimation of Plant abundance
8. Annexure VIII: Abundance estimation - Mammals - Indirect Evidences
9. Annexure IX: Abundance estimation- Reptiles and Amphibians
10. Annexure X: The plant species of distributed in West Singhbhum District
11. Annexure XI: Inventory of mammal species
12. Annexure XII: Inventory of Birds encountered during the field survey
13. Annexure XIII: Inventory of the Reptiles encountered during the field survey
14. Annexure XIV: Inventory of amphibians observed in the area
15. Annexure XV: Inventory of butterflies sighted during the field survey
16. Annexure XVI: Inviolate Area Proposal
17. Annexure XVII: Comments Director (WII), Dehradun on draft report
18. Annexure XVIII: Comments of Dr. R.K. Singh on draft report
19. Annexure XIX: Comments of PCCF (WL & BIOD) Jharkhand on draft report
20. Annexure XX: Comments of PCCF (WL & BIOD) Jharkhand on pre-final report.
 Survey and Research Team

1. Dr. Amit Kotia - Leader

2. Sri SanjaxXaxa - Research Assistant – Biodiversity

3. Sri NirajToppo - Research Assistant – Biodiversity

4. Sri Vikash Seth - Research Assistant – Biodiversity

5. Sri Ajit Kr. Verma - Research Assistant –Social Science

6. Smt. SwetaKumari - Research Assistant –Social Science

7. Smt. RinaKumari - Research Assistant –Social Science

8. Sri SantoshUraon - Research Assistant –Social Science

9. Sri KrisnaMahto - Research Assistant –Social Science

 PREFACE
The West Singhbhum district in Jharkhand is considered to be one of the richest in
terms of forest resources and biodiversity and also minerals. Concerns have been raised on
the impact of mining activities on the wildlife and the people. There are site specific
Wildlife Management Plans and EIA Reports for the mining areas. However, there had
been suggestions to have an Integrated Conservation Plan for the West Singhbhum district,
which will help in planning the development activities in the area. Government of
Jharkhand constituted a Committee for the purpose and as per the instruction of the
Government, the Steel Authority of India (SAIL) initiated action for such a Plan providing
logistic and financial support. The work was initiated in October, 2011 after a
reconnaissance in July and discussions with the officials of the Jharkhand Forest
Department. The team of experts visited the area in December 2011, January – February
2012 for biodiversity survey, studies on mining and impacts, socio-economic studies,
status of elephants and distribution, people and livelihood issues and other data collection
as per the plan format.

This is the final report of the work submitted to the Department of Forest and
Environment, Government of Jharkhand after incorporating the suggestions and comments
received from the Director, WII, Dehradun, Dr. R. K. Singh and PCCF (WL&BIOD cum
Chief wildlife Warden, Jharkhand) on a draft of the Plan. The suggestions and inputs
received on Pre Final and Final Plans from PCCF (WL&BIOD) Jharkhand, suggestions
received during the presentation meeting convened by the Principal Secretary, Dept. of
Forest and Environment, Government of Jharkhand and subsequent suggestions from
CWLW, Jharkhand helped in finalizing the Plan. The suggestions and inputs received in
the meeting with Regional Chief Conservator of Forests (Jamshedpur), Conservator of
Forests (Chaibasa) and DFOs of Saranda, Kolhan, Porahat and Chaibasa(s) Forest
Divisions were also incorporated in this Plan along with the revised recommendations,
activities and budget.

Dr. D. S. Srivastava Dr. P. S. Easa J. B. Jauher

Principal Investigator Co-investigator Advisor
 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The team of experts for preparation of Integrated Wildlife Management Plan

(IWLMP) is highly obliged to Department of Forests and Environment, Govt. of Jharkhand
for providing the opportunity to prepare this plan for West - Singhbhum district.

The team is indebted to the suggestions, guidance and help from Sri A. K. Singh
IFS, former Head of the Forests, Jharkhand, Sri A. K. Malhotra, IFS, PCCF, Jharkhand, Sri
S. N. Trivedy, IFS, PCCF (WL&BIOD), Sri K. K. Chatterjee, IFS, RCCF, Jamshedpur
while preparing the plan.

We have benefitted from the discussions with Sri P. R. Sinha, Director, WII, Dr. V.
B. Mathur, Dean, WII, Dr. Asha Rajwanshi, Dr. A. Srivastava and Dr. Sushant Choudhary,
Scientists, WII, Dehradun.

The team thanks Sri Kulwant Singh, IFS, the then CF (Chaibasa), Sri Y. K. Das
IFS, CF (Chaibasa Circle) and the Divisional Forest Officers Sri K. K Tiwari IFS, Sri S. R.
Natesha, IFS, Sri S. B Mishra and Sri B. K. Pal IFS for providing all the support including
secondary data and facilities during the field studies and suggestions on the Plan.

We are extremely obliged to all the Range Officers, Foresters, Forest Guards and
other staff of all the four Forest Divisions, who provided us the field guidance for our field
study and basic knowledge of the area.

We are very much obliged to Dr. Jyothis Satyapalan and his team of RUNL, Centre
for Economic and Social Studies, Hyderabad for their input while planning the survey and
the analysis of socio – economic data collected from the field.

We are very much thankful to Dr. Kiranmay Sharma, Asst. Prof, GGS lndraprastha
University, New Delhi for analysis and interpretation of satellite imagery of West
Singhbhum. Thanks are also due to SGS, Jamshedpur, who analyzed the field data of water
quality.

The team is highly thankful to SAIL for sponsoring this study. The team is grateful
to Raw Material Division officers of SAIL specially Sri M. N. Rai (Executive Director),
Sri A. K. Verma (former GM, Gua Mines), Sri D. Bhargav (GM), Gua mines) and his
Officers and the G.M and their staff of Kiriburu, Meghahatuburu and Chiria Mines. Sri
Arun Kumar, Asst. General Manager of SAIL was always with the team extending logistic
and other supports, which was crucial for the successful completion of the study. We are
thankful to Sri D. B. S. Raman (GM) and all the Officers and staff of Tata Mines,
Noamundi for their support and assistance in the field. We also thank all the Mines and
Crushers operating in the area for their inputs, co-operation and suggestions.

This st udy could not have been completed without the help and support of all
Manikis and Mundas, Panchayat representatives, retired forest staff and villagers, who
offered us wholehearted support and took us to remote forest areas. They provided us all
the information which became valuable part of this report.

We offer our sincere thanks to Dr. Amit Kotia, leader of our survey team along
with his team members, who worked tirelessly for this study.We offer our heartiest thanks
for the support of our spouse who spared us for more than three months and borne the
household burden alone.

We are thankful to all who has helped us on collection of information and

compilation of this report.

Dr. D. S. Srivastava Dr. P. S. Easa J. B Jauher

Principal Investigator Co-investigator Advisor
 CONTENTS
Acknowledgements
Preface

Chapter 1....................................................................................................................1
The Terms of Reference

Chapter 2…………………………………………………………………………… 5
The West Singhbhum District

Chapter 3…………………………………………………………………………… 17
Mining and related issues

Chapter 4…………………………………………………………………………… 39
The Socio-Economics of the People

Chapter 5…………………………………………………………………………….90
Land Use Changes

Chapter 6…………………………………………………………………………….99
Biodiversity of West Singhbhum

Chapter 7…………………………………………………………………………….198
Monitoring and Evaluation

Recommendations……………………………………………………………………200

Proposal to declare Conservation Reserve ………………………………………….227

Budget Explanation …………………………………………………………………240

Budget
Selected References ………………………………………………………………….252
 Chapter 1
The Terms of Reference

Conservation and development have always been seen as incompatible and

development has been cited as anti-social and harmful. However, there had been several
examples of mutual dependence (World Conservation Strategy, 1980). Development, as
defined by World Conservation Strategy, is the modification of the biosphere to improve the
quality of human life whilst living within the carrying capacity of the ecosystems.
Conservation is the management of human use of the biosphere for sustainable benefit of the
present generations but ensuring its availability for the future generation. Development
normally results in modifications of the environment as in the case of activities of any
organism in the planet. As pointed out in the World Conservation Strategy prepared by World
Conservation Union (IUCN), all these transformations, as a part of the development need not
always achieve the social and economic objectives of development. If not guided by the
ecological, social, cultural and ethical considerations, it is bound to fail to achieve the desired
objectives. It is suggested to have an integration of conservation and development leading to
sustainable development so that the wellbeing of the people is ensured. It has also been
suggested to consider the basic objective of development, the social and economic welfare
and an understanding of the limitations of the resources and carrying capacity of ecosystems.
The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), adopted in 1992 and entered into force in
1993, also deals with the sustainable use of biological resources, and the fair and equitable
sharing of benefits arising from the use of genetic resources.

Mining and its impact on forest, wildlife and the people around have been one of the
recent topics discussed among the policy makers and conservationists all over the country.
Though it has been widely agreed on the need to have the extraction of resources for
development, there had also been several apprehensions especially on the impact on the
natural areas and the dependent communities.

Minerals play an important role in the economic development of the country as

minerals are the basic raw materials to promote the growth. The development and extent of
judicious utilization of mineral resources add to the index of growth of a nation and its people
(Singh and Shukla, 2008). This industry occupies most of the remote areas in the country and
contributes to the country’s GDP and foreign trade. However, indiscriminate and unplanned

1
mining causes irreversible damage and deterioration of natural resources. Mining activities
affect the surroundings ie. air, water, soil, land, biological diversity etc. Increasing
globalisation of the mining industry has led to changing public attitudes regarding the costs
and benefits of mineral extraction and an increase in public pressure to minimise the
environmental and social costs associated with mineral development. It is therefore essential
that the Indian mineral industry follows the principles of sustainable development by using
methods and practices that minimise the release of contaminants to water, air and soil,
preserve and restore lands for future use, and manage displaced populations.

The recent issues of unauthorized mining elsewhere in the country generated several
discussions on mining sector. A report on mining in Goa by the National Council of Applied
Economic Research (NCAER) in 2010 generated further discussions on the methods and
related issues of impact assessment. Mukhopadhyay and Kadekodi (2011) and Basu (2012)
joined the debate. Noronha and Nairy (2005) suggested conditions for benefit to the
communities from the mining. The mining should ensure improved quality of life for people.

The management of mineral resources in India is the responsibility of both the Central
and State Governments as per the Constitution of India. The Mines and Minerals
(Development and Regulation Act, 1957, ('MMRD') and the Mines Act, 1952, together with
the rules and regulations constitute the basic laws governing the mining sector in India. The
Mineral Conservation and Development Rules, 1988 lays down guidelines for ensuring
mining on a scientific basis, while at the same time, conserving the environment. The minor
minerals are separately notified and come under the purview of the State Governments.

The conservation related Acts relevant to mining are Forest Conservation Act (1980)
(amended in May 1992), Environment Protection Act and Rules 1986 and Environmental
Impact Assessment Notification, 1994. Kadekodi (2010) suggested a national level
regulatory system for the entire mining sector, answerable not only to the government but all
the stakeholders and which will have environmental and social factors in its mandate, which
can possibly bring some change to the management of the country’s mineral wealth.

Considering the importance to have an integrated approach to mining and

conservation in the State, the Government of Jharkhand vide notification no.- WL-09/2010-
3296/WL, RANCHI dated 27.08.2011 (Annexure I) constituted an Expert Committee with
the task of looking into

2
  The impact of mining and suggest mitigation measures and
 Prepare an Integrated Wildlife Management Plan for the West Singhbhum
district
The Committee consists of the following experts:-
 Dr. D. S. Srivastava, Retd. Professor of Zoology, Ranchi University and Member
State Wildlife Advisory Board, Jharkhand --- Principal Investigator
 Dr. P. S. Easa, Former Head of Wildlife Division of Kerala Forest Research Institute,
Peechi. --- Co- investigator.
 Shri J. B. Jauher, Retd. Principal Chief Conservator of Forests and Former Chief
Wildlife Warden, Govt. of Jharkhand --- Advisor.

Subsequently, as directed in the State Government Notification, Steel Authority of

India Limited (SAIL) officials had a detailed discussion with the Expert Committee members
and entered into an agreement for the work. The Committee inducted specialists in the field
of social science, plant science and ecology. Dr. Amit Kotia, the Plant Taxonomist had been
with the Committee throughout in the field and discussions. In addition, the services of Dr.
Jyothis Sathyapalan of Centre for Economic and Social Studies, Hyderabad was sought in
planning the survey and analysis of the data on social aspects. A team consisting of five
people with Masters was also involved in the collection of primary data. There had been
discussions with the experts in GIS for preparation of various maps based on satellite
imageries of the area in 1999, 2001 and 2011 for comparison of changes in the landscape.

The Expert Committee members had discussions with the Head of the Forests, Chief
Wildlife Warden, Chief Conservator of Forests (WL), Regional Chief Conservator of Forests,
Conservator of Forests (West Singhbhum) and the Divisional Forest Officers of the area. The
team also made a reconnaissance trip to a few of the mines and villages. The West
Singhbhum district, a part of the erstwhile Singhbhum district, came into existence when
Singhbhum was bifurcated in 1991 to form Pashchimi and Purbi Singhbhum. The largest
district of the state lies in the South Chotanagpur division and is situated in the south eastern
part of Jharkhand State falling under Eastern plateau and hill region. It is with a geographical
area of 5198 km2. Based on the objectives laid in the constitution of the Expert Committee
and the Terms of Reference, it was felt that the objectives of the work should be to make an
assessment of the existing mines and their operation, assess the impact of the mines on the
vegetation in general, plants, animals and the people, suggest mitigation measures to contain

3
the impact of mines and prepare an Integrated Wildlife Management Plan for the area in West
Singhbhum district.

The reconnaissance of the area, visiting some of the mines, observing mining
operations and the villages helped in formulating strategies to approach the task and also
developing survey materials. This was followed with field visits, questionnaire surveys,
interaction with the officials, miners, villagers, People’s Representatives, local NGOs
culminating in a workshop involving representatives of mining community and Forest
officials. The team camped in Gua, Kiriburu, Chiria, Manoharpur and Goelkara for field
visits collecting primary data both from the forests and villages around.

4
 Chapter 2
The West Singhbhum District

The West Singhbhum district, a part of the erstwhile Singhbhum district, came into
existence when Singhbhum was bifurcated in 1991 to form Pashchimi and Purbi Singhbhum.
The largest district of the State lies in the South Chhotanagpur division and is situated in the
south eastern part of Jharkhand State falling under eastern plateau and hill region. It is with a
geographical area of 5198 km2.
The district is bordered on the north by Khunti district, on the east by Saraikela
Kharsawan district, on the south by Keonjhar, Mayurbhanj and Sundergarh districts of Odisha
and on the west by Gumla district of Jharkhand and Sundargarh district of Odisha. Chaibasa is
the district headquarters.
2.1 Administration
The Singhbhum (West) district is divided into 19 administrative blocks (Bandgaon,
Chakradharpur, Chaibasa, Goelkera, Jagannathpur, Jhinkpani, Khuntpani, Kumardungi,
Majhgaon, Hatgamariya, Jagannathpur, Anandpur, Gudri, Manjhari, Manoharpur, Noamundi,
Sonua, Tantnagar and Tonto) and has about 205481 households spread over 2016 villages.
(Maps 1 and 2).
2.2 The people
West Singhbhum district has a population of about 20,80,000. The population density is
estimated to be 233/km2. A significant part of the population is in rural areas (1729600) and
the urban population form only about 350000. The Sex Ratio is 976 Female /1000 Male. The
tribal community constitutes more than 53% of this district's population. One fourth of the
population falls under backward classes while Minorities (Muslims and Christians) form 5%.
The Tribes predominantly found in this district are Santhals, Oraons, Mundas, Ho and
Kharias. About 46% of the people are below poverty line and about 51% are illiterate.
2.3 The Land use
The West Singhbhum district is rich in forests with about 40% of the land under forest
cover (Table 1 and Fig. 1A). The net sown area form about 25%.

5
 Table 1 Land Use in West Singhbhum district (1997-98)

1 Forest 40.44 %
2 Net sown area 25.09 %
3 Barren and uncultivable 8.89 %
waste
4 Non agricultural use 6.34 %
5 Orchards 1.03 %
6 Pasture 0.56 %
7 Cultivable wasteland 4.17 %
8 Current and other fallow 13.48 %
Source: Fertilizer and Agriculture Statistics, Eastern Region (2003-2004)

Fig. 1A. Land use in West Singhbhum district (1997-1998)

Source: Fertilizer and Agriculture Statistics, Eastern region (2003-2004)

2.4 The Forest

The entire West Singhbhum district is managed by a Regional Chief Conservator of

Forests stationed at Jamshedpur. The Conservator of Forests based at Chaibasa manages the
forest areas under four Divisional Forest Officers who directly controls the Saranda, Kolhan,
Chaibasa South and Porahat Forest Divisions. The head quarters of all the Divisions are in
Chaibasa. Saranda is the largest in terms of extent of forests (Table 2 and maps 2 and 3) and
has a large chunk of Reserved Forests (RF). The Division is managed under four Forest
Ranges. Most of these are almost contiguous but for roads and the concentration of mines.
6
Settlements and agricultural lands are also few compared to other Forest Divisions. Kolhan is
the second in extent with a good extent of RF (maps 2 and 4). The forests are confined to the
central portions of the Division. Fragmentation is evident and the contiguous patches are
towards south east. The Division is managed under three forest Ranges.

Chaibasa South Division has the largest proportion of the Protected Forests (PF) and
has only a small bit of RF. These Protected Forests are highly fragmented (maps 2 and 5). The
forest areas under the Division are administered by the two Ranges. This is the Division with
large number of crushers. The Porahat Division is with a good proportion of RF. However,
the situation is worse than the forests under Kolhan Division as most of the forests are highly
fragmented (maps 2 and 6). This Division is the largest in terms of the number of Forest
Ranges.

The area receives about 1600 mm of annual rainfall, most of which is during the South
West monsoon and is blessed with nine rivers viz. Koro, Sona, Barakar, Koyal, Auranga,
Bansloi, Kharkai, Gumani and Baitarnee. The winter is reasonably cold with temperature
dipping to 30 - 40 C and the average temperature remains at 160 C. The temperature goes up to
430 C in summer. But the average temperature is recorded to be 330 C. The details of rainfall
and temperature were collected from the records of SAIL in Kiriburu and Gua. The figures
indicate fluctuations in the total rain fall received in Kiriburu (Figs. 1 and 2). Almost the same
trend is followed in Gua (Figs. 3 and 4). The temperature details for Kiriburu from the records
of the SAIL are presented in Figures 5 and 6 and that of Gua area in Figs. 7 and 8.

2.5 The Terrain

The district is of undulating terrain with hills alternating with valleys and steep
mountains. Some stretches are comparatively flat in the river basins. In the north-west, the
peaks have an altitude of more than 2,500 feet and in the south-west, there is a mass of hills,
rising to a height of nearly 3,000 feet, around Saranda. The centre of the district consists of an
upland plateau with hill ranges. To the West, they approach to within a few kilometers of
Chaibasa, but to the east, north and south they are more distant with higher hills beyond them.
This central strip, extending from the Subarnarekha River on the east to the Angarbira range
to the west of Chaibasa, is one of the most fertile parts of Singhbhum. It consists mainly of

7
well cleared open country. The south of Chaibasa is a higher plateau of similar expanses of
rolling country, the level of which rises to 1,500 feet at Gamharia and falls to 1,000 feet in the
Baitarani valley in the south.

The Saranda Hills

Table 2 Details of Forest areas in West Singhbhum district
S. Forest Forest Ranges RF (km2) PF (km2) Unclassified
No. Division (km2)
1 Saranda Samta 818.08 39.88 0.86
Gua
Sasangda
Koena
2 Kolhan Kolhan 587.16 112.58 0.68
Santra
Saitba
3 Chiabasa Hatgamharia 0.31 508.75 -
South Noamundi

4 Porahat Sangra 506.28 18.16 0.98

Kera
Bera Girga
Anandpur
Kundrughutu
8
 Fig.1. Rainfall pattern in Kiriburu area (in cm) (1968-1990)

Fig.2. The rainfall in Kiriburu area (in cm) (1991 - 2011) (SAIL records)

Fig. 3 The rainfall in Gua area (1960 - 1984) (SAIL records)

9
 Fig. 4 The rainfall in Gua area (1985 - 2009) (SAIL records)

Fig. 5 The maximum and minimum temperature recorded in Kiriburu (1968-

1990)

10
Fig. 6 The maximum and minimum temperature recorded in Kiriburu (1991 -2011)

Fig. 7 The maximum and minimum temperature recorded in Gua (1960 - 1984)

Fig. 8 The maximum and minimum temperature recorded in Gua (1985 -2009)

11
 In the extreme south-west, the country is fairly open, while the south-eastern extremity
is a fertile alluvial plain. To the West, the rolling uplands give place to a hilly, almost
mountainous tract in places clothed in virgin forest. The north-west of Porahat consists of
hills, valleys and plateaus, with hill ranges and outlying spurs running in all directions. There
is a fairly open belt of country stretching from north-east to south-west, through which the
South Eastern Railway runs. With this exception, there is no level tract of any size, and where
it is not hilly, and the surface is undulating. In the south-west, in the Saranda, the hills
culminate in a massive mass of hills and mountains covered with forest and jungle. This area
is very thinly populated, containing only a few villages scattered on the hill slopes or in deep
valley. To the north, there is a fairly extensive undulating plain formed by the Sanjai valley,
flanked on the north by a mountain chain, which contains part of Porahat, Karaikela,
Chakradharpur, a part of Kera, and about two-thirds of the former Kharsawan State. These lie
to the north of the Sanjai, which forms the boundary between them and Kolhan.

Except for the North Karo valley and about 20 km in the Koel valley, the Porahat area
is a hilly tract extending to the Chotanagpur plateau. On the extreme north, the Phuljhur river
comes down from the plateau in a cascade. The only level or gently undulating land of any
extent is found in the upper valley of the Sanjai near Sonua and Goilkera on the South Eastern
Railway, and in Chakradharpur, an outlying portion of the Porahat area on the north bank of
the Sanjai.

The Chaibasa South Forest division is a part of Kolhan. The Kolhan consists of an
upland tract sloping gently up from the Sanjai and Kharkai rivers on the north and north-east,
as far as Gamharia, 34 km south of Chaibasa. Then there is a downward trend to the south and
south-east, towards the boundary of Keonjhar and Mayurbhanj districts in Odisha, which
reaches its lowest point on the Baitarani river at about 1,000 feet above the sea level. The
north-western portion of the Kolhan is occupied by a mass of hills extending from near
Chainpur on the Sanjai, 20 kms north-west of Chakradharpur, to the South Karo river, which
is the boundary between Kolhan proper and the Saranda. In Chaibasa South Forest Division,
to the east another range of hills extends from the Singhasan Hill, north-east of Gamharia, in a
south-easterly direction to the Mayurbhanj border. For the most part, however, the surface

12
consists of undulating ridges, between which the drainage runs off to join the larger streams,
such as the Sanjai, Roro and Kharkai to the north, and the Kongera and Baitarani to the south.

The physical features of the Kolhan vary greatly. To the north and north-east, the
country is open and gently undulating for the most part, covered with numerous prosperous
villages, and well cultivated, with hardly a trace of jungle. The southern portion of it is flat
open country, almost devoid of hills, also thickly populated and well cultivated. The
southwestern part is very rocky and is covered with jungle, while the east-central portion is
open and undulating, and is well cultivated. The western and south-western parts of it are
mountainous and thickly covered with jungle, and are very sparsely inhabited. The southwest
of the Kolhan is known as Saranda Pir. It is a mountainous country with practically no
undulating land except along the railway line in the valley of Koel, and in some groups of
villages in the Koina river valley. This scenic area is fondly described as Saranda or “the
Seven Hundred Hills" and it had a formidable game preserve.

The hillocks on the plateau mostly form part of the dolerite dykes that run criss-cross
all over the plateau. They are very low and in chains. Their top boulders are exposed. The thin
soil has scrubs and bushes, chiefly some chasmophytes. The hills fringing the central plateau
are granitic in nature, low and covered with a few small trees or are completely barren.
Lantana and other exotic weeds are seen. The wooded hillocks show sal or a mixed forest of
deciduous species or bamboos. The hills in other areas like North Seraikela, North
Kharsawan, North Porahat and North Dhalbhum are made of sedimentary rocks and by
weathering have collected some soil. They are covered with thick forest and have been
excessively and unscientifically exploited in the past. Such areas are prominent by the
presence of Butea saplings and Phoenix acaulis, Khajur, Tar, and bamboos. Since the land in
the area is under upland crops and no bunds are made in the fields, erosion is progressing
rapidly and in places the rocks lying below have been exposed.

The jungle lands, taken over from the zamindars, show mixed forest. The predominant
species is Butea frondosa, either in pure stands or mixed with Diospyros sp, Bassia latifolia,
Schleichera trijuga, Shorea robusta, Phyllanthus emblica. neem, Bombax and Dalbergia
sissoo. Vitex negundo, Gymnosporia montana, Anona squamosa. Acacia arabica, Zizyphus
jujuba, Holarrhena antidysenterica form the under growth especially towards the fringes. The
13
climbers are Ichnocarpus, Combretum decandrum, Aganosma caryophyllata and Zizyphus
oenoplia. Pure stands of sal are seen here and there, but most of them are young saplings or
poles.

A major part of the plateau is occupied by cultivated fields surrounding isolated

villages, which are located mostly near the roads and railway lines. The northern and western
faces of the hills are covered with almost pure stands of sal and other species. The condition
in the North Kolhan and the South Porahat areas is reportedly poor in vegetation due to felling
of trees and grazing. On the slopes of the hills, sal with Gardenia sp., Dillenia aurea, Phoenix
acaulis, Terminalia chebula and Anogeissus latifolia are seen. In the undulating valleys, sal is
with Careya arborea and Dillenia pentagyna and Pterocarpus marsupium. On the even lands,
a few salai, dhaura, Cleistanthus collinus, Lannea grandis, Sterculia urens, Cochlospermum
gossypium, bamboo and khajur are seen. Evergreen trees are seen on the northern slope and
the valleys. The lower hills and the undulated lands are now being protected and regeneration
is evident. The Gymnosperm, Gnetum scandens is found in the district in the valleys. The
Phoenix acaulis is abundant.

2.6 Natural Resources

West Singhbhum district has a vast area under forests harbouring a variety of plants
and animals. The district has about 2 lakh ha of forests. The forests in the district, as reported
in the Working Plan and various EIA and Wildlife Management Plans prepared for mining
areas, have 26 mammals, 43 birds, 10 reptiles, 4 amphibians and 39 species of insects.
Working Plan for Saranda Forest Division has listed 286 species of plants. These could be
taken only as indicators of richness of the area and the area is definitely under-explored due to
several reasons. As per the land use classification, the forest area in the district is 21% of total
geographical area. It has been planned to implement a scheme on National Bamboo Mission.
Large number of nurseries of 1 ha size have been developed by forest department and three
watershed projects are being implemented in Chaibasa, Noamundi and Bandgaon blocks by
Soil conservation department. Eight watershed projects are being implemented in Goelkera,
Sanua, Khuntpani and Tonto blocks. NABARD assisted watershed project is under
implementation in Tonto block.

14
2.7 Minerals

The soils occurring in different landforms have been characterised during soil resource
mapping of the state on 1:250,000 scale. Three soil orders viz Entisols, Inceptisols and
Alfisols are observed in West Singhbhum district. Entisols cover about 34% area, followed by
Inceptisols (33.2 %) and Alfisols (31.1 %). The West Singhbhum district is rich in mineral
resources like iron ore and limestone. The economy of the district is also centered on its
mineral resources. The large deposits of iron ore are being mined and fed to the steel industry
in different parts of the country. Most of the iron ore mines are in Saranda Forests with a
small portion in Chaibasa South and Kolhan Forest Divisions (Map 7).

2.8 Agriculture and Livelihood

Agriculture is the major livelihood activity in the district predominantly with paddy
which is mostly depending on the rain fed water. According to the District Agriculture Plan
for 2008-2012 prepared by NABARD Consultancy services, only 8% of the net cropped area
is being irrigated. Besides, maize, pulses, wheat and oil seeds are also cultivated on seasonal
basis. The district is also rich in various produces such as Amla, Chironji, Mahua and Sawai
Grass. Other than these, Sawai grass, Tasar silk and Lac are cultivated in different blocks. In
some blocks, fruits such as papaya, mango, lemon, tomato, jack fruit, custard apple and guava
are grown. The district has an estimated extent of about 61000 Ha of fallow land. The total
cropped area in the district is 40,310 ha, the area sown more than once is 5,48,000 ha. and the
Net Sown Area is 59,000 ha. About 14730 ha of the total cropped up area are under irrigation.
Out of the total cultivable holdings, 75% belongs to small and marginal farmers. Average
holding size is 0.85 ha. Cultivation is primarily for own consumption and has not acquired
commercial scale. There are three crop seasons viz. Kharif, Rabi and Summer. Major Kharif
crops are paddy, jowar, bajra and maize. Major Rabi crops are wheat, jowar, barley, gram,
linseed, rapeseed and mustard. Rice and maize are grown in summer also.

In addition to poultry, sheep, goat and pig rearing plays an important role in the rural
economy. Rearing of sheep, goat and pig provides employment and income to the
economically backward rural masses.

15
 West Singhbhum district has vast inland water resources in the form of tanks, ponds
and reservoirs. The inland water resources available in the district was estimated to be 1780
ha with 1000 Government. and 36570 private ownership ponds and tanks. There are 9
reservoirs (3254 Ha.) and 95 Check dams (315 Ha.). Pisciculture is in high demand as more
than 60% people consume fish. Most of the farmers cultivate Rohu, Catla and Mrigal in
ponds. The native fishes in the rivers are also being caught mostly for own consumption.

Agriculture near Mines

16
 Chapter 3
Mining and related issues

3.1 Introduction

Iron is the second most abundant metallic element in the Earth’s crust. The principal
minerals of iron are the haematite and magnetite, limonite and goethite, siderite and pyrite.
Iron is found in the form of ore. Iron is mostly extracted from haematite and magnetite.
Haematite is considered to be superior owing to its high grade and is the basic raw material
for iron and steel industry. Iron and steel have become so much a part of the daily life that
there is nothing in the world that does not use at least one product from this industry.

The world reserve base of

crude iron is estimated to be 370
billion tonnes (USGS Mineral
commodity summary, 2008). The
reserve base of iron content of iron
ore is estimated to be around 160
billion tonnes. USGS has also
estimated the world resources to
exceed 800 billion tonnes of crude
ore containing more than 230
billion tonnes of iron.

India is estimated to possess a total haematite resource of 14,630 million tonnes. Of

these, 7004 million tonnes are reserves. India is an important producer of iron ore in the
world contributing more than 7% of the production and ranking fourth in terms of quantity.
About 22.7 % of the total production was from captive mines and the rest coming from
merchant mines. Jharkhand’s major haematite resource is about 28% of the country. Iron ore
production in Jharkhand was 21 million tonnes in 2005. About 4035 million tonnes is the
haematite resource of Jharkhand as on 2005. The Singhbhum district in Jharkhand is reported
to have extensive deposits of high grade hematite ores

Mining is closely linked with forestry and environment issues. A significant part of
the nation’s known reserves of some important minerals are in forest areas. The National
Mineral Policy of Ministry of Mines, Govt. of India – 2008 has stressed the need to have
17
standards for mining industry. The Mining activity is an intervention in the environment and
has the potential to disturb the ecological balance of an area. However, the needs of economic
development make the extraction of the nation’s mineral resources an important priority.

Mining activity most often leads to land degradation in opencast mining,

deforestation, atmospheric pollution, pollution of aquatic system, soil erosion due to disposal
of solid wastes like overburden. All these affect the ecological balance of the area and often
lead to desiccation. According to the National Mineral policy, Prevention and mitigation of
adverse environmental effects due to mining and repairing and re-vegetation of the affected
forest area and land covered by trees in accordance with the latest internationally acceptable
norms and modern afforestation practices shall form integral part of mine development
strategy in every instance. All mining shall be undertaken within the parameters of a
comprehensive Sustainable Development Framework which will be so devised as to take all
these aspects into consideration. The guiding principle shall be that a miner shall leave the
mining area in better ecological shape.

3.2 The Approach

The committee had to be in the West Singhbhum district visiting mines, collecting
details from mining companies, interaction with the officials of the Forest Department,
Mining agencies, villagers,
NGOs, employees and People’s
representatives. Further, the
committee had to collect primary
data from the field and secondary
data from the Forest Department
documents and the EMP/EIAs of
the mines. In addition, the mines
were given a format (Annexure
II) for their input on various
processes involved in mining.
This included matters related to operations, mitigation measures and CSR. It was felt
necessary to group the mines under clusters considering the closeness of different mines. The
major clusters thus considered were Gua, Kiriburu, Noamundi and Chiria.

18
3.3 Observations

The total extent of area leased to 42 mining companies is 11523.399 Ha (Annexure

III). The extent of lease under the approved area is 9186.54 Ha (Annexure IV). Seventeen
mines responded to the questionnaire given by the team. As per the response, 8671.77 ha of
land was leased out to the 17 companies. Of the total extent of lease land, 2335.448 Ha
amounting to 26.93% only has been broken up. The committee visited 27 mines during the
field trips (Table 3.1).

3.4 Mining operations

Mining operations in the area is by open cast mining method, mostly mechanised, by
a system of benches. The normal sequence of operations as collected from literature and
observations in the field is

 Cutting and removal of the top surface soil by excavator/dumper

 Removal of blasted laterite by excavator/dumper
 Drilling of holes by wagon drill in harder ground
 Secondary breaking by hydraulic rock breakers
 Charging and blasting of holes
 Removal of overburden and waste in dumpers to the dumping site
 Slurry explosives with ANFO combination for blasting
 Hydraulic powered equipment for overburden and ore removal
 Dumpers for transportation of overburden and waste to the dumping site

19
The impact of mining on environment during the whole process could be summarised as
follows and given in Figure 1.

Table 3.1 List of mines visited by the team

Sl. No. Name of Mines
1. M/s Kiriburu iron ore mines (SAIL)
2. M/s Shah Brothers
3. M/s Meghatuburu mines (SAIL)
4. M/s Rameshwar Jute mill mines
(Closed, Aug.11)
5. M/s Misrilal Jain 2 sons
6. Karampada iron ore mines
7. M/s Singhbhum mineral co. (closed since 1992-93)

8. M/s NK & PK Iron ore mines

9. M/s Usha Martin mines (vijay II)
10. M/s Devkibai Belji mines
11. M/s Rungta mines (Ghatkuri)
12. M/s Orissa Mining and Manganese
13. M/s M.N. Ghosh (closed since April 11
14. M/s P.K. Jain (Thakurani Iron ore mines)
15. M/s Bihar Iron ore mines, Noamundi (NK& P.K.)
16. M/s Rungta mines Ltd, Noamundi
17. M/s Balajee Iron ore mines, Noamundi
(closed since 2004)
18. M/s Singhbhum minerals
19. M/s Sri Ram minerals, khasjamda (closed since 2008 in
forest land)
20. M/s Torrian Iron & steel co. Ltd.(closed since 31.3.11)
21. M/s C.P Sharda Iron ore mines, Kumrita (closed at
present)
22. M/s B.M Minerals (Gankidahchinaelay Mines)
23. M/s Ashirbad crushing plant, Gua.
24. M/s Shankata minerals (crusher)
25. M/s Ma Lakshmi (crusher) (5 more on the road side)
26. M/s OMM – Pecha
27. T. P. Saw

Change in land use and physical form within the lease area: This is an inevitable impact
on the land use, physical form (topography) and ultimately on the aesthetics of the area. This
is bound to happen while removing forest from a portion of the lease area. As per the
response from some of the companies, only 26.93% of the total extent of lease land is
currently broken up in West Singhbhum. Increased wind, removal of vegetation and topsoil
aided by natural precipitation may lead to erosion of soil. There is also the possibility of

20
removal of some of the threatened plant species. This is where, the EIA/EMP should play
an important role to identify the species in lease land and suggest remedial measures. A
proper identification and listing with detailed distribution of the species will help the
mining companies/Forest Department to give priority while planting in alternate sites or
give utmost care in the neighbouring areas for ensuring propagation of the plants.
Unfortunately, the EIAs/EMPs are not elaborate and do not look into this aspect
possibly under the impression that the area is anyway have to be cleared of vegetation.
This aspect may be looked into afresh before clearing/breaking open for mining and remedial
measures taken, wherever necessary.

Construction of power line to the mine site: The opening up of roads from the mining site
to the dump yard or railway siding and the power lines will open up the areas along and will
disrupt canopy connectivity. Most of these will have an impact on the arboreal species if
care is not taken to ensure canopy continuity at least in some portions. Though there
were no records to verify and no records kept, the possibility of arboreal animals
getting killed by the power lines while moving around cannot be ruled out. As far as
possible, it is suggested that covered electric lines (insulated cables) are used for power
supply to the mining sites.

Impact on air quality due to gases, particulate etc: The whole process of vegetation
clearing, road construction, machines working, drilling, blasting, crushers and
transportation result in poor air quality in the surrounding area and may deteriorate due to
particulate emissions. The impact zone could include even villages in the surroundings
depending on the wind speed and direction. Some of the major players have modern
machineries while others were using mobile crushers, which are not covered. A part of the
impact could be reduced through dust suppression measures (wetting work areas,
roads, and storage piles, installing equipment covers, minimizing drop distances by
using adjustable height conveyors and using dust hoods and shields). Use of covers or
control devices for crushing and milling would help avoid the generation of dust. The
mines should be encouraged and insisted to adopt the latest available technologies for
reduction of dust at all stages thereby reducing air pollution.

21
 Figure 1. Environmental aspects of mining
(Source: CPCB Report, Comprehensive Industries Document Series, 2007)

22
Currently only a few of the SAIL and Tata mines use conveyors. It is also suggested to insist
on conveyors for transport of ores to the railway yard for all the mines giving
reasonable time for the mining operators for installation.
The most disturbing observation in all the mines was lack of mask use by the
workers in the mines. There are larger companies providing these to their workers but
the workers are reported to be reluctant to wear the mask. Mask should be made
mandatory to all the workers including the supervisors and visitors while in mining
areas. A few were seen wearing helmets, which would be of no use in protection in case
of accidents. Some standards need to be insisted on the quality of the head gears.

Change in quantity of surface water: There is every possibility of reduction in the surface
water due to the disappearance of the first and second order streams in the broken area. This
is no way avoidable. It is
suggested to promote rain
water harvesting mechanisms
in mining sites to reduce
dependence on water from
the rivers for use in mines.
These have to be site specific
and appropriately designed
by experts in the field.

Effect on water quality

parameters: Surface run off
and effluent water carrying suspended particles flow down the hill slopes and join the river
system. The soil erosion could aggravate the problem contributing to the sediment load. The
mining companies have currently implemented several measures like series of check dams,
garland drains, sedimentation traps and settling pits before discharge. The silts/sediments are
periodically collected and used. However, there is every possibility of overflowing of these
dams during rains. The height of walls/cemented structure may be raised for buffer capacity
during rainy season. Minimization of AMD generation by reducing disturbed areas and
isolating drainage systems is also suggested as mitigation.

23
 Dumping site is reported
to have less chance of water
contamination from surface
run off. However, considering
the observations in most of the
areas, the slope of the dump
may be stabilised by planting
shrubs and grasses as done in
some mines. A parapet around
the dumps will also help.
Collection of leachates from
tailings ponds and treatment before discharge, with sufficient residence time in the tailings
pond could also be tried. During the field visit, several fine dumping sites were seen near
the mining site and also near the railway yards, especially in Bara Jamda. The water
from the rains was seen flowing to the nearby streams. This is a major source of water
pollution in Bara Jamda. These are probably neglected by the concerned and have to be
addressed.

Construction of office and other buildings near the mining site is a minor
environmental issue as it stands now. However, these may be limited to bare minimum as
more structures at sites could lead to increased dependence and disturbance to the nearby
areas.

Drilling, blasting and other activities such as machinery and transportation also
result in noise and ground vibrations. Blasting will induce ground vibrations in the area and
may affect structures in the nearby villages. Fortunately, most of the villages are far from the
sites. However, there had been at least a few villagers who complained about the noise and
vibrations during blasting. Various techniques are suggested to control air-over pressure.
Most of the mining sites are using NONEL and delay detonating systems. Very few reported
muffle blasting with covering of top of the blast hole. The literature on these aspects
mentions about reduction in the size of the blast, avoiding top initiation, avoiding
excessive delays between the rows, avoiding blasting in early morning, late afternoon
and evening when temperature inversions are likely to occur and avoiding blasting

24
when the wind is blowing towards residential area as the sound waves travel in the
direction of the wind.

Even in mines with environmental concerns, there are records mentioning about the
noise level above permissible limits in the residential areas though attributed to heavy traffic.
The report also says about the possibility of vibration effect on animals especially elephants
in the surroundings.

The team was told that the residents are alerted through siren before blasting.
However, the team did not have an opportunity to listen to the sirens. It is also argued that the
villages are far from the blasting site that it is not necessary to warn them and the pits are
deep enough to avoid noise reaching them. But there is always the possibility of villagers
moving around the sites for some purpose. It is better to notify the villagers well in
advance through some mechanism on the date and time of blasting on a monthly basis.

Dumping site Dumping site

Land degradation Land degradation

25
 There is always the cumulative effect of blasting if simultaneously done by different
mines as in the case of clusters in West Singhbhum, especially in Gua and Noamundi where
there are a number of mines operating very close. The EIAs/EMPs currently have considered
the impact of only the individual mines of their concern. It is important that the person in
charge of the Drilling and Blasting liaise with neighbouring mines to ensure that
cumulative impacts do not occur and to make available monitoring data.

Disposal of liquid effluents generated from the workshop is not given much
attention. Collection and recycling of waste oils and lubricants, prevention of spills of
chemicals (including ammonium nitrate, if used in blasting operations) and provision of
appropriate storage areas for chemicals and fuels are also to be considered to avoid
water pollution.

3.5 The roads and wildlife

One of the major impacts of mining and transportation of ore in the area is the
generation of dust. Except for the SAIL operated Kiriburu, Meghataburu and Gua and Tata’s
Noamundi, all the mines are
using roads for
transportation either to the
OHP or railway yard. The
length of the soil surfaced
roads passing through
forests for transportation of
ore from the site could be
up to 10 km and about 10 m
wide. However, there are
Road side dumping due to ‘break downs’ remain for a long forest roads being used for
time
transportation, which could
be much longer than stated. The worst of these seen in the area is the road between Gua to
Pecha (approximately 25 km), where 80 trucks with iron ore were seen plying, most of them
were not covered and the roads not made wet through sprinkling. There are also mining sites
using two roads, one for the empty vehicles to go up for loading and the other for the loaded
vehicles. The number of vehicles plying daily from a particular mining site varies from a few
to 270. There is often long line of vehicles waiting on the road for loading and playing music
26
at high volume. Weighing machines are also operated on the forest roads from the mining
site. The increased number and net work of roads and the number of vehicles plying and the
infrastructure lead to fragmentation of the habitat available to the wildlife. Though trucks
with water are used for dust suppression on roads through sprinkling, it is not at all effective
especially during the hot season resulting in dust polluting the entire area. The vegetation
along the entire length of the road is covered with dust thereby affecting the growth and
reducing palatability to whatever wildlife using the area.

Impact on habitat due to transport infrastructure is receiving growing concern among

conservationists (Van der Zande et al., 1980; Ellenberg et al., 1981; Bernard et al., 1987;
Andrews, 1990; Bennett, 1991; Reck and Kaule, 1993 and Forman, 1995; Seiler, 1996; Evink
et al., 1996; Canters et al.,
1997; Jalkotzky et al.,
1997; Prillevitz, 1997;
Evink et al., 1998;
Spellerberg, 1998;
Forman and Alexander,
1998; Clevenger, 1998;
Pierre-LePense and
Carsignol, 1999; Evink et
al., 1999; Glitzner et al.,
1999; Trombulak and
Frissell, 2000; Holzang et
al., 2000). Possible consequences to wildlife have been recognised and evidences brought in
on the effects on both the species and the ecosystems at different spatial scales (Canters et al.,
1997).

The natural environment is affected by infrastructure in both direct and indirect ways.
The physical presence of roads and railroads in the landscape creates new habitat edges,
alters hydrological dynamics, and disrupts natural processes and habitats often leading to
degradation of the habitat. Road maintenance and traffic contaminate the surrounding
environment with a variety of chemical pollutants and noise. In addition, infrastructure and
traffic impose dispersal barriers to most non-flying terrestrial animals, and vehicle traffic
causes the death of millions of individual animals per year. The various biotic and abiotic

27
factors operate in a synergetic way across several scales, and cause not only an overall loss
and isolation of wildlife habitat, but also splits up the landscape in a literal sense.

There had been a few studies on the complex impact of the rail lines, roads etc on
wildlife and landscapes and even on the ecological processes. Seiler (2001) reviewed the
ecological effects of roads. Five major categories of ecological effects have been recognised
by various workers (Van der Zande et al., 1980; Bennett, 1991; Forman and Alexander,
1998). These include the loss of wildlife habitat, disturbance and pollution of physical,
biological and chemical environment thereby altering the habitat suitability for organisms,
death of animals, acting as a movement barrier restricting the animal’s range and isolating the
populations due to fragmentation. Seiler (2001) also described the different views where the
road sides and verges are
argued to be refuges, new
habitats and movement
corridors thereby
benefitting the wildlife.

A number of
studies abroad have
shown the impact of road
infrastructure on the
wildlife in the
surroundings
(Hodson,1966; Van den
Tempel, 1993; Rodts et al. 1998; Shepard et al., 2008). Amphibians have been considered as
one of the most affected due to transport infrastructure (Vestjens, 1973; Blaustein and Wake,
1990; Reh and Seitz, 1990; Fahrig et al., 1995). The roads would kill a constant proportion
of a population and therefore can have a significant impact on rare species. In general,
species that occur in small isolated populations, require large extensive areas for their home
ranges, or exert long migratory movements, are especially sensitive to road mortality. The
larger their home range, the more often individuals will encounter roads; the smaller their
populations, the higher the relative importance of each individual. This could be the case of
elephants in West Singhbhum areas, where elephants are often confined to several fragments
of natural areas and finding difficulties to roam freely in the range. Naturally, collisions with

28
wildlife can only occur where a road or railroad dissects a species’ habitat. But local factors
can alter the relationship considerably. Road kills seems to increase with traffic intensity, but
very high traffic volumes, noise and vehicle movement seem to repel many animals, which is
described as avoidance behaviour. Though this may reduce mortality rate, the animals will be
deprived of the habitat available to them. Though most of these studies are on highways and
their impact, the highlighted impacts are the same in the forest roads.

In India, unfortunately, there had been only very few observations on the impact of
roads on landscape and the behaviour of animals in terms of changes in activity, feeding
habits, breeding and other aspects. Most of the studies, that too mostly of short term nature,
have been on the impact on selected groups of animals or species. These were also on the
mortality. Presence of road and their impact on elephants have been described by Desai and
Baskaran (1996), Leimgruber et
al. (2003), Menon et al. (2005)
and Vidya and Thuppil (2010).
There are a number of studies in
India on the road kills along the
highways. Sharma (1988)
reported animal deaths on NH 11
in Bharathpur. Based on one year
long observations, he recorded
439 casualties, which included
amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. Gokula (1997) reported mortality in snakes due to
highway traffic in the dry deciduous forests of Mudumalai Wildlife Sanctuary, Tamil Nadu.
Kumara et al. (2000) reported road kills in Indira Gandhi Wildlife Sanctuary. A month long
study by Vijayakumar et al. (2001) reported mortality of herpetofauna from the highway
segments passing through rainforest fragments and tea gardens in the Anamalai hills, where
more amphibians were killed. Seventy three reptiles were seen killed against 311 amphibians.
Chhangani (2004) recorded 228 birds of 32 species in the highways passing through
Kumbhalgarh Wildlife Sanctuary in Rajasthan. Parasharya and Tere (2007) reported their
observations of road kill in the Anand – Ahmedabad road. Das et al. (2007) reported the
reptile mortality along the NH 37 passing adjacent to Kaziranga National Park. The five
month long study recorded 68 instances of road kills. The four day survey of amphibian
mortality on roads in the Sharavathi river basin recorded 144 individuals of 13 species
29
(Seshadri et al., 2009). About 50 kills, mostly of herpetofauna and also birds and mammals
were recorded in a one month long observations along the NH 220 in Kambam - Kumily road
(selvan, 2011). The Committee also observed a few road kills along the road in the forest
areas in West Singhbhum. These were mostly of snakes and frogs. It is possible that the
number of frogs killed on the road will be up during rainy season, when there would be more
movement related to breeding.

Unfortunately, there is no clear understanding of the impact of roads on any of the

ecological aspects including ecological quality of the areas in India. A number of factors such
as road characteristics, landscape topography and hydrology, wind and slope and vegetation
influence the impacts. The impact on wildlife is also a factor of the sensitivity of the species.
Road construction in the area amounts mostly to clearing of vegetation leading to opening up
of closed canopy thereby with a direct impact on the vegetation especially at the edges. This
could also affect the arboreal animals in the area. The possible changes in soil density,
landscape relief, surface and ground water flows will affect ecosystems, vegetation and fauna
in the wider landscape. There would be a definite change in the micro-climatic conditions and
wind and light intensity, which would ultimately change the species composition favouring
the light demanding ones. The microclimate alterations will have a direct impact on the
species such as lichens or mosses. Effects on vegetation and fauna due to edge effects have
been reported up to several tens of meters away from the road (Ferris, 1979; Ellenberg et al.,
1981; Mader, 1987a).

Road maintenance and traffic aggravate edge effects on the surrounding environment
by noise and pollution. Most of the pollutants accumulate in close vicinity to the road, but
there are possibilities of long distance spread of these pollutants and dust. Traffic mobilises
dust from the road surface that deposits along verges and in the nearby vegetation. A number
of impacts due to various pollutants have been recorded from elsewhere (Scanlon, 1987;
Reck and Kaule, 1993; Bauske and Goetz, 1993; Auerbach et al., 1997; Blomqvist, 1998).
Traffic exhaust contains polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, dioxins, ozone, and many
fertilising chemicals, which in high concentrations can cause physiological distress to animals
and plants (Reck and Kaule, 1993; Scanlon, 1991). Changes in plant growth and plant species
diversity induced by traffic exhausts have been observed e.g. in lakes (Gjessing et al., 1984)
and in heath land more than 200 m distant from the road (Angold, 1997).

30
 Traffic noise is another agent of disturbance that spreads far into the environment.
Disturbance effects by noise are comparatively less understood. Traffic noise is reported to be
annoying to most humans with long term exposure inducing psychological stress and
eventually lead to physiological disorder (Stansfeld et al., 1993; Lines et al., 1994; Job, 1996;
Babisch et al., 1999). Though there had been questions on stress among animals, timid
species might consider traffic noise as a token for the human presence and consequently
avoid noisy areas. Birds seem to be especially sensitive to traffic noise, as it directly
interferes with their vocal communication and affecting their territorial behaviour and mating
success (Reijnen and Foppen, 1994). Various studies have documented reduced densities of
birds breeding near trafficked roads (Veen, 1973; Räty, 1979; Van der Zande et al., 1980;
Ellenberg et al., 1981; Illner, 1992; Reijnen and Foppen, 1994). Reijnen et al. (1995)
observed that bird densities in open grasslands declined where the traffic noise burden
exceeded 50 dbA. Environmental factors such as the structure of road side vegetation, the
type of adjacent habitat, and the relief of the landscape and the traffic volume will influence
both noise spread and bird densities, and thus alter the amplitude of the noise impact (Reijnen
et al., 1997; Kuitunen et al., 1998; Meunier et al., 1999). There are also possibilities of
mammalian vocal and chemical communication getting affected due to the roads and the
related factors. Though empirical studies are scarce, the National Tiger Conservation
Authorities’ guideline on inviolate area for tiger conservation is also based on disturbances
which are detrimental to wildlife in all respects.

In addition to the reports indicating negative impacts of roads due to various reasons,
there are observations suggesting great potential of roadsides to support a diverse plant and
animal life (e.g. Hansen and Jensen, 1972; Way, 1977; Mader et al., 1983; Van der Sluijs and
Van Bohemen, 1991; Sjölund et al., 1999). However, most of the roads passing through the
forested areas in West Singhbhum do not fall under any of these categories since there is the
possibility of a change in the plant species composition thereby promoting change in the
faunistic associations.

The surface of roads (mainly small roads with little traffic) may be used as pathways
by larger mammals. Vehicles and humans may serve as vectors for plants, seeds or small, less
mobile animals (Schmidt, 1989; Bennett, 1991). This may offer an explanation for the high
proportion of exotics and weed species found along roadsides (e.g. Mader et al., 1983; Tyser
and Worley, 1992; Ernst, 1998). The spread of weeds and alien plant species along roads is

31
considered as a severe threat to the native flora in many nature reserves (Usher, 1988;
Spellerberg, 1998). Observations along the roads in West Singhbhum also indicate the spread
of Parthenium along the road.

For larger animals, roads and railroads rarely comprise any physical barrier. Most
mammals, however, are sensitive to disturbances by humans. Smell, noise and vehicle
movement, as well as experiences with human encounters, may repel the animals from
approaching the road corridor. This could be the case of elephants in West Singhbhum areas,
where elephants are often confined to several fragments of natural areas and finding
difficulties to roam freely in the range. Naturally, collisions with wildlife can only occur
where a road or railroad dissects a species’ habitat, but local factors can alter the relationship
considerably.

3.6 The road and Public Health

The operation of three-tier health infrastructure system i.e. Primary Health Sub-
Centre (PHS), Primary Health Centre (PHC) and Community Health Centre (CHC) in the
study area is hampered by lack of
building, shortage of manpower and
inadequate provision of drug supplies.
One Chiria Occupational Health Center
exists at Manoharpur Iron Ore Mines. At
present, facilities for filling up of form –
0 and X-ray chest (P/A) is available at the
Chiria Occupation Health Center.
Procurement of standard ILO
Radiographs for diagnosis of pneumoconiosis, Spirometer for lung functioning test, purchase
of audiometer, installation of audiometer booth and employment of one doctor is proposed
for the Chiria Occupational Health Centre. There are very good well equipped hospitals
manned by specialists and run by Tata in Noamundi and SAIL in Gua, Chiria and Kiriburu-
Meghataburu.

32
 Records of the hospitals in Chiria, Gua, Noamundi and Kiriburu indicate the
prevalence of respiratory tract
infections among the patients
treated in these hospitals
(Tables 3.2 – 3.5). According
to the Report prepared by
NEERI for Chiria mines, the
discussion with Medical
Officer of Manoharpur PHC
revealed that whole
Manoharpur block is declared
as a Malaria prone zone. Cough, Cold, Viral fever, Respiratory diseases are the most
common prevalent diseases in the study area. Leprosy, Tuberculosis patient has also
increased in the region. The villagers, in the interaction had mentioned about the prevalence
of skin diseases, possibly from the polluted water. This is not reflected in the hospital records.

Table 3.2 Morbidity Status of Chiria Hospital (2003 to 30th April, 2008)

S. No. Disease/Impairment No. of Cases Reported

1 HTN 94 (7.31%)
2 DM 45 (3.54%)
3 Hearing Loss 1 (0.08%)
4 Vision Defect 5 (0.38%)
5 Acid Peptic Disease 36 (2.83%)
6 Respiratory Disease 147 (11.56%)
7 Skin Disease 14 (1.1%)
8 Heart Disease 20 (1.57%)
9 Cancer Nil
10 Leprosy Nil
11 Pneumoconiosis Nil
12 Tuberculosis 9 (6.98%)

33
 Morbidity status (Chiria Hospital (2003-30080

Currently, some of the mines have joined together for concreting the roads in Gua
area. This of course would avoid dust to a certain extent but will result in heat generation
even at night. There are various treatments available for stabilising the soil surfaced roads.
This has been tested and implemented in several countries. It is recommended here to seek
the expertise of Research Institutions working on roads and related matters for
stabilisation works and mechanisms to avoid dust while transporting the ores. The
roads should be closed for any kind of transportation either from the site or through
any of the soil surfaced road passing through forests at night. The current practice of
dust suppression all over the roads could be made effective by increasing the frequency
of sprinkling.

Table 3.3 Prevalent Disease (approximate)

in Kiriburu and Meghatuburu Iron Ore Mines Hospital
2008-2009 2009-2010 2010-2011
Disease Indoor OPD Indoor OPD Indoor OPD
Case case Case case Case case
Malaria (old + New) 473 742 515 1012 329 703
Diabetes Mellitus (old + 38 3000 42 3200 44 3500
New)
Hyper tension (old + New 50 5000 52 5500 42 4600
Ischemic Heart Disease 75 10 62 11 65 9
(old +New)
CVA (old + New) 5 Nil 3 Nil 4 Nil
Respiratory Tract 125 9800 126 11600 136 12600
Infection
Total 4700 76000 4500 77000 4600 70000

34
 Details of diseases from Noamundi hospital records

Table 3.4 Details of prevalent diseases from Noamundi hospital records

Total No.
of Patients No.of
Sl.No. admitted Disease Patients Percentage
1 5484 Malaria 2977 54.28%
2 5484 T.B. 252 4.60%
3 5484 G.E. 311 5.67%
4 5484 Pnemonia 94 1.71%
5 5484 R.T.A. 168 3.06%
6 5484 Cirrhosis of Liver 148 2.70%
7 5484 H.T.N./D.M./IHD 284 5.17%
8 5484 Others 1250 22.79%

Table 3.5 Details of prevalent diseases from Noamundi hospital records

S. No. Disease 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11

1 Malaria 925 920 937
2 D.M 20 32 24
3 HTN 167 170 194
4 IHD 1 3 5
5 CVA 1 - 2
6 RTI 170 130 160

35
3.7 Rehabilitation of mined areas

The approved Plans of the mines do have rehabilitation/re-vegetation of mined areas.

This is especially important during the closure of mines. The EIA/EMP Reports have not
considered all the aspects while suggesting species for planting. There are exotics like Acacia
auriculiformes in the list. Very few mines like Tata have actually executed large scale
rehabilitations. SAIL has taken up rehabilitation to some extent. Some of the smaller mines
have attempted rehabilitation. But it seems to be not under a written plan or not given proper
importance thereby resulting in haphazard execution. The companies also do not seem to
have the backing of expertise in the process. Rungta has two persons qualified in
Environmental Science. Unfortunately, everything is as usual in rehabilitation.

It is recommended that the rehabilitation programmes are implemented with

utmost care and planted with native tree species, protected from fire and other factors.
The mines could together seek the expertise of an experienced person with Forestry
background. The nursery raising could be entrusted to villagers near the mines after
necessary training. This will be a good CSR activity. Further, progressive rehabilitation
is suggested.

3.8 Town ships in mining areas

The mines have attracted several people even from faraway places due to various
opportunities leading to the expansion of habitation areas and increase in the number of
vehicles..All these have an adverse impact on the nearby forests due to increase in the
consumption of natural resources and also exerting pressure. Even the officials of mines settle
in the township even after retirement. This development could ultimately affect the forest in
the surroundings. This tendency should be discouraged.

3.9 Closed mines

The team had the opportunity to see at least three closed mines. One of M/s Balajee
Iron Ore Mines in Noamundi is closed since 2004 because of permission problem. The area
has good regeneration of sal, ficus, shrubs, herbs and grasses. M/s Rungta Managanese Mines
in Raika forest is closed since 1990. The mine at present is as good as forests with
miscellaneous species and sal all over. The TP Saw mine, a smaller one has good
regeneration of native species. The pits in all these are open and there was no attempt to refill

36
the pits. The soil in some parts on the top is hardened due to iron ore/fines and has become
useless. It is important that such miners are made responsible for the lapses.

3.10 The EIAs/EMPs and lapses in monitoring

Though there is no attempt to critically evaluate the EIAs and EMPs from some of the
mines who responded to the questionnaire, some of these were scant for the biodiversity
related parameters. As mentioned in several places in the Report, there are several lapses in
biodiversity/wildlife parts. The wildlife conservation talks about water hole creations,
planting, raising fruit yielding, flower bearing and shade giving plants, providing salt licks in
the buffer of the mines, which is hardly 10 m or less. It also does not talk about involvement
of local communities in any of these, especially in rehabilitation. The reports for SAIL by
NEERI are exceptions to a large extent. It is possible that other reports were without input
from experienced biodiversity/ecology experts.

Traditionally, the Environmental Impact Assessment has been on the activities of a

single project in a location. However, the combined effects of various activities of a number
of projects, which form a cluster could turn out to be significant. Dutta et. al (2004)
suggested cumulative impact assessment of mining projects as it would address the
combined effects of multiple activities of different projects located in a cluster. This
approach would also take care of the cumulative impacts of individually minor and non-
significant but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time. This
should be insisted in future. At the same time, it will be good to go for a fresh
assessment in the existing mining clusters to evaluate the combined effects and for
remedial measures.

3.11 The unauthorised mining

The team saw a few smaller sites in the forests, which is said to be unauthorised
mines functioning in the area. A number of trucks and carts confiscated by the Forest
Department were seen in the office premises. If the number of these carriers in the Forest
campus is an indication of unauthorised mining in the area, it is definitely huge and must be
sources of disturbances within the “undisturbed” zones. These have to be curbed through
frequent patrolling of the forest areas.

37
3.12 Crushers

There are about 103 crushers in the district (Annexure V). Crushers are used for the
small players or a trader who has no mines. However, the crusher does the size reduction and
size separation to make the iron ore
saleable. Besides operation of
crusher in the forest area, this also
leads to road transportation of ore
from the mine to the crusher.
Presently, State Pollution Control
Board closed down some of these
crushers and keep close vigil on the
activities. There were crushers
working in Bara Jamda and also in
Manoharpur. The one in Bara Jamda was not having any measures for containing the polluted
water and was seen flowing out to the stream nearby. The villagers in Manoharpur while
chatting informed that some of the crushes do work at night. The Forest Department may
identify and demarcate Eco-sensitive Zones/Areas (ESA) under Environment Protection
Act and prescribe appropriate regulations including the time of operations and
pollution control measures.

38
 Chapter 4
The Socio-Economics of the People
4.1 Introduction
The mining industry has been projected to contribute a lot to the country’s economy
through foreign exchange earned from the product export, providing employment and
contributing to the development in general. There had been several claims of positive
economical and social impacts. However, of late this claim is being challenged by several
especially the social scientists citing lack of local community participation in the whole
process starting from the initiation of the project and also lack of monitoring of the mining
operations and its impacts. The ideas about corporate social responsibility and sustainable
development have gathered momentum within the mineral industry. These social
responsibilities are proposed to improve social and environmental performance. The
International Council of Mines and Metals’ (ICMM) sustainable development framework
includes an undertaking by signatories to ‘contribute
to the social, economic and institutional
development of the communities in which we
operate’ (ICMM 2003). Similarly, the World Coal
Institute, in its submission to the 2002 ‘Rio Plus 10
Earth Summit’ in Johannesburg, stated that a key
‘action area’ for the industry is to make a more
effective contribution to the social and economic development of local communities’ (World
Coal Institute 2001).

The iron ore mines operating mostly in the southern part of the West Singhbhum
district of Jharkhand comply with the legal requirements for obtaining permissions for
initiation of the project and operation. Whatever Environment Management Plans and
Environmental Impact Assessment reports of the agencies operating in the area gone through
by us also identified impact villages as in the legal provisions and have plans to address social
issues through corporate social responsibility. But a reconnaissance in the villages pointed to
certain lacunae in implementation of the planned programmes. Hence it was decided to have a
visit to almost all the villages in the impact zone and also neighbouring villages away from

39
the impact zone interacting
through informal discussions and
collecting information through a
structured questionnaire.

4.2 Methodology

The study used both

secondary and primary data. The
secondary data for this study
were collected from the records
of government and mining
companies. In addition, we interviewed key officials from different government departments
and mining companies. There had also been
informal discussions with villagers, NGOs
and employees of mining agencies. In
addition, the local weekly markets in some
of the villages were visited for first hand
information on the forest products entering
in the markets for sale. This is
supplemented with primary data collected
from human settlements near mining areas
through focus group discussions and survey
methods. The distribution of sample

households across different clusters is presented in

Fig. 4.1 and the number of sampled households
classified according to caste is represented in Fig.
4.2. A set sample of 529 households spread over 61
villages in the four identified clusters was selected
randomly for the purpose of the study. The names of
the surveyed villages in different cluster are given in
Table 4.1.

The surveys were administered in four clusters of settlements in the mining region.
Some of the sampled villages are beneficiaries under the corporate social responsibility
40
programmes of mining companies. In the absence of reliable sample frames, we adopted what
we have labelled as the ‘random walk method’ to collect data for the study. Survey
enumerators selected the households for collecting data by moving in different directions in
the settlements in a systematic manner until the predetermined size of each sub-sample was
reached. A structured interview schedule was used to collect data from the selected
households (Annexure VI). The qualitative field notes that we prepared as part of this study
were used as basis to formulate appropriate question related to topics such as the caste
composition of settlements, labour and capital market issues, production and livelihoods and
poverty and health aspects of the households. Data were analysed using SPSS software and
results presented across different clusters. Some comparisons were also carried out between
CSR and Non CSR villages to understand the impact of CSR activities in this area.

4.3 Socio Economic Characteristics of the Villages

A brief overview of the demographic characteristics prevailing in the area is presented

in Table 4.2. The household size in the area is estimated to be 5.28, which is more or less
uniform across clusters. The female sex ratio estimated for the entire area is 896. It is
significant to note that in all the villages except Kiriburu and Gua, the sex ratio is not in
favour of female population. The overall literacy rate of the area is about 47.51% (Table 4.3).
The villages of Noamundi are on higher side of 52.67 and Kiriburu on the lowest side of
39.19%. In CSR areas, the literacy rate is about 46%, which is comparatively less than the
literacy rate of 57.89% in non CSR areas. This is an important area where CSR activities
might focus in future (Table 4.3).

41
Forest Products in the Village Market
 Table 4.1 Names of villages surveyed in different clusters

Gua Kiriburu Noamundi Manoharpur

Baihatu Kalaita Katikora Mammar
Jumbaiburu /
Jojogutu Jumbaikudur Kotgarh Lodo Ankua
Ankua high school
Rajabara Karampada Rengarbera (adopted)
Chhotanagara Sagwanbera Kutchibera Dubil
Duia Kumdi / kumudi Uishia Lemra
Salai Baraiburu Kutingta Binua
Jamkundia Iterbaljori Churgi
Lipunga Barakumirta Timra
Nuia Gundijora Soda
Thakura Baihatu dipasai Kamarbera
Gangda Ratanasai Dimbuli
Roam Sargidih
Pecha Pukurdih
Bichaikiri Patharbasa
Bokana Pachapaya
Pandrasali Bari
Tatiba Khutpani
Noagaon
Bandgaon
(noagaonw)
Diriburu
Khasjamda
Patahatu
Karo-kunj – I
Mazine level
Upper Dhowda
Gua bazaar
Bangal dhowda

It is also observed that the women headed households are not significantly higher in
many of these villages. Nearly 6.6% of the total households are women headed households
(Table 4.2). In Noamundi cluster, we found that 10% of the total households are women
headed while it is only 2.08% in Kiriburu. Most of the women headed households belong to
the category of widows, separated and divorced. In general, the demographic factors
explained here shows that women are one of the vulnerable groups in terms of sex ratio,

42
separation, divorce, widowhood etc. It is important to attend women specific issues in the
area.

Fig.4.1. Distribution of households across settlement clusters

Table 4.2 Demographic particulars of the selected village clusters

Male Female
Sex Household
Zones Males Females Total Headed Headed
ratio size
households households
KIRIBURU 134 139 273 1037 47 (97.92) 1 (2.08) 5.69
GUA 532 532 1064 1000 185 (9391) 12 (6.09) 5.40
NOAMUNDI 421 348 769 827 135 (90) 15 (10) 5.13
MANOHARPUR 387 302 689 780 127 (94.78) 7 (5.22) 5.14
Total 1474 1321 2795 896 494 (93.38) 35 (6.62) 5.28

Table 4.3 Literacy among the villagers in different clusters

Illiterate literate Total

Zone
Population Population Population
KIRIBURU 102(37.36) 107(39.19) 273(100)
GUA 332(31.20) 503(47.27) 1064(100)
NOAMUNDI 233(30.30) 405(52.67) 769(100)
MANOHARPUR 254(36.87) 313(45.43) 689(100)
CSR 830(34.10) 1119(45.97) 2434(100)
NONCSR 91(25.21) 209(57.89) 361(100)
Total 921(32.95) 1328(47.51) 2795(100)

43
 Fig. 4.2 Distribution of caste wise households surveyed

Another important socio-demographic characteristic is the existence of nuclear family

system in the area (Table 4.4). The survey reported that nearly 85.82% of the total households
follow nuclear family system. Nevertheless, there are a few joint families that come to 6.81%
44
of the total households. The survey also indicated that large number of population comes
under the category of workforce (Table 4.5). About 58.68% are in this group. Young children
and old age together constitute approximately 41%.

Table 4.4 Types of families across village clusters

Nuclear Extended
Zones Not Reported Total
families families

KIRIBURU 40 (83.33) 3 (6.25) 5 (10.42) 48 (100)

GUA 157 (79.70) 14 (7.11) 26 (13.20) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 135 (90) 8 (5.33) 7 (4.67) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 122 (91.04) 11 (8.21) 1 (0.75) 134 (100)
Total 454 (85.82) 36 (6.81) 39 (7.37) 529 (100)

Table 4.5 Age wise distribution of households in different village clusters

Youth
Work Force (15to59) Old Age (60Above)
(0to14)
120 (43.96) 149 (54.58) 4 (1.47)
405 (38.06) 612 (57.52) 47 (4.42)
276 (35.89) 458 (59.56) 35 (4.55)
249 (36.14) 421 (61.10) 19 (2.76)
1050 (37.57) 1640 (58.68) 105 (3.76)

The power source for lighting at home is kerosene on the whole (58.57%). But
electricity forms the major source in Noamundi villages (Table 4.6). Majority are in katcha

45
houses. A few in Gua have semi- and pucca houses. (Table 4.7). About 90% of the
households depend on fire wood for cooking (Table 4.8). This is true across all clusters.

Table 4.6 Source of power in households in different clusters

Zone Electricity Kerosene Any other Total

KIRIBURU 3 (6) 41 (82) 6 (12) 50 (100)
GUA 78 (34.67) 139 (61.78) 8 (3.56) 225 (100)
NOAMUNDI 108 (55.10) 88 (44.90) 196 (100)
MANOHARPUR 54 (33.96) 101 (63.52) 4 (2.52) 159 (100)
Total 243 (38.57) 369 (58.57) 18 (2.86) 630 (100)

Table 4.7 Type of houses in different clusters

Semi Total
Zone Katcha Pucca
pucca households
KIRIBURU 46 (95.83) 2 (4.17) 48 (100)
28
151 (76.65) 18 (9.14) 197 (100)
GUA (14.21)
NOAMUNDI 148 (98.67) 2 (1.33) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 127 (94.78) 6 (4.48) 1 (0.75) 134 (100)
Total 472 (89.22) 38 (7.18) 19 (3.59) 529 (100)

46
 Table 4.8 Source of fuel for cooking in households in different clusters

Dry
Cow
leaves,
Zone Firewood LPG Kerosene dung Charcoal Total
straw,
cake
grass
47
2 (3.85) 2 (3.85) 1 (1.92) 52 (100)
KIRIBURU (90.38)
183 17 211
5 (2.37) 6 (2.84)
GUA (86.73) (8.06) (100)
149 1 163
1 (0.61) 4 (2.45) 7 (4.29) 1 (0.61)
NOAMUNDI (91.41) (0.61) (100)
133 13 146
MANOHARPUR (91.10) (8.90) (100)
512 18 28 1 572
11 (1.92) 2 (0.35)
Total (89.51) (3.15) (4.90) (0.17) (100)

4.4 Income, Occupational distribution and Source of Livelihood

The overall status occupation identity in different clusters shows that the people are
either farmers or labourers (Table 4.9). The distribution of households based on their main
occupation in four village clusters is given in Table 4.10. This indicates that agriculture and
wage labour constitute the main source of livelihoods for these households. In a cluster level
analysis, we observed that about 78.67% of the households in Noamundi reported agriculture
as their main occupation while it is 50% in Kiriburu and less than 50% in other clusters. In
Kiriburu, about 35.42% are engaged in works related to agriculture labour and general labour
together.

Livelihoods of households in Gua and Manoharpur are also based on agriculture and
wage labour works. However, we observed a significant number of households engaged in
47
salary based jobs as their main occupation as compared to Noamundi and Kiriburu. The
salaried groups include both private and government employed people. In Gua, salaried
category forms around 18.28% while it is 17.17% in Manoharpur. Other main occupations are
self employed small business and livestock maintenance. For a few households, these form a
main source of income.

From the total sample households (529), about 72% reported subsidiary occupations,
but it spreads across the same category of agriculture and wage labours (Table 4.11). The
households, who have reported salaried works as their secondary occupation is relatively very
small. The secondary occupation of these households is also centred around agriculture and
wage labour which indicates limited occupational diversity and livelihood security.

Table 4.9 Status occupation identity in different clusters

Zones Farmer Labour Others Total

KIRIBURU 23 (47.92) 21 (43.75) 4 (8.33) 48 (100)
GUA 57 (28.93) 96 (48.73) 44 (22.34) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 112 (74.67) 27 (18) 11 (7.33) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 63 (47.01) 49 (36.57) 22 (16.42) 134 (100)
Total 255 (48.20) 193 (36.48) 81 (15.31) 529 (100)

4.5 Assets - Land

About 69% of the responded families have own land (Table 4.12). This was highest in
Noamundi cluster. The average extent of
land owned by villagers was almost
uniform across clusters. However, this was
slightly higher in Gua and Noamundi. Out
of 368 having land, all in Noamundi and
Manoharpur have title deeds over their
land. This was lowest in Gua and Kiriburu
(Table 4.13). Though there is no direct
correlation between CSR and land owned households, an analyses across the two will help in
planning CSR activities. There is not much difference in the number of houses having land
and average size between CSR and non-CSR villages (Table 4.14). This is true in the case
title deeds also (Table 4.15 and Fig. 4.3).

48
 Table 4.10 Status of Main occupation by Village Clusters

Hired Non Self owned Salaried in Salaried

Own farm Livestock Total
Zones agriculture agriculture small private in govt Others
agriculture maintenance households
labour labour business enterprise enterprise

KIRIBURU 24 (50) 8 (16.67) 9 (18.75) 2 (4.17) 3 (6.25) 1 ()2.08 1 (2.08) 48 (100)

GUA 55 (27.92) 19 (9.64) 39 (19.80) 24 (12.18) 22 (11.17) 14 (7.11) 24 (12.18) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 118 (78.67) 7 (4.67) 15 (10) 4 (2.67) 1 (0.67) 1 (0.67) 4 (2.67) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 63 (47.01) 12 (8.96) 23 (17.16) 11 (8.21) 14 (10.45) 9 (6.72) 2 (1.49) 134 (100)
Total 260 (49.15) 46 (8.70) 86 (16.26) 37 (6.99) 43 (8.13) 24 (4.54) 2 (0.38) 31 (5.86) 529 (100)

Table 4.11 Status of Subsidiary occupation by Village Clusters

Hired Non Self owned Salaried in Salaried

Own farm Livestock Other
Zones agriculture agriculture small private in govt Total
agriculture maintenance (specify)
labour labour business enterprise enterprise
KIRIBURU 13 (40.63) 8 (25) 5 (15.63) 2 (6.25) 2 (6.25) 2 (6.25) 32 (100)
GUA 28 (20.29) 18 (13.04) 38 (27.54) 16 (11.59) 21 (15.22) 5 (3.62) 12 (8.70) 138 (100)
NOAMUNDI 49 (42.98) 8 (7.02) 34 (29.82) 6 (5.26) 5 (4.39) 7 (6.14) 5 (4.39) 114 (100)
MANOHARPUR 25 (25.51) 10 (10.20) 21 (21.43) 11 (11.22) 9 (9.18) 6 (6.12) 13 (13.27) 3 (3.06) 98 (100)
Total 115 (30.10) 44 (11.52) 98 (25.65) 35 (9.16) 37 (9.69) 11 (2.88) 20 (5.24) 22 (5.76) 382 (100)

49
 Table 4.12 Status of own land and average land by zone

Average No. of families

Zones land owned having own Total
in Acres land

KIRIBURU 2.9454 29(60.42) 48(100)

GUA 3.0617 131(66.50) 197(100)
NOAMUNDI 3.3026 129(86.00) 150(100)
MANOHARPUR 2.7289 79(58.96) 134(100)
Total 3.0655 368(69.57) 529(100)

Table 4.13 Status of title deed over land by zone

Zones Yes No Total

KIRIBURU 19(65.52) 10(34.48) 29(100)
GUA 71(54.20) 60(45.80) 131(100)
NOAMUNDI 129(100) 129(100)
MANOHARPUR 79(100) 79(100)
Total 298(80.98) 70(19.02) 368(100)

Table 4.14 Status of own land and average land by CSR and Non CSR

No. of
Average
households Total
Cluster land owned
having own households
in Acres
land
CSR 3.0656 318(68.24) 466(100)
NONCSR 3.0652 50(79.37) 63(100)
Total 3.0655 368(69.57) 529(100)

50
 Fig. 4.3 Percentage of families with land and the title deed

Table 4.15 Status of title deed over land by CSR and Non CSR

Cluster Yes No Total

CSR 257(80.82) 61(19.18) 318(100)
NONCSR 41(82.00) 9(18) 50(100)
Total 298(80.98) 70(19.02) 368(100)

4.6 Asset – Livestock

About 79% of the surveyed households have live stock (Table 4.16 and Fig.4.4). Out
of the 421 households having live stock, only Gua and Manoharpur households have almost
every type of livestock (Table 4.17). Kiriburu has more of poultry followed by goat. But this
cluster of villages has no buffalo and sheep. Noamundi has no pigs. Poultry rearing is the
commonest in more than 55% of households. This is followed by goats. However, cow and
bull combined is on the top of the live stock.

4.7 Agriculture and livestock production

The villagers in the region mostly prefer rice to wheat as evident from the production
and purchase, which also indicates the nature of consumption. Noamundi followed by
Manoharpur stands first in terms of production. Kiriburu reported low production of rice
(Table 4.18). This is also reflected in the average quantity of rice purchased with less average
quantity of purchase in Noamundi and Manoharpur. Wheat production and purchase from
outside is more in Kiriburu (Table 4.19). Cereal production was reported by the surveyed
51
families only in Kiriburu cluster (Table 4.20). The purchase was also only in Kiriburu and in
low quantity in Gua. Pulses are produced in small quantities and the purchase is also not very
high indicating low consumption (Table 4.21).

The cultivated varieties are mostly local (84.63%) and majority uses the seeds from
their own farms and only 15.76% purchase it from outside sources. Though organic fertiliser
is used more (91.78%), there is also the use of chemical fertiliser by about 50% of the
respondent households. Pesticide use is very uncommon (11%).

Milk production is low in the entire area (Table 4.22). This seems to be a reflection of
the utilisation of the cattle. Gua and Noamundi households reported milk production to a
certain extent. The purchase is also low in Kiriburu and Manoharpur indicating their life
styles.

Table 4.16 Number of households having livestock in different clusters

Total no of households
Zone Total Households
having livestock

KIRIBURU 40 (83.33) 48 (100)

GUA 140 (71.07) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 134 (89.33) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 107 (79.85) 134 (100)
Total 421 (79.58) 529 (100)

Fig. 4.4 The percentage of households with livestock in different cluster

52
 Table 4.17 Status of households having livestock (adult) by zone (multiple analysis)

Total
Buffalo Households
Zone Cow Bulls Sheep Goat Pigs Poultry Others
with
livestock
17 15 27 3 30
KIRIBURU (35.42) (31.25) (56.25) (6.25) (62.50) 1 (2.08) 40 (83.33)
52 66 8 84 8 111
GUA 12(6.09) (26.40) (33.50) (4.06) (42.64) (4.06) (56.35) 4 (2.03) 140 (71.07)
59 1 82 104
NOAMUNDI 66 (44) (39.33) 30 (20) (0.67) (54.67) (69.33) 8 (5.33) 134 (89.33)
41 62 31 2 75 2 84
MANOHARPUR (30.60 (46.27) (23.13) (1.49) (55.97) (1.49) (62.69) 1 (0.75) 107 (79.85)
119 190 142 11 268 13 329 14
Total (22.49) (35.92) (26.84) (2.08) (50.66) (2.46) (62.19) (2.65) 421 (79.58)

Table 4.18 Average Quantity (in kg) of rice production and purchases

Average Average
Total
Zone Production Purchase
households
(kg) (kg)

Mean 39.72 57.82

KIRIBURU (Avg Qty)
N (reported
18 (37.50) 38 (79.17) 48 (100)
households)
Mean
56.45 50.53
GUA (Avg Qty)
N (reported
40 (20.30) 176 (89.34) 197 (100)
households)
Mean
105.67 57.00
NOAMUNDI (Avg Qty)
N (reported
126 (84) 100 (66.67) 150 (100)
households)
Mean
95.96 74.72
MANOHARPUR (Avg Qty)
N (reported
73 (54.48) 110 (82.09) 134 (100)
households)
Mean
90.63 58.98
Total (Avg Qty)
N (reported
257 (48.58) 424 (80.15) 529 (100)
households)

53
 Table 4.19 Average Quantity (in kg) of wheat production and purchases

Average Average
Total
Zone Production Purchase
households
(kg) (kg)
Mean
42.50 11.25
KIRIBURU (Avg Qty)
N (reported
2 (4.17) 4 (8.33) 48 (100)
households)
Mean
5.00 10.85
GUA (Avg Qty)
N (reported
1 (0.51) 55 (27.92) 197 (100)
households)
Mean
24.78 6.71
NOAMUNDI (Avg Qty)
N (reported
9 (6) 35 (23.33) 150 (100)
households)
Mean
10.00 10.41
MANOHARPUR (Avg Qty)
N (reported
1 (0.75) 32 (23.88) 134 (100)
households)
Mean
24.85 9.60
Total (Avg Qty)
N (reported
13 (2.46) 126 (23.82) 529 (100)
households)

Table 4.20 Average Quantity (in kg) of cereals production and purchases

Average Total
Average
Zone Production househol
Purchase (kg)
(kg) ds
Mean 5.00 19.25
KIRIBURU (Avg Qty)
N (reported
1 (2.08) 4 (8.33) 48 (100)
households)
Mean 5.06
GUA (Avg Qty)
N (reported
9 (4.57) 197 (100)
households)
Mean
NOAMUNDI (Avg Qty)
N (reported
150 (100)
households)
MANOHARPU Mean
R (Avg Qty)
N (reported
134 (100)
households)
Mean
5.00 9.42
Total (Avg Qty)
N (reported
1 (0.19) 13 (2.46) 529 (100)
households)

54
 Table 4.21 Average Quantity (kg) of pulses production and purchases

Average
Production Average Total
Zone
quantity (in Purchase (kg) households
kg)
Mean 1.75 6.25
KIRIBURU (Avg Qty)
N (reported 4 (8.33) 12 (25) 48 (100)
households)
Mean 1.50 2.99
GUA (Avg Qty)
N (reported 4 (2.03) 106 (53.81) 197 (100)
households)
Mean 10.60 2.47
NOAMUNDI (Avg Qty)
N (reported 10 (6.67) 71 (47.33) 150 (100)
households)
Mean 3.50 2.94
MANOHARPUR (Avg Qty)
N (reported 4 (2.99) 70 (52.24) 134 (100)
households)
Mean 6.05 2.98
Total (Avg Qty)
N (reported 22 (4.16) 259 (48.96) 529 (100)
households)

Table 4.22 Average Quantity (Litres) of milk production and purchases

Average
Production Average Purchase Total
Zone
quantity (in quantity (in Liters) households
Liters)

4.50
KIRIBURU Mean (Avg Qty)
N (reported households) 2 (4.17) 48 (100)

GUA Mean (Avg Qty) 15.50 9.63

N (reported households) 2 (1.02) 31 (15.74) 197 (100)

40.00 15.50
NOAMUNDI Mean (Avg Qty)
1 (0.67) 2 (1.33) 150 (100)
N (reported households)
MANOHARPUR Mean (Avg Qty) 1.75

8 (5.97) 134 (100)

N (reported households)

23.67 8.20
Total Mean (Avg Qty)
N (reported households) 3 (0.57) 43 (8.13) 529 (100)

55
4.8 Dependency

General dependency

Table 4.23 gives the dependency details for various purposes. About 82% of the
households depend on the forests. This goes to almost 90% in Kiriburu. The details of
dependence on forests for poles, thatching grass, firewood, green manure, cattle fodder, honey
and medicinal plants are given in Tables 4.24 – 4.30. Dependence for firewood is the most
prominent. Honey, though an NTFP item is here considered with other groups and is the
second highest item collected from the forests. Poles are collected to some extent for
maintenance of houses and also for agricultural purposes as implements and as support for
some of the crops. Medicinal plants are also collected to some extent. Dependence for green
manure is highest in Kiriburu.

Collection of Non Timber Forest Produce

Almost all the respondents depend on

forest for NTFP. This is about 92% in the whole
clusters combined (Table 4.31). There are about
39 items collected from the forests. This is also
related to the tribal nature of the communities in
the region. The dependency is almost complete
in almost all the clusters. The details of
collection of various products are given in Tables
4.32 – 4.49. Only 6.13% of those collecting forest products depend on the mushrooms. This
56
was almost nil in Kiriburu. The households collecting Datun is about 84% compared to 57%
on sal leaves collection. Ciyal leaf is not much
collected. This is especially very low in
Noamundi and Manoharpur.

The collection of Mahua is only 46% in

the whole region though it is comparatively
high in Kiriburu. Mahua seed collection is still
low throughout clusters. Amla is also not much
collected throughout the region. However,
households in Kiriburu reports about 54%.
Chiraitha collection is also not much.
Dependence on wood is higher than 50%
throughout the clusters. Dependence for
Kendu and Chare is comparatively very less.
Tamarind and Sal seed seem to be not much
collected. Tasar, fruits, rassi, Kusum,
miswoke and other products do not contribute much to the items collected from the forest.

Table 4.23 Dependence on forest for various purposes by households

No. of households
Total no. of
Zone depending on
households
forests

KIRIBURU 43 (89.58) 48 (100)

GUA 167 (84.77) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 121 (80.67) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 105 (78.36) 134 (100)
Total 436 (82.42) 529 (100)

Table 4.24 Details of forest dependence for poles

No .of households No. of households

Zone
depends up on Poles depending on forests

KIRIBURU 9 (20.93) 43 (100)

GUA 40 (23.95) 167 (100)
NOAMUNDI 29 (23.97) 121 (100)
MANOHARPUR 18 (17.14) 105 (100)
Total 96 (22.02) 436 (100)
57
Table 4.25 Details of forest dependence for thatching grass

No .of households
No. of households
Zone depends up on
depending on forests
Thatching grass

KIRIBURU 1 (2.33) 43 (100)

GUA 2 (1.20) 167 (100)
NOAMUNDI 2 (1.65) 121 (100)
MANOHARPUR 105 (100)
Total 5 (1.15) 436 (100)

Table 4.26 Details of forest dependence for firewood

No .of households
No. of households
Zone depends up on
depending on forests
Firewood
KIRIBURU 43 (100) 43 (100)
GUA 166 (99.40) 167 (100)
NOAMUNDI 118 (97.52) 121 (100)
MANOHARPUR 100 (95.24) 105 (100)
Total 427 (97.94) 436 (100)

58
59
Table 4.27 Details of forest dependence for green manure

No .of households
No. of households
Zone depends up on
depending on forests
Green manure
KIRIBURU 9 (20.93) 43 (100)
GUA 25 (14.97) 167 (100)
NOAMUNDI 10 (8.26) 121 (100)
MANOHARPUR 17 (16.19) 105 (100)
Total 61 (13.99) 436 (100)

Table 4.28 Details of forest dependence for cattle fodder

No .of households
No. of households
Zone depends up on
depending on forests
Cattle fodder
KIRIBURU 2 (4.65) 43 (100)
GUA 3 (1.80) 167 (100)
NOAMUNDI 16 (13.22) 121 (100)
MANOHARPUR 14 (13.33) 105 (100)
Total 35 (8.03) 436 (100)

Table 4.29 Details of forest dependence for honey

No .of households
No. of households
Zone depends up on
depending on forests
Honey
KIRIBURU 12 (27.91) 43 (100)
GUA 41 (24.55) 167 (100)
NOAMUNDI 11 (9.09) 121 (100)
MANOHARPUR 10 (9.52) 105 (100)
Total 74 (16.97) 436 (100)

60
 Table 4.30 Details of forest dependence for medicinal plants

No .of households No. of households

Zone depends up on depending on
Medicinal plants forests
KIRIBURU 16 (37.21) 43 (100)
GUA 68 (40.72) 167 (100)
NOAMUNDI 12 (9.92) 121 (100)
MANOHARPUR 1 (0.95) 105 (100)
Total 97 (22.25) 436 (100)

Table 4.31 Dependence on Forest products by households

Collected Not collected Total

Zone
households households households

KIRIBURU 48 (100) 48 (100)

GUA 166 (84.26) 31 (15.74) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 148 (98.67) 2 (1.33) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 127 (94.78) 7 (5.22) 134 (100)
Total 489 (92.44) 40 (7.56) 529 (100)

Table 4.32 Household dependence on forest for chattu (mushroom)

No. of households
Chattu collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products

KIRIBURU 48 (100)
GUA 16 (9.64) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 6 (4.05) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 8 (6.30) 127 (100)
Total 30 (6.13) 489 (100)

61
Table 4.33 Household dependence on forest for datun (forest product)

No. of households
Datun collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products

KIRIBURU 44 (91.67) 48 (100)

GUA 135 (81.33) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 121 (81.76) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 109 (85.83) 127 (100)
Total 409 (83.64) 489 (100)

Table 4.34 Household dependence on forest for sal leaf

Sal leaf No. of households

Zone collecting collecting forest
households products

KIRIBURU 30 (62.50) 48 (100)

GUA 72 (43.37) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 95 (64.19) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 80 (62.99) 127 (100)
Total 277 (56.65) 489 (100)

Table 4.35 Household dependence on forest for ciyal leaf

No. of households
Ciyal leaf collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products
KIRIBURU 14 (29.17) 48 (100)
GUA 49 (29.52) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 1 (0.68) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 5 (3.94) 127 (100)
Total 69 (14.11) 489 (100)

Table 4.36 Status of mahua collected households

No. of households
Mahua collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products

KIRIBURU 32 (66.67) 48 (100)

GUA 84 (50.60) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 52 (35.14) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 58 (45.67) 127 (100)
Total 226 (46.22) 489 (100)

62
 Table 4.37 Household dependence on forest for mahua seed

No. of households
Mahua sead
Zone collecting forest
collecting households
products
KIRIBURU 12 (25) 48 (100)
GUA 14 (8.43) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 20 (13.51) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 9 (7.09) 127 (100)
Total 55 (11.25) 489 (100)

Table 4.38 Household dependence on forest for amla

No. of households
Amla collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products

KIRIBURU 26 (54.17) 48 (100)

GUA 40 (24.10) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 29 (19.59) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 35 (27.56) 127 (100)
Total 130 (26.58) 489 (100)

Table 4.39 Household dependence on forest for chiraitha

No. of households
Chiraitha collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products

KIRIBURU 12 (25) 48 (100)

GUA 44 (26.51) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 8 (5.41) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 2 (1.57) 127 (100)
Total 66 (13.50) 489 (100)

Table 4.40 Household dependence on forest for wood

No. of households
Wood collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products
KIRIBURU 24 (50) 48 (100)
GUA 101 (60.84) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 98 (66.22) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 94 (74.02) 127 (100)
Total 317 (64.83) 489 (100)

63
 Table 4.41 Household dependence on forest for kendu

No. of households
Kendu collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products
KIRIBURU 10 (20.83) 48 (100)
GUA 52 (31.33) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 5 (3.94) 127 (100)
Total 67 (13.70) 489 (100)

Table 4.42 Household dependence on forest for chare

No. of households
Chare collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products
KIRIBURU 12 (25) 48 (100)
GUA 41 (24.70) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 127 (100)
Total 53 (10.84) 489 (100)

Table 4.43 Household dependence on forest for tamarind

No. of households
Tamarind collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products
KIRIBURU 48 (100)
GUA 5 (3.01) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 10 (6.76) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 13 (10.24) 127 (100)
Total 28 (5.73) 489 (100)

64
 Table 4.44 dependence on forest for sal seed

No. of households
Sal seed collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products
KIRIBURU 15 (31.25) 48 (100)
GUA 9 (5.42) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 8 (5.41) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 10 (7.87) 127 (100)
Total 42 (8.59) 489 (100)

Table 4.45 Household dependence on forest for tasar

Tasar collecting No. of households

Zone
households collecting forest products

KIRIBURU 2 (4.17) 48 (100)

GUA 11 (6.63) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 127 (100)
Total 13 (2.66) 489 (100)

Table 4.46 Household dependence on forest for various fruits

Fruits collecting No. of households

Zone
households collecting forest products

KIRIBURU 6 (12.50) 48 (100)

GUA 6 (3.61) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 2 (1.35) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 127 (100)
Total 14 (2.86) 489 (100)

Table 4.47 Household dependence on forest for rassi

Rassi collecting No. of households

Zone
households collecting forest products

KIRIBURU 5 (10.42) 48 (100)

GUA 15 (9.04) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 127 (100)
Total 20 (4.09) 489 (100)

65
 Table 4.48 Household dependence on forest for kusum

Kusum collecting No. of households

Zone
households collecting forest products

KIRIBURU 4 (8.33) 48 (100)

GUA 13 (7.83) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 3 (2.36) 127 (100)
Total 20 (4.09) 489 (100)

Table 4.49 Household dependence on forest for miswoke (forest product)

No. of households
Miswoke collecting
Zone collecting forest
households
products

KIRIBURU 48 (100)
GUA 1 (0.60) 166 (100)
NOAMUNDI 19 (12.84) 148 (100)
MANOHARPUR 7 (5.51) 127 (100)
Total 27 (5.52) 489 (100)

4.9 Village Market Survey

In addition to the details collected through structured interviews and informal
discussions with the villagers, there were also market surveys in different areas. The Weekly
Markets are lifeline of the local people everywhere in West Singhbhum. Villagers bring their
products for sale and also come for purchase of goods brought to the market from various
sources. The following are the important markets in the study area.

1. Kiriburu – Tuesday, Saturday

2. Chhotanagra – Saturday
3. Jamunda – Wednesday
4. Gua – Sunday
5. Jagannathpur – Thursday
6. Noamundi – Sunday
7. Manoharpur – Sunday
8. Chiria – Sunday
9. Kotgarh – Wednesday
10. Ruam – Thursday
11. Karampada – Sunday
12. Godkera – Monday
The major forest products in the market are –

66
  Sabe grass – @ 10/- 750 gm. approx. for rope making, available in all seasons.
 Toothbrush – Twigs of sal, Karanj,Galphuli(Flamingia).
 Leaves – Sal, smilax (all season).
 Broom – Kanta Grass, Jharu Grass (Jan - Feli).
 Khajur – (Pheonix) leaves – (all season).
 Mushroom – Rugra (Button) 2types – Rainy season
– chhatu – 5-6 - White & red - Rainy season
– Dinyachhatu - grown on termitaria- Rainy season
 Bamboo Baskets etc.
 MFP like Harre, Bahera, Anwala, Piar, Lac, kusum seeds, Makna flowers and seeds,
Tasar silk Cacoon.
 Forest fungus for fermentation of Hantiya (Rice Bear)
– Several varieties of tubers and medicinal Plants
4.10 Livestock and agriculture maintenance

Livestock is mostly fed from the forest resource (Table 4.50). Table 4.51 gives the
details of types of feed given to the live
stock. It is important to note that no cattle
feed in the form of pellets is given to the
animals. The grass and leaves come from
forests. The cattle, majority of which are
local breed are also not prone much to
diseases (Table 4.52). In case of diseases,
it goes untreated and only about 13% go
for the service of a veterinarian (Table
4.53). As an agriculture dominated
community, dung is mostly used as manure
especially in Kiriburu and Gua (Table 4.54).
There is no difference between CSR and
non CSR villages in the use of dung (Table
4.55). The agriculture related works are
almost completely done by the household
people and this involves participation of
both the male and female members of the
family (Tables 4.56 – 4.59). There is no

67
 difference in the pattern across CSR and non CSR villages. Very few hire labourers even for
crop protection from the wildlife. Insurance for anything is almost unheard of throughout
irrespective of CSR or non CSR (Tables 4.60-4.61).

Table 4.50 Livestock feeding sources in clusters

Stall Revenue
Zone Forest area Total
feeding area
KIRIBURU 5 (16.67) 22 (73.33) 3 (10) 30 (100)
GUA 15 (13.64) 73 (66.36) 22 (20) 110 (100)
NOAMUNDI 1 (0.73) 135 (98.54) 1 (0.73) 137 (100)
MANOHARPUR 130 (100) 130 (100)
Total 21 (5.16) 360 (88.45) 26 (6.39) 407 (100)

Table 4.51 Status of main feeding system for livestock by zone reported by households

Insects Small Dry House

Zone Straw Grass Dana Rice Leaves Husk
(poultry) plants food holds
11 16 19 14 2 48
KIRIBURU (22.92) (33.33) (39.58) 19 (39.58) (29.17) (4.17) (100)
41 53 48 1 24 15 1 197
GUA (20.81) (26.90) 4 (2.03) (24.37) 35 (17.77) (0.51) (12.18) (7.61) (0.51) (100)
88 118 34 38 150
NOAMUNDI (58.67) (78.67) (22.67) 84 (56) 38 (25.33) 9 (6) 63 (42) (25.33) (100)
MANOHARP 78 85 21 61 12 46 15 134
UR (58.21) (63.43) (15.67) (45.52) 32 (23.88) (8.96) (34.33) (11.19) (100)
218 272 59 212 124 22 147 17 54 529
Total (41.21) (51.42) (11.15) (40.08) (23.44) (4.16) (27.79) (3.21) (10.21) (100)

Table 4.52 Livestock diseases reported in different clusters

Total no of
Zone Yes No households with
livestock
KIRIBURU 17 (42.50) 23 (57.50) 40 (100)
GUA 79 (56.43) 61 (43.57) 140 (100)
NOAMUNDI 32 (23.88) 102 (76.12) 134 (100)
MANOHARPUR 15 (14.02) 92 (85.98) 107 (100)
Total 143 (33.97) 278 (66.03) 421 (100)

68
 Table 4.53 Veterinary services in villages

Total no of
Veterinary households
Zone Other None
Doctor having
livestock
KIRIBURU 12 (30) 1 (2.50) 27 (67.50) 40 (100)
GUA 43 (30.71) 1 (0.71) 96 (68.57) 140 (100)
132
NOAMUNDI 2 (1.49) (98.51) 134 (100)
MANOHARPUR 107 (100) 107 (100)
362
Total 57 (13.54) 2 (0.48) (85.99) 421 (100)

Table 4.54 The use of dung in villages for fuel and manure in different clusters

Zone Fuel (kg) Manure (kg)

KIRIBURU Mean (Avg Qty) 250.00 1965.38

N (reported
households) 10 26
GUA Mean (Avg Qty) 157.11 2272.74
N (reported
households) 19 73
NOAMUNDI Mean (Avg Qty) 218.18 823.58
N (reported
households) 11 53
MANOHARPUR Mean (Avg Qty) 196.15 844.12
N (reported
households) 13 34
Total Mean (Avg Qty) 196.89 1555.70
N (reported
households) 53 186
Table 4.55 Use of dung in villages for fuel and manure across CSR and Non CSR

Fuel (kg) Manure (kg)

CSR Mean (Avg Qty) 193.69 1609.59

N (reported
42 147
households)
Mean (Avg Qty) 209.09 1352.56
NONCSR
N (reported
11 39
households)

Total Mean (Avg Qty) 196.89 1555.7

N (reported
53 186
households)

69
 Table 4.56 Average own labour days for agriculture works in the field

Average Average
Average
adult N adult N N
children
male (Reported female (Reported (Reported
working
working households) working households) households)
days
days days
CSR 126.0417 288 89.5513 156 5 4
NONC
SR 138.7556 45 107.7778 18 150 2
Total 127.7598 333 91.4368 174 53.3333 6

Table 4.57 Average hired labour days for agriculture works in the field

N Average
Average Male N (Reported
(Reported Female
working days households)
households) working days

CSR 25.84 44 21.52 29

NONCSR 16.15 13 20.78 9
Total 23.63 57 21.34 38

Table 4.58 Average own labour days for crop protection from wildlife

Average Average Average

N N
adult male adult female N (Reported children
(Reported (Reported
workings working households) working
households) households)
days days days
CSR 161.8589 163 105.7333 15
NON
CSR 183 37 475 1 475 1
Total 165.77 200 128.8125 16 475 1

Table 4.59 Average hired labour days for crop protection from wildlife

Average Average
N N
Male Female
(Reported (Reported
working working
households) households)
days days
CSR 16 4 8.5 2
NONCSR
Total 16 4 8.5 2

70
 Table 4.60 Status of insurances across clusters

Health Livestock
Crop Insurance Life Insurance
Insurance Insurance Total
Zone Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No
48 46 48
KIRIBURU 48 (100) (100) 2 (4.17) (95.83) 48 (100) (100)
2 195 12 185 42 155 1 196 197
GUA (1.02) (98.98) (6.09) (93.91) (21.32) (78.68) (0.51) (99.49) (100)
1 149 2 148 129 150 150
NOAMUNDI (0.67) (99.33) (1.33) (98.67) 21 (14) (86) (100) (100)
134 1 133 15 119 134 134
MANOHARPUR (100) (0.75) (99.25) (11.19) (88.81) (100) (100)
3 526 15 514 80 449 1 528 529
Total (0.57) (99.43) (2.84) (97.16) (15.12) (84.88) (0.19) (99.81) (100)

Table 4.61 Status of insurance by CSR and Non CSR

Crop Health Livestock

Life Insurance Total
Insurance Insurance Insurance
Households
Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No
3 463 14 452 63 403 1 465
CSR (0.64) (99.36) (3.00) (97.00) (13.52) (86.48) (0.21) (99.79) 466(100)
NON 63 1 62 17 46 63
CSR (100) (1.59) (98.41) (26.98) (73.02) (100) 63(100)
3 526 15 514 80 449 1 528
Total (0.57) (99.43) (2.84) (97.16) (15.12) (84.88) (0.19) (99.81) 529(100)

4.11 Impact of Mining on Villages

Health related

Records of the four major hospitals run by SAIL and Tata in Kiriburu, Gua, Noamundi
and Chiria indicates prevalence of malaria, respiratory tract infection, hypertension and heart

71
diseases in the region. The skin and eye related diseases do not figure in the list of prevalent
diseases treated in the hospitals. However, about 26% of the 529 surveyed households
reported skin diseases (Table 4.62), which is about 58% in Kiriburu and 49% in Gua. There
was slight difference between the CSR and non CSR villages (Table 4.63). In fact, it was 27%
in CSR villages against 20% in non CSR villages. About 80% of the affected opted for
government hospitals (Company run) for treatment and 35% for private. Though overall
dependence on traditional treatment is low (5.8%), this was about 21% among the villagers in
Kiriburu cluster (Table 4.64).

Overall per cent of eye related cases reported is only about 20% (Table 4.65). But this
is one of the important infections among the villagers in Kiriburu (43.75%) and Gua
(35.03%). As in the case of skin diseases, it is prevalent in CSR villages (Table 4.66).
Majority of the villagers depend on both the government and private run hospitals for
treatment (Table 4.67). However, Kiriburu villages depend more on private hospitals. The
Kiriburu villagers’ dependence on traditional treatment for eye diseases is higher. Malaria is
not reported among the surveyed villagers in Kiriburu (Table 4.68). This is prevalent in
Manoharpur and Noamundi. Malaria is reported more from non CSR villages (Table 4.69).
The dependence on private hospitals is very high for the disease (Table 4.70).

Table 4.62 Skin disease affected households in clusters

Skin disease affected

Zone Total households
households

KIRIBURU 28 (58.33) 48 (100)

GUA 97 (49.24) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 12 (8) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 3 (2.24) 134 (100)
Total 140 (26.47) 529 (100)

Table 4.63 Skin disease affected households in CSR-Non CSR

Skin disease affected

Total households
households
CSR 127 (27.25) 466 (100)
NONCSR 13 (20.63) 63 (100)
Total 140 (26.47) 529 (100)

72
 Table 4.64 Source of treatment of skin disease in clusters

Skin disease
Zone Government Private Traditional Total affected
households
KIRIBURU 11 (39.29) 11 (39.29) 6 (21.43) 28 (100) 28
GUA 61 (64.24) 32 (33.68) 2 (2.11) 95 (97.94) 97
NOAMUNDI 8 (66.67) 4 (33.33) 12 (100) 12
MANOHARPUR 1 (33.33) 2 (66.67) 3 (100) 3
138
81 (58.70) 49 (35.51) 8 (5.80) 140
Total (98.57)

Table 4.65 Eye disease affected households in clusters

Eye disease affected

Zone Total households
households

KIRIBURU 21 (43.75) 48 (100)

GUA 69 (35.03) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 10 (6.67) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 5 (3.73) 134 (100)
Total 105 (19.85) 529 (100)

Table 4.66 Eye disease affected households in CSR-Non CSR villages

Eye disease affected

Total households
households
CSR 97 (20.82) 466 (100)
NONCSR 8 (12.70) 63 (100)
Total 105 (19.85) 529 (100)

Table 4.67 Source of treatment of eye disease

Eye disease
Zone Government Private Traditional Total affected
households
KIRIBURU 4 (22.22) 8 (44.44) 6 (33.33) 18 (85.71) 21
GUA 36 (62.07) 20 (34.48) 2 (3.45) 58 (84.06) 69
NOAMUNDI 2 (20) 8 (80) 10 (100) 10
MANOHARPUR 2 (66.67) 1 (33.33) 3 (60) 5
Total 44 (49.44) 37 (41.57) 8 (8.99) 89 (84.76) 105

73
 Table 4.68 Malaria affected households in clusters

Malaria affected Total

Zone
households households

KIRIBURU 48 (100)
GUA 23 (11.68) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 86 (57.33) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 70 (52.24) 134 (100)
Total 179 (33.84) 529 (100)

Table 4.69 Malaria affected households in CSR-Non CSR villages

Malaria affected Total

households households
CSR 150 (32.19) 466 (100)
NONCSR 29 (46.03) 63 (100)
Total 179 (33.84) 529 (100)

Table 4.70 Source of treatment of malaria

Malaria
Zone Government Private Traditional Total affected
households
KIRIBURU
GUA 10 (43.48) 8 (34.78) 5 (21.74) 23 (100) 23
NOAMUNDI 12 (13.95) 71 (82.56) 3 (3.49) 86 (100) 86
MANOHARPUR 12 (17.14) 56 (80) 2 (2.86) 70 (100) 70
Total 34 (18.99) 135 (75.42) 10 (5.59) 179 (100) 179

Wildlife and people

Most of the villages are either enclosures or in fringes close to forests. Majority of the
villages reported conflict with wildlife mostly in the form of crop damage (Table 4.71). About
84% in clusters reported crop damage. The villages in all the clusters reported it to be serious.
Interactions with them indicate elephants and wild boar as the major crop raiding animals.
Wildlife attack on humans, though not frequent, has been reported from all the villages (Table
4.72). Kiriburu and Gua had the highest. There was no pattern seen in the stages of crop when
it was more prone to damage (Table 4.73). Though the number of respondents was a few,
majority of them received no compensation from any source for the damages (Table 4.74).
The personal discussions with villagers also indicated lack of support from the forest
74
department though there are exceptions. About 83% of the people met have taken their own
measures for protection of the crops. About 62% of the respondents felt no change in the
availability of fishes in the streams (Table 4.75). However, about 68% of the villagers in
Kiriburu and 48% in Gua differed and opined reduction in the fish population attributing it to
the water pollution. Surprisingly, the respondents were unanimous that wildlife need to be
conserved (Table 4.76). During the discussion with some of the villagers, they pointed to the
disturbances caused by mining and by themselves for reduction in wildlife and also for habitat
destruction.

About 75% of the people consider mining good and this was very high in Gua (Table
4.77). However, Manoharpur villagers (61.19%) differed. This is in direct relation to the
benefits enjoyed by the villagers from the mining companies (Table 4.78). The households in
CSR villages also opined not good (24.46%). A number of factors have influenced in forming
this opinion. Most of the villagers expect some kind of employment from the mining
companies to support mining activities. Only very few, with whom the team interacted, had
logical reasons for objecting the mining activities. There was complete lack of awareness on
the impact of mining and support to mining is also related to the immediate direct economic
benefits received.

Table 4.71 Status of Damage from wildlife in clusters

Crop Property Total

Zone No damage
damage damage households

KIRIBURU 2 (4.17) 45 (93.75) 1 (2.08) 48 (100)

GUA 45 (22.84) 144 (73.10) 8 (4.06) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 8 (5.33) 142 (94.67) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 20 (14.93) 114 (85.07) 134 (100)
Total 75 (14.18) 445 (84.12) 9 (1.70) 529 (100)

Table 4.72 Wildlife attack on human in clusters

Zone Yes No Total

KIRIBURU 9 (18.75) 39 (81.25) 48 (100)

GUA 30 (15.23) 167 (84.77) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 7 (4.67) 143 (95.33) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 3 (2.24) 131 (97.76) 134 (100)
Total 49 (9.26) 480 (90.74) 529 (100)

75
 Table 4.73 Stage of crops damaged by wildlife in clusters

Not Total
reported house
Vegetative Flowering Seeding households holds
KIRIBURU 14 (29.17) 22 (45.83) 8 (16.67) 4 (8.33) 48 (100)
GUA 51 (25.89) 50 (25.38) 45 (22.84) 51 (25.89) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 67 (44.67) 33 (22) 35 (23.33) 15 (10) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 33 (24.63) 30 (22.39) 17 (12.69) 54 (40.30) 134 (100)
Total 165 (31.19) 135 (25.52) 105 (19.85) 124 (23.44) 529 (100)

Table 4.74 Compensation received for damage from wildlife

Zone Yes No Total

KIRIBURU 1 (11.11) 8 (88.89) 9 (100)

GUA 7 (23.33) 23 (76.67) 30 (100)
NOAMUNDI 2 (28.57) 5 (71.43) 7 (100)
MANOHARPUR 1 (33.33) 2 (66.67) 3 (100)
Total 11 (22.45) 38 (77.55) 49 (100)

Table 4.75 Status of availability of fishes from the stream by zone

Total no. of
Zone No change Reduced
respondents
KIRIBURU 9 (40.91) 15 (68.18) 22
GUA 31 (39.24) 38 (48.10) 79
NOAMUNDI 72 (75) 10 (10.42) 96
MANOHARPUR 61 (72.62) 6 (7.14) 84
Total 173 (61.57) 69 (24.56) 281

Table 4.76 Conservation perspectives of villagers

Total
Zone Positive Negative
households
KIRIBURU 48 (100) 48 (100)
GUA 196 (99.49) 1 (0.51) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 150 (100) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 134 (100) 134 (100)
Total 528 (99.81) 1 (0.19) 529 (100)

76
 Table 4.77 Opinion on mining across clusters

Zone Good Not good Total

KIRIBURU 34 (70.83) 14 (29.17) 48 (100)
GUA 180 (91.37) 17 (8.63) 197 (100)
NOAMUNDI 131 (87.33) 19 (12.67) 150 (100)
MANOHARPUR 52 (38.81) 82 (61.19) 134 (100)
Total 397 (75.05) 132 (24.95) 529 (100)

Table 4.78 Opinion on mining in CSR-Non CSR villages

Good Not good Total

CSR 352 (75.54) 114 (24.46) 466 (100)
NONCSR 45 (71.43) 18 (28.57) 63 (100)
Total 397 (75.05) 132 (24.95) 529 (100)

4.12 Poverty Estimation

It is attempted here to estimate the poverty level of the people in the area at
multidimensional point of view. This estimation will give an idea about the status of people
in terms of poverty, which is estimated based on several criteria. This estimation would help
in formulating strategies to alleviate poverty through appropriate action programme,
especially through CSR.

Method

Identification

Households have different characteristics and behaviours. Hence, it is difficult to

identify common criteria or indicators of deprivation. There are various dimensions of
poverty and it is necessary to identify these dimensions from which a household is deprived.
About 8 indicators are considered here under four criteria viz. social (3), economical (8),
health (4) and security (2).

Cut-off points are assigned to each indicator and a person is identified as deprived to a
particular dimension if he falls below the cut-off point. The cut-off points to each indicator
are mentioned below. Scores are assigned to each indicator of a particular household
according to this cut-off point. In case of ordinal indicators, if household is below the cut-off
point then his score is 1, otherwise 0. On the other hand, in case of cardinal variables, scores

77
are assigned after the adjustment. This adjustment score is, if household is below the cut-off
point, it is (chosen value-actual value)/chosen value otherwise 0.

Aggregation

All scores of a particular household are then aggregated to get the final score. It is the
level of deprivation of a person in the society. It is otherwise called as deprivation index (DI).
The second cut-off point then was undertaken to consider a person as poor. The cut-off point
is undertaken at the level of DI such that it should be very near to the BPL-Census in order to
maintain some sort of homogeneity. Thus a person is considered to be poor if his deprivation
index falls above the cut-off point.

Calorie Intake

The minimum calorie intake per day per person, as decided by NSS 61st Round during
2004-05, is 2700. A person is considered to be poor if his per day calorie consumption is less
than 2700. The calorie content of food items as taken here is given in Table 4.79.

Table 4.79 Calorie intake of food items

Sl no Food items Unit Calorie Sl no Food items Unit Calorie

1 Rice kg 3460 12 Chicken kg 1090
2 Wheat kg 3410 13 Fish kg 1050
3 Other cereals kg 2615 14 Biscute/pickle Re 48.1
4 Pulses kg 3450 15 Salt Re 46.1
5 Milk Ltr 1000 16 Tea kg 0
6 Vegetables kg 550 17 Cofee kg 0
7 Leafy vegetables kg 260 18 Cooking oil kg 9000
8 Fruit and nut kg 520 19 Pan No 2.2
9 Sugar and sweet kg 3980 20 Cigar No 380
10 Egg Nos 100 21 Other 100
11 Mutton kg 1180

The total calorie intake of each household is calculated by converting each food item
into calories by using above factors. The aggregate of calorie content of each food items
gives the monthly calorie intake of each household. The daily calorie intake is calculated by
dividing monthly calorie intake by 30 and the number of consumer units of the respective
households. Consumer unit is calculated as the conversion factor provided by NSS survey.

Cooking fuel

The main fuel sources for cooking purposes are fire wood, dung, kerosene and LPG.
Empirical evidences show that as income grows, people changes their cooking habit from fire
78
wood to dung cake to kerosene and lastly LPG. A person is said to be poor if he is using fire
wood and dung cake as the main source of fuel. Those persons who are using either of these
two sources and also LPG are considered as non-poor.

Land holdings

Land is one of the important sources of livelihood of rural poor. Operational land
holding includes the total extent of land cultivated in a year. A person is considered poor if
his operational land holding is less than or equal to one acre.

Labour days lost due to illness

Poor are also prone to various illness. They have low income level for treatment. Thus
they suffer for a long period of time due to illness and are unable to contribute to the labour
force. The average human day loss in a season due to illness is 12. Thus a person is
considered to be poor if he lost more than 12 man-days in a season.

Arranging consumption

Poor have the low income to meet daily required rate of consumption. To meet
consumption needs, most of the time they borrow from neighbours or money lenders. Thus a
person is said to be poor if he meets his consumption need through borrowing.

Room availability

A standard norm for adequate room availability is one room for three adult members.
A household is considered to be poor if the number of available rooms is less than one-third
of the total adult members.

House structure

The poor status is also related to the type of house he occupies. If a person is living in
katcha house then he is consider as poor.

Assets

Assets include many household items with varying values. All the assets are
categorized into 1. radio, telephone/mobile, bicycle, fan and iron and 2. other items. A person
is poor if he/she possesses any item of the 1st category and do not possess any item of the 2nd.

79
Land tenure

Land tenure is calculated as the number of households with land resources and the
number of those with patta over these lands. Landless households are excluded from analysis.

Persistence of illness

If a person reports of the same problem of illness even after treatment, he is

considered poor. Here the households who are not ill are excluded from the analysis.

Household tenure

If house tenure is temporary, then he is considered as poor. The results of various analyses
procedures are presented in Tables 4.80 – 4.88.

Table 4.80 Results of the analysis using title deed as the criterion
Frequency Percent Valid
Percent
Valid 0 308 58.22306 85.08287
1 54 10.20794 14.91713
Total 362 68.431 100
Missing System 167 31.569
Total 529 100

Table 4.81 Results of the analysis using dwelling as the criterion

Frequency Percent Valid

Percent
Valid 0 310 58.60113 58.60113
1 219 41.39887 41.39887
Total 529 100 100

Table 4.82 Results of the analysis using assets as the criterion

Frequency Percent Valid

Percent
Valid 0 346 65.40643 65.40643
1 183 34.59357 34.59357
Total 529 100 100

Table 4.83 Results of the analysis using calorie intake as the criterion

Frequency Percent Valid

Percent
Valid 0 197 37.24008 37.24008
1 332 62.75992 62.75992
Total 529 100 100
80
 Table 4.84 Results of the analysis using light source as the criterion

Frequency Percent Valid

Percent
Valid 0 274 51.79584 51.79584
1 255 48.20416 48.20416
Total 529 100 100

Table 4.85 Results of the analysis using house structure as the criterion

Frequency Percent Valid

Percent
Valid 0 57 10.77505 10.77505
1 472 89.22495 89.22495
Total 529 100 100

Table 4.86 Results of the analysis using cooking fuel as the criterion

Frequency Percent Valid

Percent
Valid 0 17 3.213611 3.213611
1 512 96.78639 96.78639
Total 529 100 100

Table 4.87 Results of the analysis using land as the criterion

Frequency Percent Valid

Percent
Valid 1 358 67.67486 67.67486
0 171 32.32514 32.32514
Total 529 100 100

Table 4.88 Results of the analysis for aggregate

Frequency Percent Valid Cumulative

Percent value
Valid 7 11 2.079395 2.079395 2.079395
6 80 15.12287 15.12287 17.20227
5* 177 33.45936 33.45936 50.66163
4 170 32.13611 32.13611 82.79773
3 82 15.50095 15.50095 98.29868
2 8 1.512287 1.512287 99.81096
1 1 0.189036 0.189036 100
Total 529 100 100

81
 The results of the analysis for aggregate value indicate that approximately 50.66% of
the people are poor when we see poverty from a multidimensional point of view.

4.13 Interaction with village Heads (Manki and Munda), People’s

Representatives and others
There were also interactions with Village Heads, People’s representatives and NGOs.
The details of the people interacted with are given below.

Manki and Munda

1. Sri Immanuel Jojo, Village – Kalaita
2. Sri Prabhusa Bhengra, Village – Kalaita.
3. Sri Shorda Jojo, Village – Kalaita.
4. Sri Ramesh Hembrum, Village – Kalaita.
5. Sri Mangra, Village – Kalaita.
6. Sri Shargia, Village – Kumdih.
7. Sri Janam Singh Soi, Village – Kumdih.
8. Sri Surendra Banra, Village – Kumdih.
9. Sri Bodra Soi, Village – Kumdih
. Trade Union Representatives and NGOs
1. Sri Dharnidhar Tripathy, President, Forest Rights Committee, Gua.
2. Sri Suresh Das, Adivasi Reformation and Welfare Society.
3. Sri Dilbagh Singh, Joint Gen. Secretary, INTUC.
4. Sri Subhash Chandra Das, Jharkhand Mines Mazdoor Union, Gua.
5. Sri Rama Pandey, President, Jharkhand Mazdoor Sangharshsangh.
6. Sri D. Toppo, Genral Secretary, Worker’s Union (INTUC).
7. Sri PradeepSuli, Working President, JMSS.
8. Representatives of Baraiburu-Tatiba Gram Vikas Samithi
Panchayat Representatives
1. Miss Anamika, Ward member, GuaPanchayat.
2. Sri Ritesh Kumar, Panchayatsamity member
3. Smt. K. Purty – Mukhiya, west – Gua, Panchayat
4. Smt. N. Surin – Mukhiya East – Gua, Panchayat
5. Miss. J. Kumari – ZilaParishad member – Part –I

82
Discussion with People’s Representatives and others

The People’s representatives in and around Gua and the Trade Union leaders of Gua
raised the issue of Gua mines closure and described the suffering of the dependent
communities due to the closure. There had been complaints about private mines mostly on
the transportation of ore through trucks and the related problems like dust. Water sprinkling
currently done is not sufficient. The trucks are reported to be overloaded. There is nothing
visibly done in the villages by private mines.

The Baraiburu-Tatiba Gram Vikas Samithi, an NGO, was registered in November,

2010 though the activities of the organisation were initiated in early 2007. The team had a
discussion with the President Sri Budhram Purty and the Secretary Mangal Singh Hemram.
The organisation runs a transport company in Barajamda the profit of which is shared with
388 families in Baraiburu and Tatiba villages. About Rs. 500-1000 each is reportedly given
every month to 388 families in Baraiburu and Tatiba villages. However, they do not have any
account to prove the claim. The claim of the NGO was later verified with the villagers and
found correct. However, some changes in the programme have been made by the NGO
because of misuse of money given and the assistance is currently given in the form of food
provisions. The claim that they run an ambulance free of cost and provide tractor to the needy
villagers free of cost seem to be correct. The Samithi also distribute blanket and dress to the
villagers of Tontogoda and Jaharbera. They also support the agriculture by providing seeds
for sowing and school dress for children. The source of income is from the transport
company, which is currently engaged by three mining companies.

The Samithi feels that the mining companies are not doing enough for the welfare of
the villagers. The priorities in villages should have been education, health, drinking water,
road and electricity.

4.14 Corporate Social Responsibility

Corporate Social Responsibility is considered to be one of the ways to improve the

livelihood of the deprived communities around an industry. This has been one of the most
debated among the social scientists, economists and conservationists. Almost all the
companies whose representatives we met and the records verified and the villages visited
reported some kind of activities in the area.

83
 Table 4.89 shows various types of CSR activities, where 32.25% of the total
population reportedly benefited from CSR in terms of generating income through jobs. The
benefits from the mining companies include medical assistance (31.28%) and support for
education (21.21%). However, there were differences in the percentages across clusters. The
majority in Manoharpur (33.73%) and Noamundi (32.24%) reported medical support from
the companies. The highest percentage of respondents benefited through job is in Gua
(36.27%). But the support for education was low in Gua villages (12.32%). In contrast, very
few in the villages are employed in government and major contribution of the government
departments to the villages is for education (Table 4.90).

Table 4.89 Social benefits from the mining companies by zone reported by the
households (Multiple response analyses)

Medic Hand Casual Drinking Solar Total

Zone Job Education Roads
al pump Work water light Benefits
24 23 1 2
23 (29.87) 4 (5.19) 77
KIRIBURU (31.17) (29.87) (1.30) (2.60)
103 82 17 33 3 10
35 (12.32) 1 (0.35) 284
GUA (36.27) (28.87) (5.99) (11.62) (1.06) (3.52)
124 128 5 104 13
1 (0.25) 22 (5.54) 397
NOAMUNDI (31.23) (32.24) (1.26) (26.20) (3.27)
20
47 56 1
MANOHARPU 34 (20.48) 8 (4.82) (12.0 166
(28.31) (33.73) (0.60)
R 5)
298 289 23 196 4 45
2 (0.22) 67 (7.25) 924
Total (32.25) (31.28) (2.49) (21.21) (0.43) (4.87)

Table 4.90 Assistance received from the government by zone reported by the
households (multiple response analyses)

Hand Angan Ration Polio Solar Educa- Total

Zone Power Road Job
pump bari (PDS) drops light tion Assistance

5 12 7 10
KIRIBURU (14.71) (35.29) (20.59) (29.42) 34 (100)
72 92 29 19 18 90
GUA (21.95) (28.05) (8.84) (5.79) 6 (1.83) (5.49) 2 (0.61) (27.44) 328 (100)
36 62 60 86 30 3 107 38
NOAMUNDI (8.29) (14.29) (13.82) (19.82) (6.91) (0.69) 9 (2.07) (24.65) (8.76) 434 (100)
25 48 44 66 42 103 32
MANOHARPUR (6.91) (13.26) (12.15) (18.23) (11.60) 2 (0.55) (28.45) (8.84) 362 (100)
138 214 133 171 78 21 20 310 70
Total (11.92) (18.48) (11.49) (14.77) (6.74) (1.81) (1.73) (26.77) (6.04) 1158 (100)

84
Quality of Life

Noronha and Nairy (2005) reported on an exploratory exercise to assess the Quality of
Life in a mining region. According to them, the results seem to suggest that the impact that
mining has on local lives depends very much on the resources available to and conditions
faced by local people who follow mining activity. While differences in satisfaction levels
between mining and non-mining villages were significant only in the environmental domain,
where people in the mining region reported lower satisfaction levels in all facets. This
difference between levels of satisfaction and objective conditions is especially of importance
in the case of women, who report higher satisfaction levels but have an overall lower access
to resources and other objective conditions.

Their work suggested that if mining is to happen, enabling conditions need to be

created and put in place to ensure that local communities benefit from these projects from the
start and through the life, and after, of the mine. Mining activity has to ensure that there is an
improved quality of life for people as a
result of this development. There is a
need for much more attention on the
social, environmental and health impacts
of mining and the implications of
resource demands of mining vis-a-vis the
rights and needs of local people.

The above observations are true to

the villagers around the mines in West
Singhbhum. The people have been depending on the natural resources around their villages to
a large extent. The responses indicate reduction in the availability of these resources
compared to earlier times. Whether this
reduction could be attributed to the mining
alone is debatable as there could be other
factors like the activities of villagers themselves
including grazing, unscientific and
unsustainable extraction of the NTFPs
contributing to the degradation of the forests.
However, there had been adverse impact on the
85
health of the people as evident from the records available with the hospitals. The people on
the whole have also not been benefitted from the mining activities though there had been
attempts to improve the welfare of the villagers through CSR.

Revamping CSR
Although certain social responsibility activities of the mining companies are already
present in these villages and contributing to some extent, we found these to be insufficient to
support household livelihood security due to the lack of occupational diversity. The
information collected during the present survey indicates dependence only on agriculture and
to some extent on labour in terms of occupation indicating lack of diversification for
livelihood security. In this context, providing assistance to households through CSR for
identifying supplementary occupation might help them to improve their position in
terms of livelihood security. Therefore, the future CSR might give more importance to
planning and development of diversified income generating activities. It is important to
engage with the community around the social and cultural issues related to mining to
avoid the most often quoted view that ‘mining is to blame’.

Need assessment to be done in villages for prioritising CSR activities and experts to be in
place

The CSR activities are currently done at the whims and fancy of the mining company
mangers in place. There is no stake holder participation and no need assessment based on
some laid out criteria. Tata seems to have done such an assessment in their areas of
86
operations. However, there is no social scientist in place in any of the companies and the CSR
is done by “one of the persons”, who is selected because he is good in interacting with the
people. The objective of the CSR should also be to make the activity self supporting and
sustainable contributing to the economy and livelihood of the beneficiaries even after the
withdrawal of the mining companies. One of the good examples could be those done in
Meghataburu-Kiriburu areas by SAIL, where women groups are trained and empowered, a
boarding school accommodates the local students and also the locals are trained in archery.
The sustainability of these activities is of course need to be looked into and monitored. There
should be a social scientist for each company or at least for the cluster, who is well
supported by trained local Assistants and act as Welfare Promoters. There should also
be plans prepared for at least five years and periodic review done. The five year project
plan should be flexible to accommodate any change at the time of review. There should
be a committee of one Mining company representative, social scientist, Panchayath or
block level People’s representative and the village Heads. The committee can
periodically meet and review the progress in implementation of the work and also an
assessment done by a qualified expert preferably from a reputed social science
institution. The activities carried out under CSR should be publicised through website
and made available to the public and any interested citizens. The report of such
assessment should be a public document and publicised through website and placing
copies with the concerned government departments and even in Gramsabhas.

Avoid duplication in CSR activities and go for co-ordination between companies

During the discussions with villagers and also the officials of the mining companies, it
was observed that several companies are operating with similar activities in the same village.
For example, three companies are sending medical teams to the same village, though on
alternate days. The poor ignorant villagers approach all of them and get treated consuming all
the medicines prescribed by all. A number of mines operating in the same area, within the
clusters have the same villages within the impact zone thereby taking up CSR activities in the
same villages. There is no co-ordination between companies on any of their CSR related
works. It is recommended to have a co-ordination committee with the higher officials of
all the mining companies operating in the clusters represented.

In Kiriburu, Chiria and Gua, SAIL has well equipped better staffed hospitals.
Similarly, Tata group runs an equally good hospital in Noamundi. It is suggested that SAIL
87
and Tata are given the responsibility of health related CSR activities in these areas.
Other players in the area can have an arrangement to compensate/contribute to the effort of
SAIL and Tata.

Improve the scale of CSR activities

There are discussions in place on the scale of CSR activities. It is understood that a
law is in pipeline for an increased share from the profit of the companies. However, any
mechanism or any amount will not help unless the funds from the companies are utilised in
the places for the benefit of the affected communities.

Promote culturally acceptable ones

The current CSR activities need not be acceptable to the villagers due to cultural
problems. It is important that the activities are socially and culturally acceptable.

It is important to have a look at ways to avoid free riding and strategic behaviour
in collective social responsibility.

No feeling of patron client relation

At present, it was felt during the interaction that the villagers are looking at the mining
company officials as someone who are helping them and the officials consider the CSR
activities as their favour. This relation need to be changed to a nearest neighbour relation.

The Social Impact Assessment (SIA) to be made compulsory and done by reputed
experts
The legal requirement of EIA of the present day normally covers the SIA part also.
But unfortunately, this is not given the due importance. The public hearing done as a
prerequisite for permission is normally ritualistic. It is important to include a
representative of the project clearing authority at the stake holder workshop as a part
of SIA and a CSR plan for at least five years made after proper consultation. This has
to be mandatory for project approval.

There are 14 Forest Villages spread over Saranda and Kolhan Forest Divisions. The
details are given in Table 4.91.

88
Table 4.91 Details of Forest Villages in West Singhbhum

Division Range Forest # Families Population Area (Ha)

Village
Saranda Sasangda Tholkobad 64 342 219.77
Saranda Sasangda Baliba 50 280 80.39
Saranda Sasangda Karampada 46 321 218.56
Saranda Sasangda Bhangaon 92 441 577.29
Saranda Sasangda Nuagaon I 93 311 334.51
Saranda Samta Nuagaon II 130 408 540.15
Saranda Samta Digha 98 667 265.42
Saranda Samta Tirilposi 96 438 244.42
Saranda Samta Bitkilsoi 36 180 119.90
Saranda Gua Kumdi 36 139 85.64
Kolhan Santra Rajbasa 72 342 85.02
Kolhan Santra Husipi 32 195 191.09
Kolhan Santra Tumbahaka 33 143 86.63
Kolhan Saitba Rangamati 55 250 178.13

The welfare of the 933 families in these villages are taken care of by the Forest
Department. These villages could be brought under eco-development programme providing
the minimum facilities and make them self sustainable. Necessary provisions have been made
in the budget for the purpose.

89
 Chapter-5
Land Use Changes

5.1 Introduction
Land use and land cover is dynamic in nature and is an important factor for the
comprehension of the interaction and relationship of anthropogenic activities with the
environment. According to Longley (2001), land cover refers to the physical materials on the
surface of a given parcel of land, while land use refers to the human activities that takes place
on or make use of land e.g. residential, commercial, industrial etc. Land cover is determined
by environmental factors – soil characteristics, climate, topography and vegetation. The
demographic factors such as population size and density, technology, level of affluence,
political structures, economic factors, systems of ownership, attitudes and values are
considered to be the determinants of land use.

It was thought to be helpful to see the nature of land use and land cover change and
their configuration across spatial and temporal scales in West Singhbhum district. West
Singhbhum district is characterised by large extent of forests, agricultural land, human
population especially in scattered villages and the iron ore mines concentrated in the southern
part.

5.2 Methods and materials

An area of 3,067 km2 (59%) was selected for the present study to detect the land use
changes in West Singhbhum district out of the total area of 5,198 km2. This part of the district
is selected considering mining areas which are considered dominant in this region (Fig. 1).
The satellite imageries utilized for the analysis are of 1991, 2001 and 2011. Landsat TM data
have been used for on screen delineation of different land use/ cover type of the study area.
The extensively used GIS software are ArcInfo 10 and Erdas Imagine 2010.

5.3 Results
It is found that there are considerable impacts of mining on the land use/ cover in this
area during the last two decades i.e., during 1991-2001 and 2001-2011. Details about the land

90
uses in these three different years viz., 1991, 2001 and 2011 are given in Tables 5.1 – 5.3 and
Figs. 2 - 8).

Fig. 1 Southern part of West Singhbhum district selected for the analysis of mining
impact

Table 5.1 Different land uses and their respective proportions during 1991

% of
Type Area (km2) area
Dense forest 534 17.42
Cropland (Agriculture) 60 1.95
Degraded forest 272 8.86
Mine overburden 37 1.21
Mine area 27 0.89
Open forest 475 15.50
Agri/settlement 1662 54.17
Total 3067 100.00

91
 Fig. 2 Land use/ cover during 1991

Fig. 3 Different areas (in percentage) under the study area in 1991

92
Table 5.2 Different land uses and their respective proportions during 2001

% of
2
Type Area (km ) Area
Dense forest 500 16.29
Agriculture 76 2.48
Degraded forest 291 9.50
Mine overburden 49 1.59
Mine area 28 0.90
Open forest 456 14.88
Agriculture/settle 1667 54.37
Total 3067 100.00

Fig. 4 Land use/ cover during 2001

93
Fig. 5 Different areas (in percentage) under the study area in 2001

Fig. 6 Land use/ cover during 2011

94
Table 5.3 Different land uses and their respective proportions during 2011

Type Area (km2) % of Area

Dense forest 487 15.89
Agriculture 76 2.47
Degraded forest 281 9.16
Mine overburden 60 1.97
Mine area 42 1.36
Open forest 439 14.33
Agriculture/settle 1682 54.83
Total 3067 100.00

Fig. 7 Different areas (in percentage) under the study in 2011

95
 Fig. 8 Trend and rate of change in land use/ cover during different years

There were changes in the land use in the area. It is detected that about 2.06 % of the
area and 1.76% of the study area underwent changes due to some anthropogenic factors
including mining from 1991 to 2001 and from 2001 to 2011. The detail matrices of changes
are given in Tables 5.4 and 5.5. The areas (in ha) falling under changes during different years
are shown in Figs. 9 and 10.
Table 5.4 Changes in land use/ cover (in ha) during 1991- 2001

Area (ha) Area in

Changes %
Open forest to Agri/settlement 418.932 0.136593
Open to degraded forest 1014.78 0.330871
Open forest to overburden 503.508 0.16417
Open forest to mining area 53.5151 0.017449
Open forest to cropland 533.274 0.173875
Degraded forest to overburden 319.149 0.104059
Degraded forest to Agri/settlement 170.640 0.055637
Dense to open forest 625.227 0.203856
Dense to degraded forest 1240.94 0.404611
Dense forest to overburden 333.968 0.108891
Dense forest to mining area 30.155 0.009832
Dense forest to Agri/settlement 1087.904 0.354713
No change 300368.0 97.93544
Total 306700 100

96
Fig. 9 Changes of land use/cover during 1991 and 2001 in the study area

Table 5.5 Changes in land use/ cover (in ha) during 2001- 2011

% of
Changes Area (ha) changes
Agri/settlement to mining area 236.67 0.08
Open forest to Agri/settlement 342.38 0.08
Open to degraded forest 268.28 0.09
Open forest to overburden 521.99 0.17
Open forest to mining area 628.99 0.21
Degraded forest to Agri/settlement 1405.99 0.46
Degraded forest to overburden 227.21 0.07
Degraded forest to mining area 358.05 0.12
Dense to open forest 61.72 0.02
Dense to degraded forest 393.68 0.13
Dense forest to overburden 560.46 0.18
Dense forest to mining area 187.06 0.06
Dense forest to Agri/settlement 38.47 0.01
Agri/settlement to overburden 167.36 0.05
Crop land to mining area 5.44 0.00
No change 301296.18 98.24
Total 306700 100.00
97
 Fig. 10 Changes of land use/cover during 2001 and 2011 in the study area

During the period 1991-2001, the change is only 2.06%. The change due to mines is
minimal compared to conversion of forests to other land uses. During 2001-2011, the change
due to different land uses was 1.76%. The change due to mining is minimal during the period
also. It is possible that the changes in the land use for mining happened much before 1991,
when the mining in most of the places initiated. The deforestation activities for cultivation
were witnessed by the team during the field visits.

98
 Chapter 6

Biodiversity of West Singhbhum

99
6.1 Introduction

Jharkhand State is categorized into Chotanagpur hill and Chotanagpur plateau. The
West Singhbhum district comes under the Chotanagpur plateau region and is one of the oldest
landmasses on earth, which is composed of Precambrian rocks which are more than 540
million years old. Rodgers and Panwar (1988), in their Biogeographic Classification of India,
recognized this plateau as part of province 6B (Deccan peninsula). The plateau has drawn the
attention of several phytogeographers. Nayar (1996) identified 20 centers of plant endemism
in India. Of these, Chotanagpur is one that has been recognized as an important ‘microcenter’.
The total vegetation cover on the plateau is about 29.61%. Out of this, 3.19% area is under
very dense forest cover, 11.39% moderately dense, 13.76% open forests and 0.92% area
under scrubland.

Forest types of the West Singhbhum district

Champion and Seth (1968) classified the vegetation of the West-Singhbhum district into
following major two types:

(i) Northern Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests

(ii) Northern Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests

(i) Northern Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests

a. Moist Peninsular Valley Sal [3C/C2e (iii)]: This subtype occurs downward from
crystalline rocks giving a deep loam soil, which carries a moderate shrub growth. Sal
is of Q. C. II, and its regeneration is excellent. Some characteristic associates of
Shorea robusta are Terminalia tomentosa, Flemingia chappar, Indigofera cassioides
Themeda triandra and Imperata cylindrica. The following two type vegetation
association is present in [3C/C2e (iii)] the category:

a. Singhbhum damp valley Sal: This is dominated by Shorea robusta and the principal
associates of Shorea robusta are Terminalia tomentosa, T. bellirica, Haldina
cordifolia, Pterocarpus marsupium, Schleichera oleosa and Madhuca indica. The
100
 second storey is formed by medium sized evergreen trees dominated by Syzygium
cumini, Schleichera oleosa and Ougeinia oojeinensis. The common shrubs in these
forests are Flemingia chappar, F. semialata, Clerodendron viscosum and Indigofera
cassioides. The dominant grass species of this area are Themeda triandra and
Imperata cylindrica.

b. Saranda: These are dominated by Shorea robusta and the principal associates of
Terminalia tomentosa, Haldina cordifolia, Mangifera indica, Syzygium cuminii,
Alstonia scholaris, Diospyros melanoxylon, Terminalia bellirica, Lagerstroemia
parviflora, Anogeissus latifolia and Schleichera oleosa etc. The second storey is
formed by medium sized evergreen trees dominated by Aphanamixis polystachya,
Protium serratum, Mallotus philippensis, Meliosoma sp., Ficus spp. Callicarpa
arborea, Careya arborea, Glochidion lanceolarium, Canthium dicoccum, Grewia
asiatica, Heteropanax fragrans, Vitex peduncularis, Litsea monopetala, Bridelia
retusa, Ougeinia oojeinensis etc. The common shrubs in these forests are Ardisia
solanacea, Clerodendron viscosum, Desmodium sp. and Flemingia sp. Some
important climbers of these forests are Bauhinia vahlii, Millettia extensa, Combretum
roxburghii, Uvaria hamiltonii and Acacia pennata with grass Thysanolaena maxima.

b. West Gangetic Moist Mixed Deciduous Forests [3C/C3a (iii) Singhbhum]: These
are dominated by Bombax malabarica, Haldina cordifolia, Bridelia retusa, Dillenia
pentagyna, Terminalia tomentosa and Hymenodictyon excelsum etc. The second storey
is formed by medium sized evergreen trees dominated by Kydia calycina, Mallotus
philippensis, Polyalthia suberosa, Micromelum pubescens and Alangium salvifolium
with Dendrocalamus strictus and Cephalostachyum pergracile. The common shrubs
in these forests are Flemingia spp. Cipadessa fruticisa, Petalidium barlerioides,
Colebrookea oppositifolia and Flueggea obovata. Some important climbers of these
forests are Combretum roxburghii, Naravelia zeylanica, Uvaria hamiltonii, Atylosia
crassa, Mucuna prurita, Mezoneuron cucullattum and Dioscorea spp. The dominant
herbs on the forest floor are Ruellia beddomei, Daedalacanthus nervosus, Barleria
strigosa, Lepidagathis fasciculatus, Pogostemon plectranthoides, Curcuma amada,

101
 Zinjiber capilatum, Costus speciosus and Fern species associate with common grass
species viz. Oplismenus composites and Polytoca barbata.

According to Mooney (1938), recolonisation starts very slowly in Singhbhum.

Woodfordia fruiticosa, Wendlandia tinctoria, Gardenia gummifera and Phoenix
acaulis are the first colonizers. After protection, Imperata usually comes in followed
by Flemingia chappar and Randia dumentorum etc. and finally Shorea robusta.

c. Terminalia tomentosa forest [3C/E1 (ii) Singhbhum]: According to Champion and

Seth (1968), this forest is predominantly of Terminalia tomentosa. But this species
occurs and may even predominate locally under a wide range of conditions in most
forms of deciduous forest. These are dominated by Terminalia tomentosa and
associates with T. belirica, T. arjuna (water side), Shorea robusta (singly but large
size), Bombax malabarica and Sterculia villosa. The second storey is formed by
medium sized Mallotus philippensis. The common shrubs in these forests are
Flemingia spp., Clerodendron viscosum and Ardisia solanacea.

(ii) Northern Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests: These forests are scattered in different
regions of the state. They embrace a number of edaphic formations of Boswellia,
Acacia, Butea and bamboos. These forests are usually found in plateaus and hills with
shallow soil. Most of the forests are open type and remain leafless during dry season.
Woody climbers and epiphytes are rare but bulbous and rhizomatous species are
frequent. Suffruticose and herbaceous climbers are abundant during monsoon (Sahani
and Rawat, 2008).

a. Dry Peninsular Sal Forest (5B/C1c (i) Singhbhum): This subtype occurs on shallow
soil derived usually from crystalline and metamorphic rock wherever the soil moisture
conditions are unfavorable for the development of moist Sal, even in areas with higher
rainfall. This Sal area has characteristic associates like Anogeissus latifolia, Boswellia
serrata, Gardenia spp., Wendlandia tinctoria, Phoenix acaulis and Eulaliopsis binata.
Following two different types of vegetation association are present in this (5B/C1c (i)
Singhbhum) subtype:

102
(i) Shorea-Anogeissus-Woodfordia association: The dominant trees in these forests are
Shorea robusta, Anogeissus latifolia, Boswellia serrata, Cochlospermum religiosum,
Dillenia pentagyna, Zizyphus xylopyrus and Gardenia gummifera. The common
shrubs include Woodfordia fruiticosa, Wendlandia tinctoria, Grewia hirsuta, Phoenix
acaulis and some of the common herbs/grass are Blumea flava and Vicoa indica with
Arundinella setosa, Eulaliopsis binata and Pseudopogonatherum contorium.

(ii) Shorea-Gardenia-Eulaliopsis association: The dominant trees in these forests are

Shorea robusta, Buchanania lanzan, Eugenia caryophyllifolia, Gardenia gummifera,
Madhuca indica, Diospyros tomentosa, Phyllanthus emblica and Cephalostachyum
pergracile. The common shrubs include Wendlandia tinctoria, Phoenix acaulis with
some of the common herbs/grass Blumea flava and Vicoa indica and Arundinella
setosa, Eulaliopsis binata, Pseudopogonatherum contorium, Thysanolaena maxima
and Pogonathesum paniceum.

103
b. Northern Dry Mixed Forest (5B/C2): In this type of forest, some species form
extensive consociations, notably Anogeissus latifolia, Boswellia serrata and
Cleistanthus coinus. Anogeissus often monopolises southern aspects of the hill.
Cochlospermum is often gregarious on very dry rocky ground.

(i) Northern Dry Mixed Forest [5B/C2 (vi) Singhbhum] (Cochlospermum-Euphorbia

association): Major species of this type of forest are Lannea coromandelica, Gardenia
latifolia, Cochlospermum religiosum, Sterculia urens, Chloroxylon swietenia,
Buchanania lanzan, Aegele marmelos, Anogeissus latifolia, Morinda tinctoria,
Canthium dicoccum, Phyllanthus emblica, Euphorbia nivalia, Protium serratum,
Lagerstroemia parviflora, Erythrina suberosa, Stereospermum suaveolens and Ficus
spp. The common shrubs include Woodfordia fruiticosa, Nyctanthes arbor-tristis,
Murraya paniculata, Petalidium barlerioides, Sarcostemma acidum/ Antidesma
acidum, Eranthemum purpurascens, Justicia spp., Rungia spp., Dicliptera spp.
Arundinella setosa, Chrysopogon lancearius, Cymbopogon martini and Themeda
triandra with Butea superba, Olax scandens, Jasminum sp. and Erycibe sp.

(ii) Northern Dry Mixed Forest [5B/C2 (vii) Singhbhum] (Anogeissus-Mitragyna-

Dendrocalamus-Daedelacanthus association): The dominant trees in these forests
are Anogeissus latifolia, Haldina cordifolia, Mitragyna parviflora, Hymenodictyon
excelsum, Aegele marmelos, Chloroxylon swietenia, Schleichera oleosa, Lannea
coromandelica, Schrebera swietenioides, Lagerstroemia parviflora, Bridelia retusa,
and occasional Shorea robusta, Cochlospermum religiosum, Sterculia urens,
Boswellia serrata, Bauhinia purpurea, B. malabarica, Ougeinia oojeinensis,
Erythrina suberosa, Madhuca indica, Diospyros Montana and Stereospermum sp.
Vitex peduncularis and Dendrocalamus strictus are present as second storey. The
common shrubs species are Petalidium barlerioides, Helecteris isora, Strobilanthes
auriculatus and Symphorema polyandrum. The herbaceous species are Eranthemum
purpurascens, Justicia sp., Rungia sp., and Hemigraphis sp. with Eulalia trispicata,
Eulaliopsis binata and Apluda mutica.

104
 c. Dry Savannah Forest [5/DS2 (i) Singhbhum]: According to the Champion and Seth
(1968), this dry Savannah is usual in open but typical formation is lost and the trees
stand far apart singly or in small groups in more or less heavy grass in which certain
fire resistant plants persist. Stemless Phoenix is particularly characteristic and thorny
shrubs are common. The usual trees in these forests are Gardenia turgid, Eugenia
caryophyllifolia, Acacia lenticularis and Phyllanthus emblica. The common shrubs
and herbs include Woodfordia fruiticosa, Combretum nanum, Crotalaria hirta,
Conyza spp., Blumea spp. and Dysophylla spp., with grass species Themeda triandra,
T. quandrivalvis, Apluda mutica, Arundinella setosa and Cyperus niveus.

Based on the objectives laid in the constitution of the Expert Committee and the
Terms of Reference, it was felt necessary to make an assessment of the floristic and faunistic
diversity of the area.

6.2 METHODS

The work was initiated in October, 2011. There was also the constraint of time to
cover such a large area. It was felt to have information on vegetation and distribution and
105
abundance of plants and animals. The areas of West Singhbhum, for biodiversity assessment,
were treated under Kiriburu, Gua, Chiria and Noamundi clusters. The following methods were
adopted for collecting the required information. Considering the time constraints, it was
mostly rapid assessment.

Abundance and Distribution of Plants and Animals

It was important to have information on the plants and animals in various parts of the
district along with their abundance. The objective was to prepare an inventory of plants and
animals along with information on the status. Different areas in and around mines were
covered on foot for inventory of plants and animals. In addition, transects of 1-2 km length
radiating from the cluster of mines were laid and covered recording the plants and animal
signs observed. Transects were also laid in undisturbed areas with no mines around. W.
Singhbhum area was categorized into different clusters and around 270 quadrate plots were
taken in 36 transects laid in different locations of the district at random.

Transect locations in the Mining Areas

106
For plant abundance estimation, quadrates were laid at every 200 m along the transect. The
tree species along with number of each within 10 m radius plots were recorded. The same
procedure was followed in 5 m radius plots for shrubs and 1 x 1 m herbs and grass species.
The observations were recorded in a proforma (Annexure VII).

The value of Whitford”s index is < 0.025 = Regular distribution; 0.025-0.05 =

Random distribution; >0.05 = Contagious or Clumped distribution.

For animal abundance estimation, the quadrates of 10 x 10 m at every 200 m along the
transects were used. Considering the almost nil
sightings of animals indicating low abundance, it was
decided to depend on the indirect evidences such as
hoof mark/foot print/pellets/scats/scratches in the
quadrates. The quadrates were searched for indirect
evidences of mammals and recorded in a proforma
(Annexure VIII). The quadrates were searched
thoroughly for amphibians and reptiles recording the
species sighted along with the number of each (Heyer
et al., 1994) (Annexure IX). In addition, the team
interacted with the villagers collecting information on
the species sighted in the area.

The birds and butterflies encountered during the field visits were also recorded. Since
it was not possible to use the nets in most of the rivers/streams, the
villagers angling in different places were approached for fish
specimens for identification.

Elephants and their abundance distribution

The transects were covered recording the elephant dung on

both sides and measuring the perpendicular distance (Barnes and
Jensen, 1987).

107
6.3 The plant wealth and vegetation composition

During the present investigation, around 629 plant species were recorded and their
number with different categorization viz. tree, shrub, herb and climber is presented in Table
6.1. A detailed list of the flowering plants, along with clusters where it was observed, is
presented in Annexure X.

Table 6.1 Summary of plant wealth in West Singhbhum district from the present survey

S. No. Plant Species Number

1. Total number of Tree species 164

2. Total number of Shrub species 128

3. Total number of Herbaceous species 262

4. Total number of Climber 75

5. Total 629

Tree species: Analysis of the data indicates higher density and per cent frequency of Shorea
robusta (103.0501/ha with 73.33/per cent frequency) whereas Terminalia alata (24.3385/ha),
Buchanania lanzan (18.7717/ha), Anogeissus latifolia (17.2182/ha), Adina cordifolia
(9.4506/ha), Cleistanthus collinus (8.0265/ha) and Diospyros melanoxylon (7.8971/ha) were
recorded in medium density in natural forest area. According to the Whitford’s index, only
Shorea robusta, Buchanania lanzan, Anogeissus latifolia, Terminalia alata were randomly
distributed in contrast to all the other tree species, which occur in clumped distribution (Table
6.2). The value of the Whitford’s index in natural forest for Shorea robusta is less compared
to Terminalia alata. The difference may be because of difference in forest types.

108
Table 6.2 Phytosociological observations of tree species in West Singhbhum district

S.
No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s
(%) index
1 Acacia auriculiformis 0.2589 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
2 Adina cordifolia 9.4506 21.14 1.4038 0.0664
3 Aegle marmelos 1.6830 2.44 2.1667 0.8883
4 Alangium salvifolium 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
5 Albizia chinensis 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
6 Albizia lebbecck 0.5178 1.63 1.0000 0.6150
7 Albizia odoratissima 0.5178 1.63 1.0000 0.6150
8 Albizia procera 0.6473 1.63 1.2500 0.7688
9 Alstonia scholaris 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
10 Anogeissus latifolia 17.2182 36.59 1.4778 0.0404
11 Anogeissus sp. 0.3884 0.81 1.5000 1.8450
12 Anthecephus kadamba 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
13 Artoarpus lagucha 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
14 Bauhinia malabarica 0.2589 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
15 Bauhinia retusa 1.6830 4.07 1.3000 0.3198
16 Bombex malabarica 1.4241 4.07 1.1000 0.2706
17 Bridelia retusa 3.8838 10.16 1.2000 0.1181
18 Buchanania lanzan 18.7717 32.11 1.8354 0.0572
19 Bursera serrata 1.5535 3.25 1.5000 0.4613
20 Butea monosperma 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
21 Careya arborea 2.8481 7.72 1.1579 0.1499
22 Casearia elliptica 1.2946 3.25 1.2500 0.3844
23 Casearia graveolens 3.1070 6.50 1.5000 0.2306
24 Cassia fistula 4.5311 11.79 1.2069 0.1024
25 Catunaregam spinosa 0.3884 1.22 1.0000 0.8200
26 Chloroxylon swietenia 0.6473 1.22 1.6667 1.3667
27 Chloroxylon swietenia 1.0357 3.25 2.0000 2.8114
28 Cleistanthus collinus 8.0265 10.98 2.2963 0.2092
29 Dalbergia latifolia 0.9062 2.44 1.1667 0.4783
30 Dalbergia paniculata 0.3884 1.22 1.0000 0.8200
31 Dalbergia volubilus 0.3884 1.22 1.0000 0.8200
32 Dillenia pentagyna 1.0357 3.25 1.0000 0.3075
33 Diospyros melanoxylon 7.8971 19.11 1.2979 0.0679
34 Diospyros Montana 1.2946 3.66 1.1111 0.3037
35 Eriolaena quinquelocularis 0.6473 2.03 1.0000 0.4920
36 Erythrina suberosa 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
37 Eugenia operculata 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
38 Ficus arnottiana 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
39 Ficus benghalensis 0.2589 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
40 Ficus racemosa 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
41 Ficus sp 0.2589 0.41 2.0000 4.9200
42 Flacourtia sp. 0.7768 2.44 1.0000 0.4100
109
43 Gardenia latifolia 0.5178 1.22 1.3333 1.0933
44 Gardenia resinifera 1.2946 2.03 2.0000 0.9840
45 Gardenia turgid 1.5535 2.44 4.0000 3.6900
46 Garuga pinnata 3.3660 7.72 1.3684 0.1772
47 Gmlina arborea 1.1651 3.66 2.0000 1.5814
48 Grewia sp. 0.7768 2.03 1.2000 0.5904
49 Grewia tilliaefolia 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
50 Helicteres isora 0.2589 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
51 Holarrhena pubescens 2.9776 4.88 1.9167 0.3929
52 Hymenodictyon excelsum 0.6473 1.63 2.5000 3.0750
53 Ixora parviflora 1.0357 2.44 2.6667 2.1867
54 Kydia calycina 0.6473 2.03 1.0000 0.4920
55 Lagerstroemia parviflora 2.5892 7.32 1.1111 0.1519
56 Lanea coromandelica 4.9195 13.41 1.1515 0.0858
57 Macaranga peltata 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
58 Madhuca indica 4.0133 9.76 1.2917 0.1324
59 Mallotus philippensis 2.0714 4.47 1.4545 0.3253
60 Mangifera indica 0.2589 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
61 Michelia champaca 0.2589 0.41 2.0000 4.9200
62 Miliusa tomentosa 1.5535 4.07 1.2000 0.2952
63 Mitragyna parvifolia 3.7543 6.91 1.7059 0.2469
64 Morinda pubescens 0.5178 1.63 1.0000 0.6150
65 Murraya paniculata 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
66 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis 2.0714 5.69 1.1429 0.2008
67 Ougeinia oojeinensis 1.2946 3.25 1.2500 0.3844
68 Pavetta sp. 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
69 Phyllanthus acidus 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
70 Phyllanthus emblica 1.0357 2.85 1.1429 0.4016
71 Pterocarpus marsupium 2.0714 5.69 1.1429 0.2008
72 Schleichera oleosa 1.5535 4.88 1.0000 0.2050
73 Schrebera swietenioides 1.0357 2.85 1.1429 0.4016
74 Semecarpus anacardium 4.0133 8.94 1.4091 0.1576
75 Shorea robusta 103.0501 74.80 4.3261 0.0578
76 Soymida ferifuga 0.5178 0.81 2.0000 2.4600
77 Spondias pinnata 0.2589 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
78 Sterculia urens 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
79 Stereospermum 0.3884 0.81 1.5000 1.8450
80 Stereospermum personatum 0.5178 1.22 2.5000 4.3050
81 Symplocos racemosa 0.2589 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
82 Syzygium cumini 5.1784 12.60 1.2903 0.1024
83 Syzygium heyneanum 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
84 Tamarindus indica 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
85 Tectona grandis 4.2722 6.10 2.2000 0.3608
86 Terminalia alata 24.3385 50.00 1.5285 0.0306
87 Terminalia arjuna 0.9062 1.22 2.3333 1.9133
88 Terminalia bellirica 1.1651 3.25 1.1250 0.3459

110
 89 Terminalia chebula 2.0714 4.88 1.3333 0.2733
90 Vitex sp. 0.1295 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
91 Wendlandia tinctoria 0.3884 0.41 3.0000 7.3800
92 Wendlandia tinctoria 2.0714 3.66 1.7778 0.4859
93 Xylosma acuminate 1.2946 3.66 1.1111 0.3037
94 Ziziphus xylopyra 0.3884 1.22 1.0000 0.8200

Shrub species: The common shrub and woody climbers in the W. Singhbhum are Flemingia
chappar, Ardisia solanacea, Woodfordia fruticosa, Bauhinia wightaii, Clerodendron
viscosum, C. indicum, Colebrookea oppositifolia, Desmodium velutinum, Abelmoschus
moschatus and Millettia extensa. The density/ha, abundance, per cent frequency and
Whitford’s index for shrub species recorded during the present investigation in the area is
presented in Table 6.3.

The dominant shrub species in this area are Clerodendron viscosum (density
123.7637/ha), Flemingia chappar (117.5496/ha), Woodfordia fruticosa (102.5322/ha),
Bauhinia wightaii (96.8360/ha), Curcuma amada (67.3191/ha) and Millettia extensa
(65.2478/ha) in natural forest habitat. Ziziphus rugosa, Costus speciosus, Hedychium
coronarium, Tephrosia sp., Wattakaka volubillis and Calotropis gigantea occur in low
density. According to the Whitford’s index, all shrub species growing in natural forest are of
clumped distribution (Table 6.3).

Table 6.3 Phytosociological observation of shrub and woody climbers

S.
No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s
(%) index
1 Abelmoschus moschatus 74.5689 16.67 3.5122 0.2107
2 Acacia sinuate 16.5709 8.54 1.5238 0.1785
3 Achyranthes aspera 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
4 Anisomelus indica 4.1427 2.85 1.1429 0.4016
5 Ardisia solanacea 23.3028 4.07 4.5000 1.1070
6 Asparagus racemosus 2.5892 2.03 1.0000 0.4920
7 Centratherum sp. 1.0357 0.41 2.0000 4.9200
8 Rhynchosia sp. 4.1427 2.84 2.2000 1.7904
9 Barleria involucrate 4.1427 1.22 2.6667 2.1867
10 Bauhinia wightaii 96.8360 28.05 2.7101 0.0966
11 Bidens biternata 1.0357 0.41 2.0000 4.9200
111
12 Butea superb 28.9990 13.82 1.6471 0.1192
13 Byttneria herbacea 3.6249 1.22 2.3333 1.9133
14 Calotropis gigantean 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
15 Carissa opaca 2.0714 1.22 1.3333 1.0933
16 Cayratia sp. 1.0356 8.2 2.0000 4.4600
17 Cassia tora 10.3567 0.81 10.0000 12.3000
18 Cayratia pedadata 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
19 Celastrus paniculatus 28.4812 13.41 1.6667 0.1242
20 Cissus sp. 2.0714 1.22 1.3333 1.0933
21 Clerodendron viscosum 123.7637 8.94 10.8636 1.2148
22 Clerodendrum indicum 36.7666 4.07 7.1000 1.7466
23 Colebrookea oppositifolia 29.5169 4.88 4.7500 0.9738
24 Combretum roxburghii 48.1591 14.23 2.6571 0.1868
25 Cordia dicotoma 3.6249 2.03 1.4000 0.6888
26 Costus speciosus 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
27 Crotalaria sp 3.6249 1.22 2.3333 1.9133
28 Cryptolepis buchanani 2.5892 1.63 1.2500 0.7688
29 Curcuma amada 67.3191 8.94 5.9091 0.6607
30 Dalbergia volubilus 13.9817 5.28 2.0769 0.3930
31 Dendrocalamus sp. 1.5535 0.81 1.5000 1.8450
32 Dendrophthoe falcate 2.5892 1.63 1.2500 0.7688
33 Desmodium gangeticum 2.0714 0.81 2.0000 2.4600
34 Desmodium pulchellum 44.5342 7.32 4.7778 0.6530
35 Desmodium velutinum 25.8920 6.91 2.9412 0.4256
36 Eranthemum purpurascens 37.2844 12.20 2.4000 0.1968
37 Eupatorium odoratum 587.2300 37.80 12.1935 0.3225
38 Flemingia bracteata 8.2854 2.44 2.6667 1.0933
39 Flemingia chappar 117.5496 23.58 3.9138 0.1660
40 Flemingia nana 11.3925 0.41 22.0000 54.1200
41 Flemingia semialata 3.1070 1.22 2.0000 1.6400
42 Grewia hirsute 11.3925 1.63 5.5000 3.3825
43 Grewia rothii 38.3201 16.67 1.8049 0.1083
44 Helicteres isora 51.2661 15.85 2.5385 0.1601
45 Hemigraphis latebrosa 6.2141 1.22 4.0000 3.2800
46 Hedychium coronarium 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
47 Hyptis suaveolens 76.1224 2.85 21.0000 7.3800
48 Ichnocarpus frutescens 2.0714 1.22 1.3333 1.0933
49 Indigofera cassioides 73.5332 12.20 4.7333 0.3881
50 Justicia betonica 33.1417 3.25 8.0000 2.4600
51 Kirganelia reticulate 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
52 Knoxia sumatrensis 25.8920 8.13 2.5000 0.3075

112
 53 Lantana camara 127.9063 7.32 13.7222 1.8754
54 Leea asiatica 18.1244 6.50 2.1875 0.3363
55 Leea macrophylla 2.5892 1.63 1.2500 0.7688
56 Millettia extensa 65.2478 17.07 3.0000 0.1757
57 Mucuna prurita 1.0357 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
58 Phoenix acaulis 40.3915 15.04 2.1081 0.1402
59 Pogostemon plectranthoides 3.1070 0.41 6.0000 14.7600
60 Rauvolfia serpentine 4.1427 0.81 4.0000 4.9200
61 Smilax zeylanica 35.7309 19.51 1.4375 0.0737
62 Strobilanthes sp. 16.0530 2.85 4.4286 1.5563
63 Tephrosia purpurea 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
64 Tephrosia sp. 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
65 Triumfetta pentandra 5.6962 1.63 2.7500 1.6913
66 Triumfetta rhomboidea 3.1070 0.41 6.0000 14.7600
67 Urena lobata 7.2498 1.63 3.5000 2.1525
68 Vetiveria zizanioides 1.5535 1.22 1.0000 0.8200
69 Wattakaka volubillis 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
70 Woodfordia fruticosa 102.5322 35.77 2.2500 0.0629
71 Zinjiber capilatum 2.0714 0.41 4.0000 9.8400
72 Ziziphus oenoplia 10.8746 6.50 1.3125 0.2018
73 Ziziphus rugosa 0.5178 0.41 1.0000 2.4600

Weed species: The open forest area and low canopy forest area, near the cultivated farms and
village area are infested heavily with invasive species. During the present investigation, some
weed species were observed to grow in high densities even in natural forests (Table 6.3).
Eupatorium odoratum (587.2300/ha) followed by Lantana camara (127.9063/ha) and Hyptis
suaveolens (76.1224/ha) were recorded at high density. These could spread as the disturbance
increases or opening up of forests competing with the native species. Cassia tora recorded in
high density (103.5679/ha) occurred only in natural habitat area (Table 6.4).

Herbaceous plant species: The ground cover of the area was also studied. The dominant
herb species include Ageratum conyzoides, Andrographis paniculata, Curculigo orchioides,
Dioscorea bulbifera, Rungia pectinata, Rostularia sp. and Evolvulus nummularius and were
observed in the entire area.

During the present investigation, Borreria pusilla (6382.3727/ha), Evolvulus

nummularius (3844.9588/ha), Rungia pectinata (2951.6856/ha), Curculigo orchioides-

113
(2744.5497/ha), Ageratum conyzoides (2252.6021/ha), Rostularia sp. (1799.4925/ha),
Desmodium triquetrum (1385.2209/ha) and Dioscorea bulbifera (1165.1390/ha) were
recorded at high density. Hemidesmus indicus (841.4893/ha), Knoxia sumatrensis
(750.8674/ha), Andrographis paniculata (737.9214/ha), Canscora decussate (724.9754/ha),
Blumea sp. (634.3535/ha), Dentella sp. (569.6235/ha), Sida mysorensis (556.6775/ha), Sida
cordata (427.2176/ha) and Phyllanthus nirurii (466.0556/ha) were recorded in medium
density. Smithia conferta, Spaeranthus indicush Cassia mimosoides Acalypha indica, Ureria
neglecta, etc.were observed to occur in low density (Table 6.4).

Table 6.4 Phytosociological observation of herb species

S.
No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s
(%) index
1 Abrus precatorius 25.8920 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
2 Acalypha indica 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
3 Achyranthes aspera 25.8920 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
4 Adiantum sp. 310.7037 4.47 2.1818 0.4879
5 Aeginetia indica 51.7840 0.41 4.0000 9.8400
6 Ageratum conyzoides 2252.6021 6.50 10.8750 1.6720
7 Andrographis paniculata 737.9214 8.94 2.5909 0.2897
8 Asparagus racemosus 90.6219 2.85 1.0000 0.3514
9 Atylosia scarabaeoides 129.4599 2.85 1.4286 0.5020
10 Barleria cristata 90.6219 1.63 1.7500 1.0763
11 Barleria involucrate 155.3519 3.25 1.5000 0.4613
12 Begonia picta 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
13 Bidens sp. 116.5139 1.63 2.2500 1.3838
14 Biophytum reinwardtii 245.9738 0.41 2.0000 4.9200
15 Blumea sp. 634.3535 8.54 2.3333 0.2733
16 Boerhavia sp. 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
17 Borreria pusilla 6382.3727 19.11 10.4894 0.5490
18 Byttneria herbacea 491.9476 5.29 14.1667 29.9642
19 Canscora decussate 724.9754 8.54 2.6667 0.3124
20 Canscora diffusa 362.4877 3.25 3.5000 1.0763
21 Cassia mimosoides 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
22 Cassia tora 103.5679 1.63 2.0000 1.2300
23 Centratherum sp. 220.0818 4.47 1.5455 0.3456
24 Chlorophytum arundinaceum 129.4599 3.25 1.2500 0.3844
25 Cissampelos pareira 349.5417 9.35 1.1739 0.1256
26 Colocasia sp 25.8920 0.41 2.0000 4.9200
27 Crotalaria albida 284.8118 6.10 1.4667 0.2405
28 Curculigo orchioides 2744.5497 43.90 1.9630 0.0447
29 Curcuma amada 233.0278 4.88 1.5000 0.3075
114
30 Cynoglossum zeylanicum 90.6219 1.63 1.7500 1.0763
31 Dentella sp. 569.6235 6.10 2.9333 0.4811
32 Desmodium gangeticum 38.8380 1.22 1.0000 0.8200
33 Desmodium sp 77.6759 1.22 2.0000 1.6400
34 Desmodium triquetrum 1385.2209 8.54 5.0952 0.5969
35 Desmodium velutinum 25.8920 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
36 Dioscorea bulbifera 1165.1390 22.76 1.6071 0.0706
37 Dioscorea triphylla 258.9198 4.47 1.8182 0.4066
38 Elephantopus scaber 427.2176 7.72 1.7368 0.2249
39 Emilia sonchifolia 25.8920 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
40 Eranthemum nervosum 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
41 Eranthemum purpurascens 336.5957 7.32 1.4444 0.1974
42 Evolvulus encelioides 129.4599 2.44 1.6667 0.6833
43 Evolvulus nummularius 3844.9588 12.20 9.9000 0.8118
44 Excum sp. 466.0557 4.47 9.4444 9.2781
45 Flemingia nana 129.4599 3.66 1.1111 0.3037
46 Flemingia sp. 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
47 Hemidesmus indicus 841.4893 17.07 1.5476 0.0906
48 Indigofera linnaei 25.8920 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
49 Knoxia sumatrensis 750.8674 10.16 2.3200 0.2283
50 Lindenbergia sp. 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
51 Luecas sp. 310.7037 6.10 1.6000 0.2624
52 Lygodium sp. 38.8380 0.81 1.5000 1.8450
53 Mimosa pudica 25.8920 0.41 2.0000 4.9200
54 Murdannia nudiflora 271.8658 2.85 3.0000 1.0543
55 Nervilia sp. 103.5679 1.63 2.0000 1.2300
56 Ophioglossum sp. 194.1898 1.63 3.7500 2.3063
57 Peristylus plantagineus 77.6759 0.41 6.0000 14.7600
58 Phyllanthus nirurii 466.0556 6.91 2.1176 0.3064
59 Phyllanthus virgatus 103.5679 1.22 2.6667 2.1867
60 Rostularia sp. 1799.4925 17.89 3.1591 0.1766
61 Rungia pectinata 2951.6856 18.70 4.9565 0.2651
62 Scoparia dulcis 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
63 Sida cordata 427.2176 7.72 1.7368 0.2249
64 Sida cordifolia 25.8920 0.41 2.0000 4.9200
65 Sida mysorensis 556.6775 6.91 2.5294 0.3660
66 Sida ovate 297.7578 4.47 2.0909 0.4676
67 Smithia conferta 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
68 Sonchus sp. 51.7840 0.41 4.0000 9.8400
69 Spaeranthus indicush 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
70 Spilanthes paniculata 25.8920 0.81 1.0000 1.2300
71 Synedrella nodiflora 207.1358 0.41 16.0000 39.3600
72 Triumfetta rhomboidea 142.4059 2.44 1.8333 0.7517
73 Triumffetta pentandra 233.0278 5.28 1.3846 0.2620
74 Urena lobat 51.7840 0.81 2.0000 2.4600
75 Ureria neglecta 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600
115
 76 Vernonia cinerea 245.9738 2.03 3.8000 1.8696
77 Vicoa indica 168.2979 1.63 3.2500 1.9988
78 Vigna umbellate 12.9460 0.41 1.0000 2.4600

The details of observations on the plants in different clusters are described below
under different heads. This is based on the observations from quadrates in natural forests.

A. Kiriburu Cluster

Present observations in the natural forests in Kiriburu cluster recorded 120 tree
species, 94 shrubs, 45 climbers and 183 herbaceous species with a total of 442 (Table 6.5).

The Kiriburu cluster area is mostly under the moist valley sal forest type. The forest is
dominated by Shorea robusta and its common associates Terminalia tomentosa, Flemingia
chappar, Indigofera cassioides etc.

Table 6.5 Plant wealth in Kiriburu area

S. No. Plant Species Number

1. Total number of Tree species 120

2. Total number of Shrub species 94

3. Total number of Herbaceous species 183

4. Total number of Climbers 45

5. Total 442

Tree species: Shorea robusta was recorded in higher density (126.5505/ha) and frequency
(92.10%). A. cordifolia, T. alata, T. grandis, B. rhetsa, H. pubescens, G. pinnata, C. arborea
and A. latifolia were recorded in medium density in undisturb forests of this cluster.
S. racemosa, T. bellirica, S. personatum S. heyneanum, L. parviflora, C. swietenia, A.
kadamba and B. retusa occured in low density (Table 6.6).

116
Table 6.6 Phytosociological observation of tree species in Kiriburu cluster

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Adina cordifolia 5.8666 15.79 1.1667 0.0739
2 Alstonia scholaris 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
3 Anogeissus latifolia 5.0285 13.16 1.2000 0.0912
4 Anthecephus kadamba 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
5 Artoarpus lagucha 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
6 Bauhinia retusa 5.0285 10.53 1.5000 0.1425
7 Bauhinia retusa 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
8 Bridelia retusa 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
9 Buchanania lanzan 3.3523 5.26 2.0000 0.3800
10 Bursera serrata 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
11 Careya arborea 4.1904 10.53 1.2500 0.1188
12 Casearia graveolens 3.3523 5.26 2.0000 0.3800
13 Cassia fistula 5.8666 13.16 1.4000 0.1064
14 Catunaregam spinosa 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
15 Chloroxylon swietenia 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
16 Eugenia operculata 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
17 Flacourtia sp. 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
18 Garuga pinnata 5.0285 10.53 1.5000 0.1425
19 Grewia tilliaefolia 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
20 Holarrhena pubescens 5.0285 5.26 3.0000 0.5700
21 Ixora pavetta 3.3523 5.26 2.0000 0.3800
22 Lagerstroemia parviflora 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
23 Lagerstroemia parviflora 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
24 Macaranga peltata 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
25 Mallotus philippensis 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
26 Mangifera indica 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
27 Michelia champaca 1.6762 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
28 Miliusa tomentosa 3.3523 7.89 1.3333 0.1689
29 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis 1.6762 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
30 Pavetta sp. 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
31 Phyllanthus acidus 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
32 Phyllanthus emblica 1.6762 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
33 Pterocarpus marsupium 1.6762 5.26 1.0000 0.1900
34 Schleichera oleosa 1.6762 5.26 1.0000 0.1900
35 Schrebera swietenioides 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
36 Shorea robusta 126.5505 92.11 4.3143 0.0468
117
 37 Soymida ferifuga 3.3523 5.26 2.0000 0.3800
38 Stereospermum personatum 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
39 Symplocos racemosa 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
40 Syzygium cumini 4.1904 10.53 1.2500 0.1188
41 Syzygium heyneanum 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
42 Tectona grandis 7.5427 10.53 2.2500 0.2138
43 Terminalia alata 9.2189 23.68 1.2222 0.0516
44 Terminalia bellirica 0.8381 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
45 Terminalia chebula 1.6762 5.26 1.0000 0.1900
46 Wendlandia tinctoria 1.6762 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
47 Xylosma acuminate 6.7047 18.42 1.1429 0.0620

Shrubs: The common species in third understory were Flemingia chappar, Ardisia
solanacea, Woodfordia fruticosa, Bauhinia wightaii, Clerodendron viscosum, C. indicum,
Colebrookea oppositifolia, and Millettia extensa.

The dominant shrub/woody climber species in natural forests in this area were
Clerodendron viscosum (724.1033/ha), Combretum roxburghii (288.3004/ha), Colebrookea
oppositifolia (177.6735/ha), Ardisia solanacea (137.4455/ha), Flemingia chappar
(90.5129/ha), Bauhinia wightaii (90.5129/ha) and Millettia extensa (127.3885/ha). Ziziphus
rugosa, Helicteres isora, Grewia rothii and some other species occured in low density.
According to the Whitford’s index, all the shrub species recorded from the natural forest were
in clumped distribution (Table 6.7).

Forest Weed species: Eupatorium odoratum (915.1861/ha), Hyptis suaveolens (630.2380/ha)

and Lantana camara (362.0516/ha) were recorded in high density in this cluster.

Table 6.7 Phytosociological observation of shrubs and woody climbers in Kiriburu

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Abelmoschus moschatus 6.7047 5.26 1.0000 0.1900
2 Acacia sinuate 6.7047 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
3 Achyranthes aspera 3.3523 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
4 Ardisia solanacea 137.4455 18.42 5.8571 0.3180
5 Barleria involucrate 6.7047 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
6 Bauhinia wightaii 90.5129 34.21 2.0769 0.0607
7 Bidens biternata 6.7047 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
118
 8 Butea superb 6.7047 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
9 Byttneria herbacea 13.4093 2.63 4.0000 1.5200
10 Celastrus paniculatus 6.7047 5.26 1.0000 0.1900
11 Cissus sp. 6.7047 5.26 1.0000 0.1900
12 Clerodendron viscosum 724.1033 42.11 13.5000 0.3206
13 Clerodendrum indicum 43.5803 5.26 6.5000 1.2350
14 Colebrookea oppositifolia 177.6735 28.95 4.8182 0.1664
15 Combretum roxburghii 16.7616 10.53 1.2500 0.1188
16 Combretum roxburghii 288.3004 23.68 9.5556 0.4035
17 Cryptolepis buchanani 3.3523 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
18 Dalbergia volubilus 16.7616 5.26 2.5000 0.4750
19 Desmodium pulchellum 6.7047 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
20 Desmodium velutinum 10.0570 2.63 3.0000 1.1400
21 Eupatorium odoratum 915.1861 57.89 12.4091 0.2143
22 Flemingia bracteata 13.4093 7.89 1.3333 0.1689
23 Flemingia chappar 90.5129 21.05 3.3750 0.1603
24 Grewia rothii 3.3523 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
25 Helicteres isora 3.3523 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
26 Hyptis suaveolens 362.0516 7.89 36.0000 4.5600
27 Ichnocarpus frutescens 3.3523 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
28 Ichnocarpus frutescens 6.7047 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
29 Justicia betonica 6.7047 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
30 Knoxia sumatrensis 3.3523 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
31 Lantana camara 630.2380 18.42 26.8571 1.4580
32 Millettia extensa 127.3885 39.47 2.5333 0.0642
33 Phoenix acaulis 33.5233 10.53 2.5000 0.2375
34 Pogostemon plectranthoides 20.1140 2.63 6.0000 2.2800
35 Smilax zeylanica 20.1140 13.16 1.2000 0.0912
36 Triumfetta pentandra 6.7047 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
37 Triumfetta rhomboidea 20.1140 2.63 6.0000 2.2800
38 Woodfordia fruticosa 10.0570 5.26 1.5000 0.2850
39 Ziziphus oenoplia 3.3523 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
40 Ziziphus rugosa 3.3523 2.63 1.0000 0.3800

Herbaceous plant species: Ageratum conyzoides (4693.2618/ha), Borreria pusilla

(14834.0597/ha), Synedrella nodiflora (1340.9319/ha), Desmodium triquetrum
(1592.3567/ha), Curculigo orchioides (2430.4392/ha), Dioscorea bulbifera (1927.5897/ha),
Rungia pectinata (2681.8639/ha), Rostularia sp. (2430.4392/ha) and Evolvulus nummularius
(4022.7958/ha) are the mojor species in the ground cover. Andrographis paniculata and
Rungia pectinata are the other species recorded from the area (Table 6.8).

119
 Table 6.8 Phytosociological observation of herb species in Kiriburu cluster

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Centratherum sp. 335.2330 5.26 2.0000 0.3800
2 Adiantum sp. 502.8495 7.89 2.0000 0.2533
3 Ageratum conyzoides 4693.2618 10.53 14.0000 1.3300
4 Andrographis paniculata 502.8495 2.63 6.0000 2.2800
5 Asparagus racemosus 83.8082 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
6 Achyranthes aspera 83.8082 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
7 Bidens sp. 167.6165 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
8 Blumea sp. 167.6165 5.26 1.0000 0.1900
9 Borreria pusilla 14834.0597 39.47 11.8000 0.2989
10 Cassia mimosoides 83.8082 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
11 Canscora decussate 838.0825 10.53 2.5000 0.2375
12 Colocasia sp 167.6165 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
13 Synedrella nodiflora 1340.9319 2.63 16.0000 6.0800
14 Lygodium sp. 167.6165 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
15 Cissampelos pareira 167.6165 5.26 1.0000 0.1900
16 Curcuma amada 419.0412 7.89 1.6667 0.2111
17 Cynoglossum zeylanicum 83.8082 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
18 Chlorophytum arundinaceum 83.8082 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
19 Curculigo orchioides 2430.4392 39.47 1.9333 0.0490
20 Desmodium triquetrum 1592.3567 5.26 9.5000 1.8050
21 Dioscorea bulbifera 1927.5897 39.47 1.5333 0.0388
22 Dioscorea triphylla 167.6165 5.26 1.0000 0.1900
23 Elephantopus scaber 586.6577 15.79 1.1667 0.0739
24 Flemingia sp. 83.8082 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
25 Luecas sp. 502.8495 7.89 2.0000 0.2533
26 Evolvulus nummularius 4022.7958 7.89 16.0000 2.0267
27 Murdannia nudiflora 838.0825 5.26 5.0000 0.9500
28 Mimosa pudica 167.6165 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
29 Nervilia sp. 419.0412 7.89 1.6667 0.2111
30 Ophioglossum sp. 1005.6990 7.89 4.0000 0.5067
31 Rostularia sp. 2430.4392 28.95 2.6364 0.0911
32 Rungia pectinata 2681.8639 10.53 8.0000 0.7600
33 Sida cordata 502.8495 7.89 2.0000 0.2533
34 Sida ovate 502.8495 5.26 3.0000 0.5700
35 Smithia conferta 83.8082 2.63 1.0000 0.3800
36 Sonchus sp. 335.2330 2.63 4.0000 1.5200
37 Excum sp. 586.6577 10.53 1.7500 0.1663
38 Vernonia cinerea 1005.6990 2.63 12.0000 4.5600
39 Biophytum reinwardtii 167.6165 2.63 2.0000 0.7600
40 Phyllanthus nirurii 167.6165 2.63 2.0000 0.7600

120
B. Gua Cluster

The area in the Gua cluster comes mostly under Saranda Forest Division and is sal
dominated and some areas are planted with teak. During our present investigation, we
recorded 152 tree species, 121 shrubs, 70 climbers and 242 herbaceous species with a total of
585 species (Table 6.9).

Tree species: During the present investigation, Shorea robusta was recorded in higher
density (90.6639/ha) and frequency (76.58/per cent) (Table 6.10). Terminalia alata
(31.2733/ha), Anogeissus latifolia (23.2398/ha), Buchanania lanzan (20.3707/ha), Adina
cordifolia (11.7634/ha) and Diospyros melanoxylon (11.7634/ha) were recorded in medium
density in the undisturbed forest. Albizia chinensis, Dalbergia paniculata, Holarrhena
pubescens, Schrebera swietenioides and Vitex sp. were also observed though in low density.

Table 6.9 Plant wealth in Gua area

S. No. Plant Species Number

1. Total number of Tree species 152

2. Total number of Shrub species 121

3. Total number of Herbaceous species 242

4. Total number of Climber 70

5. Total 585

Shrub species: The common shrub and woody climber species in Gua area are Flemingia
chappar, Woodfordia fruticosa, Bauhinia wightaii, Clerodendron indicum and Millettia
extensa. During the present investigation, the dominate shrub species observed in Gua area
are the Clerodendron indicum (66.5634/ha), Flemingia chappar (154.9320/ha), Woodfordia
fruticosa (134.2744/ha), Bauhinia wightaii (146.8985/ha), Indigofera cassioides (91.8116/ha),
Grewia rothii (59.6775/ha) and Millettia extensa (51.6440/ha) were the dominant. According

121
to the Whitford’s index, all shrub species growing in natural forest were observed to follow a
clumped distribution (Table 6.11).

Table 6.10 Phytosociological observation of tree species in Gua cluster

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Acacia auriculiformis 0.5738 1.80 1.0000 0.5550
2 Adina cordifolia 11.7634 24.32 1.5185 0.0624
3 Albizia chinensis 0.2869 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
4 Albizia lebbecck 0.8607 2.70 1.0000 0.3700
5 Albizia odoratissima 1.1476 3.60 1.0000 0.2775
6 Albizia procera 0.8607 1.80 1.5000 0.8325
7 Anogeissus latifolia 23.2398 51.35 1.4211 0.0277
8 Bauhinia retusa 1.4346 3.60 1.2500 0.3469
9 Bombex malabarica 0.8607 2.70 1.0000 0.3700
10 Bridelia retusa 2.5822 5.41 1.5000 0.2775
11 Buchanania lanzan 20.3707 35.14 1.8205 0.0518
12 Bursera serrata 0.8607 1.80 1.5000 0.8325
13 Careya arborea 2.8691 7.21 1.2500 0.1734
14 Casearia elliptica 2.2953 5.41 1.3333 0.2467
15 Casearia graveolens 1.1476 1.80 2.0000 1.1100
16 Cassia fistula 4.5906 13.51 1.0667 0.0789
17 Chloroxylon swietenia 1.6215 3.60 2. 6667 1.7167
18 Cleistanthus collinus 1.7215 3.60 1.5000 0.4163
19 Dalbergia paniculata 0.2869 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
20 Dillenia pentagyna 1.4346 4.50 1.0000 0.2220
21 Diospyros melanoxylon 11.7634 27.03 1.3667 0.0506
22 Diospyros montana 1.7215 4.50 1.2000 0.2664
23 Ficus benghalensis 0.5738 1.80 1.0000 0.5550
24 Flacourtia sp. 0.5738 1.80 1.0000 0.5550
25 Gardenia latifolia 0.4869 1.80 2.0000 2.2200
26 Gardenia turgid 2.8215 4.50 4.0000 1.8500
27 Garuga pinnata 4.3037 10.81 1.2500 0.1156
28 Gmlina arborea 0.8607 2.70 1.0000 0.3700
29 Grewia tilliaefolia 1.4476 4.50 2.0000 1.3875
30 Holarrhena pubescens 2.0084 3.60 1.7500 0.4856
31 Hymenodictyon excelsum 0.2869 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
32 Ixora pavetta 0.2869 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
33 Kydia calycina 0.5738 1.80 1.0000 0.5550
34 Lagerstroemia parviflora 2.2953 6.31 1.1429 0.1812
35 Lanea coromandelica 4.3037 11.71 1.1538 0.0985
36 Madhuca indica 6.0251 16.22 1.1667 0.0719
37 Mallotus philippensis 0.5738 1.80 1.0000 0.5550
38 Miliusa tomentosa 1.4346 3.60 1.2500 0.3469
122
39 Mitragyna parvifolia 5.7382 9.01 2.0000 0.2220
40 Morinda pubescens 0.2869 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
41 Murraya paniculata 0.2869 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
42 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis 2.8691 8.11 1.1111 0.1370
43 Ougeinia oojeinensis 2.2953 6.31 1.1429 0.1812
44 Phyllanthus emblica 1.1476 3.60 1.0000 0.2775
45 Pterocarpus marsupium 2.2953 5.41 1.3333 0.2467
46 Schleichera oleosa 1.4346 4.50 1.0000 0.2220
47 Schrebera swietenioides 0.2869 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
48 Semecarpus anacardium 4.0168 9.01 1.4000 0.1554
49 Shorea robusta 90.6639 76.58 3.7176 0.0485
50 Stereospermum personatum 0.8607 1.80 1.5000 0.8325
51 Syzygium cumini 7.4597 19.82 1.1818 0.0596
52 Tectona grandis 6.3120 8.11 2.4444 0.3015
53 Terminalia alata 31.2733 64.86 1.5139 0.0233
54 Terminalia arjuna 2.0084 2.70 2.3333 0.8633
55 Terminalia bellirica 2.0084 5.41 1.1667 0.2158
56 Terminalia chebula 3.4429 7.21 1.5000 0.2081
57 Vitex sp. 0.2869 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
58 Wendlandia tinctoria 0.8607 0.90 3.0000 3.3300
59 Ziziphus xylopyra 0.5738 1.80 1.0000 0.5550

Table 6.11 Phytosociological observation of shrub and woody climbers in Gua

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Acacia sinuate 11.4764 5.41 1.6667 0.3083
2 Anisomelus indica 3.4429 2.70 1.0000 0.3700
3 Ardisia solanacea 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
4 Wattakaka volubillis 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
5 Rhynchosia sp. 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
6 Barleria involucrate 4.5906 3.60 1.0000 0.2775
7 Bauhinia wightaii 146.8985 39.64 2.9091 0.0734
8 Abelmoschus moschatus 30.9864 12.61 1.9286 0.1529
9 Butea superba 21.8052 9.91 1.7273 0.1743
10 Colebrookea oppositifolia 4.5906 0.90 4.0000 4.4400
11 Calotropis gigantea 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
12 Celastrus paniculatus 34.4293 14.41 1.8750 0.1301
13 Cissus sp. 2.2953 0.90 2.0000 2.2200
14 Clerodendron viscosum 4.5906 0.90 4.0000 4.4400
15 Clerodendrum indicum 66.5634 7.21 7.2500 1.0059
16 Combretum roxburghii 21.8052 11.71 1.4615 0.1248
17 Crotalaria sp 8.0335 2.70 2.3333 0.8633
18 Cryptolepis buchanani 4.5906 2.70 1.3333 0.4933
19 Curcuma amada 33.2817 9.01 2.9000 0.3219
20 Desmodium pulchellum 37.8723 7.21 4.1250 0.5723

123
 21 Desmodium velutinum 50.4964 12.61 3.1429 0.2492
22 Desmodium gangeticum 2.2953 0.90 2.0000 2.2200
23 Eranthemum purpurascens 53.9393 17.12 2.4737 0.1445
24 Eupatorium odoratum 630.0568 36.94 13.3902 0.3625
25 Flemingia chappar 154.9320 30.63 3.9706 0.1296
26 Flemingia bracteata 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
27 Grewia hirsute 25.2482 3.60 5.5000 1.5263
28 Grewia rothii 59.6775 27.03 1.7333 0.0641
29 Helicteres isora 43.6105 16.22 2.1111 0.1302
30 Hyptis suaveolens 12.6241 1.80 5.5000 3.0525
31 Ichnocarpus frutescens 3.4429 1.80 1.5000 0.8325
32 Indigofera cassioides 91.8116 17.12 4.2105 0.2460
33 Justicia betonica 27.5435 0.90 24.0000 26.6400
34 Kirganelia reticulata 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
35 Knoxia sumatrensis 28.6911 6.31 3.5714 0.5663
36 Lantana camara 58.5299 7.21 6.3750 0.8845
37 Lantana camara 16.0670 10.81 1.1667 0.1079
38 Millettia extensa 51.6440 11.71 3.4615 0.2956
39 Mucuna prurita 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
40 Phoenix acaulis 33.2817 17.12 1.5263 0.0892
41 Smilax zeylanica 40.1676 22.52 1.4000 0.0622
42 Strobilanthes sp. 3.4429 1.80 1.5000 0.8325
43 Tephrosia sp. 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
44 Tephrosia purpurea 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
45 Triumfetta pentandra 4.5906 0.90 4.0000 4.4400
46 Urena lobata 16.0670 3.60 3.5000 0.9713
47 Cayratia pedadata 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
48 Cayratia sp. 1.1476 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
49 Woodfordia fruticosa 134.2744 44.14 2.3878 0.0541
50 Ziziphus oenoplia 4.5906 3.60 1.0000 0.2775

Forest Weed species: Eupatorium odoratum (630.0568/ha), Hyptis suaveolens (12.6241/ha)

and Lantana camara (58.5299/ha) are recorded in Gua cluster also.

Herbaceous plant species: The species recorded in high density are Borreria pusilla
(3557.6978/ha), Curculigo orchioides (3529.0067/ha), Knoxia sumatrensis (1434.5556/ha),
Dioscorea bulbifera (1377.1734/ha), Evolvulus encelioides (1233.7178/ha), Rostularia sp.
(975.4978/ha), Desmodium triquetrum (975.4978/ha), Phyllanthus nirurii (975.4978/ha),
Dentella sp. (889.4245/ha), Ageratum conyzoides (860.7333/ha) and Canscora diffusa
(803.3511/ha). Andrographis paniculata, Rungia pectinata and Evolvulus nummularius were
also recorded during the study (6.12).
124
 Table 6.12 Phytosociological observation of herbs in Gua

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Acalypha indica 28.6911 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
2 Adiantum sp. 516.4400 7.21 2.2500 0.3122
3 Ageratum conyzoides 860.7333 0.90 30.0000 33.3000
4 Andrographis paniculata 602.5133 10.81 1.7500 0.1619
5 Asparagus racemosus 143.4556 4.50 1.0000 0.2220
6 Centratherum sp. 286.9111 6.31 1.4286 0.2265
7 Atylosia scarabaeoides 86.0733 1.80 1.5000 0.8325
8 Barleria cristata 57.3822 1.80 1.0000 0.5550
9 Bidens sp. 200.8378 2.70 2.3333 0.8633
10 Blumea sp. 114.7644 2.70 1.3333 0.4933
11 Borreria pusilla 3557.6978 14.41 7.7500 0.5377
12 Biophytum reinwardtii 430.3667 8.11 1.6667 0.2056
13 Boerhavia sp. 28.6911 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
14 Begonia picta 28.6911 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
15 Canscora decussate 602.5133 6.31 3.0000 0.4757
16 Canscora diffusa 803.3511 7.21 3.5000 0.4856
17 Cassia tora 229.5289 3.60 2.0000 0.5550
18 Cissampelos pareira 459.0578 11.71 1.2308 0.1051
19 Chlorophytum arundinaceum 200.8378 4.50 1.4000 0.3108
20 Crotalaria albida 229.5289 4.50 1.6000 0.3552
21 Curcuma amada 372.9844 8.11 1.4444 0.1781
22 Cynoglossum zeylanicum 172.1467 2.70 2.0000 0.7400
23 Curculigo orchioides 3529.0067 52.25 2.1207 0.0406
24 Dentella sp. 889.4245 9.91 2.8182 0.2844
25 Desmodium velutinum 28.6911 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
26 Desmodium gangeticum 28.6911 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
27 Flemingia nana 258.2200 7.21 1.1250 0.1561
28 Desmodium triquetrum 975.4978 6.31 4.8571 0.7702
29 Dioscorea bulbifera 1377.1734 25.23 1.7143 0.0680
30 Dioscorea triphylla 516.4400 8.11 2.0000 0.2467
31 Elephantopus scaber 315.6022 5.41 1.8333 0.3392
32 Eranthemum nervosum 372.9844 9.91 1.1818 0.1193
33 Evolvulus encelioides 200.8378 3.60 1.7500 0.4856
34 Hemidesmus indicus 745.9689 16.22 1.4444 0.0891
35 Knoxia sumatrensis 1434.5556 17.12 2.6316 0.1537
36 Luecas sp. 258.2200 5.41 1.5000 0.2775
37 Evolvulus encelioides 1233.7178 8.11 4.7778 0.5893
38 Murdannia nudiflora 315.6022 4.50 2.2000 0.4884
39 Nervilia sp. 86.0733 0.90 3.0000 3.3300
40 Ophioglossum sp. 86.0733 0.90 3.0000 3.3300
41 Peristylus plantagineus 172.1467 0.90 6.0000 6.6600
42 Rostularia sp. 2926.4934 26.13 3.5172 0.1346

125
 43 Rungia pectinata 401.6756 2.70 4.6667 1.7267
44 Sida cordata 545.1311 9.91 1.7273 0.1743
45 Sida mysorensis 832.0422 7.21 3.6250 0.5030
46 Sida ovate 172.1467 3.60 1.5000 0.4163
47 Excum sp. 430.3667 4.50 3.0000 0.6660
48 Triumffetta pentandra 114.7644 3.60 1.0000 0.2775
49 Triumfetta rhomboidea 200.8378 3.60 1.7500 0.4856
50 Triumffeta-sterculiaceae 631.2045 7.21 2.7500 0.3816
51 Ureria leguminosaceae 28.6911 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
52 Vernonia cinerea 57.3822 0.90 2.0000 2.2200
53 Vigna umbellate 28.6911 0.90 1.0000 1.1100
54 Vicoa indica 372.9844 3.60 3.2500 0.9019
55 Phyllanthus nirurii 975.4978 14.41 2.1250 0.1474
56 Phyllanthus virgatus 229.5289 2.70 2.6667 0.9867

C. Noamundi Cluster

The area of Noamundi cluster falls mostly under the Kolhan Forest Division with dry
sal mixed forest dominated by sal and its associates. During our present investigation, we
recorded 117 tree species, 81 shrubs, 41 climbers and 171 herbaceous species totalling 410
(Table 6.13).

Table 6.13 Plant wealth in Noamundi area

S. No. Plant Species Number

1. Total number of Tree species 117

2. Total number of Shrub species 81

3. Total number of Herbaceous species 171

4. Total number of Climber 41

5. Total 410

Tree species: The area was dominated by Shorea robusta recorded in higher density
(129.2084/ha) and frequency (80.00%) (Table 6.14). The tree species of medium density
included Buchanania lanzan (39.1265/ha), Terminalia alata (39.1265/ha), Anogeissus
latifolia (18.1984/ha) and Cleistanthus collinus (10.9190/ha) (Table 6.14). The species in low
density were Careya arborea, Diospyros melanoxylon, Gardenia resinifera, Garuga pinnata,

126
Miliusa tomentosa, Schleichera oleosa and Wendlandia tinctoria. This could be attributed to
the drier nature of the area compared to Gua and Kitiburu.

Shrub species: The dominant shrub species observed in Noamundi was Woodfordia
fruticosa (138.3076/ha) and Eranthemum purpurascens (90.9918/ha), Phoenix acaulis
(54.5951/ha), Flemingia chappar (47.3157/ha), Ziziphus oenoplia (43.6761/ha), Desmodium
pulchellum (69.1538/ha) and Celastrus paniculatus (40.0364/ha) were recorded in medium
density. According to Whitford’s index, all shrub species growing in the natural forest in
Noamundi area were in clumped distribution (Table 6.15) except Woodfordia fruticosa, which
showed a reandom distribution.

Table 6.14 Phytosociological observation of tree species in Noamundi

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Adina cordifolia 4.5496 14.29 1.0000 0.0700
2 Albizia procera 1.8198 5.71 1.0000 0.1750
3 Anogeissus latifolia 18.1984 28.57 2.0000 0.0700
4 Anogeissus sp. 2.7298 5.71 1.5000 0.2625
5 Bauhinia retusa 1.8198 5.71 1.0000 0.1750
6 Bombex malabarica 1.8198 5.71 1.0000 0.1750
7 Bridelia retusa 4.5496 14.29 1.0000 0.0700
8 Buchanania lanzan 39.1265 62.86 1.9545 0.0311
9 Careya arborea 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
10 Casearia elliptica 1.8198 5.71 1.0000 0.1750
11 Casearia graveolens 6.3694 17.14 1.1667 0.0681
12 Cassia fistula 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
13 Cleistanthus collinus 10.9190 20.00 1.7143 0.0857
14 Dalbergia latifolia 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
15 Diospyros melanoxylon 9.0992 28.57 1.0000 0.0350
16 Erythrina suberosa 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
17 Gardenia resinifera 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
18 Gardenia turgid 1.8198 2.86 2.0000 0.7000
19 Garuga pinnata 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
20 Gmlina arborea 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
21 Holarrhena pubescens 7.2793 14.29 1.6000 0.1120
22 Hymenodictyon excelsum 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
23 Lagerstroemia parviflora 2.7298 8.57 1.0000 0.1167
24 Lanea coromandelica 8.1893 20.00 1.2857 0.0643
25 Madhuca indica 7.2793 11.43 2.0000 0.1750
26 Miliusa tomentosa 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
27 Mitragyna parvifolia 1.8198 5.71 1.0000 0.1750
127
 28 Morinda pubescens 1.8198 5.71 1.0000 0.1750
29 Phyllanthus emblica 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
30 Pterocarpus marsupium 1.8198 5.71 1.0000 0.1750
31 Schleichera oleosa 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
32 Semecarpus anacardium 3.6397 8.57 1.3333 0.1556
33 Shorea robusta 129.2084 80.00 5.0714 0.0634
34 Spondias pinnata 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
35 Symplocos racemosa 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
36 Terminalia alata 39.1265 68.57 1.7917 0.0261
37 Terminalia bellirica 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
38 Wendlandia tinctoria 0.9099 2.86 1.0000 0.3500

Table 6.15 Phytosociological observation of shrub and climber species in Noamundi

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Acacia sinuate 18.1984 11.43 1.2500 0.1094
2 Anisomelus indica 3.6397 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
3 Asparagus racemosus 10.9190 8.57 1.0000 0.1167
4 Rhynchosia sp. 18.1984 11.43 1.2500 0.1094
5 Barleria involucrate 7.2793 2.86 2.0000 0.7000
6 Bauhinia wightaii 25.4777 2.86 7.0000 2.4500
7 Abelmoschus moschatus 3.6397 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
8 Butea superb 40.0364 20.00 1.5714 0.0786
9 Carissa opaca 14.5587 8.57 1.3333 0.1556
10 Celastrus paniculatus 40.0364 22.86 2.7500 0.2406
11 Dendrophthoe falcata 18.1984 11.43 1.2500 0.1094
12 Desmodium pulchellum 69.1538 8.57 6.3333 0.7389
13 Desmodium velutinum 3.6397 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
14 Desmodium gangeticum 7.2793 2.86 2.0000 0.7000
15 Eranthemum purpurascens 90.9918 31.43 2.2727 0.0723
16 Eupatorium odoratum 203.8217 25.71 6.2222 0.2420
17 Flemingia chappar 47.3157 11.43 3.2500 0.2844
18 Grewia rothii 18.1984 8.57 1.6667 0.1944
19 Hemigraphis latebrosa 21.8380 5.71 3.0000 0.5250
20 Knoxia sumatrensis 36.3967 17.14 1.6667 0.0972
21 Leea macrophylla 7.2793 5.71 1.0000 0.1750
22 Phoenix acaulis 54.5951 14.29 3.0000 0.2100
23 Smilax zeylanica 18.1984 8.57 1.6667 0.1944
24 Byttneria herbacea 10.9190 5.71 1.5000 0.2625
25 Triumfetta pentandra 18.1984 5.71 2.5000 0.4375
26 Vetiveria zizanioides 7.2793 5.71 2.0000 0.7000
27 Wattakaka volubillis 3.6397 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
28 Woodfordia fruticosa 138.3076 51.43 2.1111 0.0410
29 Ziziphus oenoplia 43.6761 20.00 1.7143 0.0857

128
Forest Weed species: The weed in high density was Eupatorium odoratum (203.8217/ha).
Interestingly, there was no Lantana camara and Hyptis suaveolens recorded from within the
natural forests in this cluster. However, the species was observed in the area near the village
or cultivated farm lands (Table 6.15).

Herbaceous plants species: Ageratum conyzoides, Andrographis paniculata, Curculigo

orchioides, Dioscorea bulbifera, Rungia pectinata, Rostularia sp. and Evolvulus nummularius
formed the ground cover in Noamundi (Table 6.16). Borreria pusilla (15286.6242/ha) and
Evolvulus nummularius (14740.6733/ha) were the major dominant herbs in this cluster
whereas Ageratum conyzoides (1910.8280/ha), Curculigo orchioides (2911.7379/ha),
Desmodium triquetrum (4913.5578/ha), Hemidesmus indicus (2092.8116/ha), Dioscorea
bulbifera (1927.5897/ha) and Rungia pectinata 4913.5578/ha) species were recorded in
medium density.

Table 6.16 Phytosociological observation of herb species in Noamundi

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Ageratum conyzoides 1910.8280 8.57 7.0000 0.8167
2 Emilia sonchifolia 181.9836 5.71 1.0000 0.1750
3 Andrographis paniculata 2365.7871 22.86 3.2500 0.1422
4 Centratherum sp. 90.9918 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
5 Atylosia scarabaeoides 363.9672 8.57 1.3333 0.1556
6 Blumea sp. 1364.8772 22.86 1.8750 0.0820
7 Borreria pusilla 15286.6242 17.14 28.0000 1.6333
8 Canscora decussate 1819.8362 20.00 2.8571 0.1429
9 Cissampelos pareira 90.9918 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
10 Crotalaria albida 1000.9099 20.00 1.5714 0.0786
11 Curculigo orchioides 2911.7379 51.43 1.7778 0.0346
12 Dentella sp. 727.9345 5.71 4.0000 0.7000
13 Desmodium triquetrum 4913.5578 34.29 4.5000 0.1313
14 Dioscorea bulbifera 90.9918 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
15 Elephantopus scaber 727.9345 11.43 2.0000 0.1750
16 Evolvulus encelioides 181.9836 2.86 2.0000 0.7000
17 Hemidesmus indicus 2092.8116 42.86 1.5333 0.0358
18 Knoxia sumatrensis 272.9754 5.71 1.5000 0.2625
19 Lindenbergia sp. 90.9918 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
20 Luecas sp. 363.9672 8.57 1.3333 0.1556
21 Evolvulus nummularius 14740.6733 34.29 13.5000 0.3938
22 Rostularia sp. 272.9754 5.71 1.5000 0.2625
23 Rungia pectinata 4913.5578 42.86 3.6000 0.0840
129
 24 Sida cordata 545.9509 8.57 2.0000 0.2333
25 Sida mysorensis 909.9181 17.14 1.6667 0.0972
26 Sida ovate 363.9672 5.71 2.0000 0.3500
27 Spilanthes paniculata 90.9918 2.86 1.0000 0.3500
28 Triumffetta pentandra 636.9427 11.43 1.7500 0.1531

D. Chiriya Cluster

The areas in Chiriya cluster is mostly under the Saranda Forest Division falling under
the Moist Valley Sal forest type dominated by sal and its associate species. The survey results
show the presence of 104 tree species, 75 shrubs, 41 climbers and 147 herbs (Table 6.17).

Table 6.17 Plant wealth in Chiriya cluster

S. No. Plant Species Number

1. Total number of Tree species 104

2. Total number of Shrub species 75

3. Total number of Herbaceous species 147

4. Total number of Climber 41

5. Total 367

Tree species: Shorea robusta was recorded in high density (52.6703/ha) and frequency (46.15%)
among the tree species in the natural forest of Chiriya cluster (Table 6.18). The tree specis
recorded in medium density are Anogeissus latifolia (15.3111/ha), Adina cordifolia (12.2489/ha),
Cleistanthus collinus (26.3351/ha) and Terminalia alata (11.6365/ha).

Table 6.18 Phytosociological observation of tree species in Chiriya

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Adina cordifolia 12.2489 26.92 1.4286 0.0531
2 Anogeissus latifolia 15.3111 32.69 1.4706 0.0450
3 Albizia lebbecck 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
4 Aegle marmelos 7.9618 11.54 2.1667 0.1878
5 Alangium salvifolium 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
6 Bauhinia retusa 1.2249 3.85 1.0000 0.2600
130
 7 Buchanania lanzan 7.3493 17.31 1.3333 0.0770
8 Bombex malabarica 3.6747 9.62 1.2000 0.1248
9 Bridelia retusa 9.1867 25.00 1.1538 0.0462
10 Careya arborea 3.0622 9.62 1.0000 0.1040
11 Casearia graveolens 4.8996 9.62 1.6000 0.1664
12 Cassia fistula 7.9618 19.23 1.3000 0.0676
13 Dillenia pentagyna 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
14 Dalbergia latifolia 3.6747 9.62 1.2000 0.1248
15 Dillenia pentagyna 1.2249 3.85 1.0000 0.2600
16 Diospyros melanoxylon 5.5120 11.54 1.5000 0.1300
17 Diospyros montana 1.8373 5.77 1.0000 0.1733
18 Flacourtia sp. 1.8373 5.77 1.0000 0.1733
19 Eriolaena quinquelocularis 3.0622 9.62 1.0000 0.1040
20 Ficus racemosa 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
21 Ficus arnottiana 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
22 Ficus sp 1.2249 1.92 2.0000 1.0400
23 Garuga pinnata 2.4498 3.85 2.0000 0.5200
24 Gmlina arborea 1.8373 5.77 1.0000 0.1733
25 Grewia tilliaefolia 1.2249 1.92 2.0000 1.0400
26 Helicteres isora 1.2249 3.85 1.0000 0.2600
27 Holarrhena pubescens 1.2249 1.92 2.0000 1.0400
28 Bursera serrata 5.5120 11.54 1.5000 0.1300
29 Cleistanthus collinus 26.3351 28.85 2.8667 0.0994
30 Kydia calycina 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
31 Lanea coromandelica 7.9618 23.08 1.0833 0.0469
32 Lagerstroemia parviflora 4.2871 11.54 1.1667 0.1011
33 Madhuca indica 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
34 Mangifera indica 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
35 Mallotus philippensis 7.9618 15.38 1.6250 0.1056
36 Mitragyna parvifolia 4.2871 9.62 1.4000 0.1456
37 Miliusa tomentosa 1.8373 5.77 1.0000 0.1733
38 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
39 Ougeinia oojeinensis 1.2249 1.92 2.0000 1.0400
40 Pterocarpus marsupium 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
41 Phyllanthus emblica 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
42 Catunaregam spinosa 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
43 Schleichera oleosa 3.6747 9.62 1.2000 0.1248
44 Shorea robusta 52.6703 46.15 3.5833 0.0776
45 Semecarpus anacardium 9.7991 17.31 1.7778 0.1027
46 Sterculia urens 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
47 Syzygium cumini 1.2249 1.92 2.0000 1.0400
48 Tamarindus indica 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
49 Terminalia chebula 1.2249 3.85 1.0000 0.2600
131
 50 Tectona grandis 1.2249 3.85 1.0000 0.2600
51 Terminalia alata 11.6365 26.92 1.3571 0.0504
52 Wendlandia tinctoria 3.6747 7.69 1.5000 0.1950
53 Gardenia latifolia 1.8373 3.85 1.5000 0.3900
54 Ixora pavetta 1.2249 3.85 1.0000 0.2600
55 Ziziphus xylopyra 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
56 Xylosma acuminate 1.2249 3.85 1.0000 0.2600
57 Morinda pubescens 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
58 Amada anacardiac 0.6124 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
59 Schrebera swietenioides 3.0622 7.69 1.2500 0.1625
60 Chloroxylon swietenia 3.6747 11.54 1.0000 0.0867
61 Hymenodictyon excelsum 1.8373 3.85 1.5000 0.3900

Shrub species: The dominant shrub species recorded in Chiriya cluster are Abelmoschus
moschatus with high density (293.9735/ha) whereas other species such as Flemingia chappar
(117.5894/ha), Helicteres isora (149.4366/ha), Indigofera cassioides (156.7859/ha), Millettia
extensa (169.0348/ha), Combretum roxburghii (66.1440/ha), Woodfordia fruticosa
(75.9432/ha) and Bauhinia wightaii (66.1440/ha) were in medium density (Table 6.19).
Costus speciosus, Asparagus racemosus and Mucuna prurita are important medicinal plants
and were recorded as low density in this cluster.

Table 6.19 Phytosociological observation of shurb and climber species in Chiriya

S.
Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s
No.
(%) index
1 Abelmoschus moschatus 293.9735 50.00 4.6154 0.0923
2 Acacia sinuate 41.6463 21.15 1.5455 0.0731
3 Anisomelus indica 9.7991 5.77 1.3333 0.2311
4 Ardisia solanacea 7.3493 3.85 1.5000 0.3900
5 Asparagus racemosus 2.4498 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
6 Barleria involucrate 9.7991 1.92 4.0000 2.0800
7 Bauhinia wightaii 66.1440 23.08 2.2500 0.0975
8 Butea superba 58.7947 28.85 1.6000 0.0555
9 Celastrus paniculatus 24.4978 11.54 1.6667 0.1444
10 Centratherum sp. 4.8996 1.92 2.0000 1.0400
11 Clerodendron viscosum 46.5458 9.62 3.8000 0.3952
12 Combretum roxburghii 66.1440 32.69 1.5882 0.0486
13 Costus speciosus 2.4498 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
14 Curcuma amada 36.7467 5.77 5.0000 0.8667
132
 15 Dalbergia volubilus 53.8951 21.15 2.0000 0.0945
16 Dendrocalamus sp. 7.3493 3.85 1.5000 0.3900
17 Desmodium pulchellum 24.4978 5.77 3.3333 0.5778
18 Desmodium velutinum 7.3493 3.85 1.5000 0.3900
19 Eupatorium odoratum 627.1436 40.38 12.1905 0.3019
20 Flemingia bracteata 29.3974 5.77 4.0000 0.6933
21 Flemingia chappar 117.5894 21.15 4.3636 0.2063
22 Flemingia nana 53.8951 1.92 22.0000 11.4400
23 Flemingia semialata 12.2489 3.85 2.5000 0.6500
24 Grewia rothii 39.1965 13.46 2.2857 0.1698
25 Helicteres isora 149.4366 40.38 2.9048 0.0719
26 Hemigraphis latebrosa 14.6987 1.92 6.0000 3.1200
27 Hyptis suaveolens 29.3974 1.92 12.0000 6.2400
28 Indigofera cassioides 156.7859 23.08 5.3333 0.2311
29 Justicia betonica 93.0916 11.54 6.3333 0.5489
30 Knoxia sumatrensis 34.2969 11.54 2.3333 0.2022
31 Lantana camara 7.3493 1.92 3.0000 1.5600
32 Leea asiatica 51.4454 7.69 5.2500 0.6825
33 Leea macrophylla 7.3493 3.85 1.5000 0.3900
34 Millettia extensa 169.0348 30.77 4.3125 0.1402
35 Mucuna prurita 2.4498 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
36 Phoenix acaulis 58.7947 17.31 2.6667 0.1541
37 Rauvolfia serpentina 19.5982 3.85 4.0000 1.0400
38 Smilax zeylanica 56.3449 28.85 1.5333 0.0532
39 Strobilanthes sp. 68.5938 9.62 5.6000 0.5824
40 Thysanolaena maxima 4.8996 1.92 2.0000 1.0400
41 Vetiveria zizanioides 2.4498 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
42 Woodfordia fruticosa 75.9432 26.92 2.2143 0.0822
43 Zinjiber capilatum 9.7991 1.92 4.0000 2.0800
44 Ziziphus oenoplia 9.7991 7.69 1.0000 0.1300

Forest Weed species: Eupatorium odoratum (627.1436/ha), Hyptis suaveolens (29.3974/ha)

and Lantana camara (7.3493/ha) were the weeds recorded in high density in this cluster
(Table 6.19).

Herbaceous plant species: Rungia pectinata (6675.6492/h) and Ageratum conyzoides

(4103.3807/ha) were recorded in higher density where as Borreria pusilla (979.9118/ha),
Curculigo orchioides (1531.1122/ha), Dioscorea bulbifera (1224.8898/ha) and Evolvulus
nummularius (2694.7575/ha) were the other major species in the ground cover (Table 6.20).

133
 Table 6.20 Phytosociological observation of herb species in Chiriya

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Aeginetia indica 244.9780 1.92 4.0000 2.0800
2 Ageratum conyzoides 4103.3807 15.38 8.3750 0.5444
3 Andrographis paniculata 244.9780 1.92 4.0000 2.0800
4 Atylosia scarabaeoides 183.7335 3.85 1.5000 0.3900
5 Barleria cristata 306.2224 3.85 2.5000 0.6500
6 Biophytum reinwardtii 122.4890 1.92 2.0000 1.0400
7 Blumea sp. 367.4669 5.77 2.0000 0.3467
8 Borreria pusilla 979.9118 11.54 2.6667 0.2311
9 Byttneria herbacea 183.7335 5.77 1.0000 0.1733
10 Canscora decussate 306.2224 5.77 1.6667 0.2889
11 Chlorophytum arundinaceum 122.4890 3.85 1.0000 0.2600
12 Cissampelos pareira 489.9559 13.46 1.1429 0.0849
13 Crotalaria albida 61.2445 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
14 Curculigo orchioides 1531.1122 28.85 1.6667 0.0578
15 Dentella sp. 306.2224 3.85 2.5000 0.6500
16 Desmodium gangeticum 61.2445 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
17 Desmodium velutinum 61.2445 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
18 Dioscorea bulbifera 1224.8898 23.08 1.6667 0.0722
19 Elephantopus scaber 428.7114 5.77 2.3333 0.4044
20 Eranthemum nervosum 61.2445 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
21 Evolvulus encelioides 61.2445 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
22 Evolvulus nummularius 2694.7575 11.54 7.3333 0.6356
23 Flemingia nana 61.2445 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
24 Hemidesmus indicus 796.1783 13.46 1.8571 0.1380
25 Knoxia sumatrensis 183.7335 5.77 1.0000 0.1733
26 Luecas sp. 306.2224 5.77 1.6667 0.2889
27 Lygodium sp. 61.2445 1.92 1.0000 0.5200
28 Rostularia sp. 306.2224 3.85 2.5000 0.6500
29 Rungia pectinata 6675.6492 36.54 5.7368 0.1570
30 Sida cordata 122.4890 3.85 1.0000 0.2600
31 Sida mysorensis 244.9780 5.77 1.3333 0.2311
32 Sida ovate 306.2224 3.85 2.5000 0.6500
33 Triumfetta rhomboidea 122.4890 1.92 2.0000 1.0400
34 Vernonia cinerea 306.2224 5.77 1.6667 0.2889

E. Part of the Kolhan/Porahat Cluster

Most of this area comes under the dry sal and dry mixed forest. This area was not
covered to the extent as done in other clusters. The forest of the area was dominated by

134
Shorea robusta, Terminalia alata and Buchanania lanzan. Other species like Acacia nilotica
and Butea monosperma were also seen in this area.

Tree species: During the present investigation, Shorea robusta was recorded in higher
density (247.4277/ha) and frequency (92.31%) in the natural forest of this area. The tree
specis recorded in medium density are Buchanania lanzan (36.7467/ha), Gardenia resinifera
(19.5982/ha), Wendlandia tinctoria (17.1485/ha) and Terminalia alata (14.6987/ha) (Table
6.21).

Shrub species: Combretum roxburghii (470.3577/ha), Desmodium pulchellum (215.5806/ha)

and Woodfordia fruticosa (88.1921/ha) were recorded in high density. According to the
Whitford’s index, all the recorded shrub species in the natural forest shows a clumped
distribution (Table 6.22).

Forest Weed species: Eupatorium odoratum, Hyptis suaveolens and Lantana camara were
the weeds recorded in this cluster. Lantana camara (48.9956/ha) and Hyptis suaveolens
(156.7859/ha) were in high density. Eupatorium odoratum, though did not fall in the selected
quadrates, was observed in the area in small numbers (Table 6.22).

Table 6.21 Phytosociological observation of tree species in Kolhan-Porahat area

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Anogeissus latifolia 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
2 Buchanania lanzan 36.7467 53.85 2.1429 0.0398
3 Butea monosperma 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
4 Careya arborea 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
5 Casearia graveolens 4.8996 15.38 1.0000 0.0650
6 Diospyros melanoxylon 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
7 Cleistanthus collinus 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
8 Gardenia resinifera 19.5982 23.08 2.6667 0.1156
9 Lagerstroemia parviflora 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
10 Lanea coromandelica 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
11 Madhuca indica 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
12 Semecarpus anacardium 7.3493 15.38 1.5000 0.0975
13 Shorea robusta 247.4277 92.31 8.4167 0.0912
14 Syzygium cumini 17.1485 30.77 1.7500 0.0569
15 Catunaregam spinosa 2.4498 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
16 Terminalia alata 14.6987 30.77 1.5000 0.0488
17 Wendlandia tinctoria 17.1485 23.08 2.3333 0.1011
135
Herbaceous plant species: The herbs Rungia pectinata (4654.5811/ha) and Blumea sp.
(5389.5149/ha) were recorded in higher density from this cluster. Borreria pusilla
(1959.8236/ha), Curculigo orchioides (734.9339/ha) and Hemidesmus indicus (734.9339/ha)
were the other mojor herb species in this area (Table 6.23).

Table 6.22 Phytosociological observation of shurbs and climbers in Kolhan-Porahat

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency (%) Abundance Whitford’s

index
1 Acacia sinuate 9.7991 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
2 Asparagus racemosus 9.7991 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
3 Celastrus paniculatus 19.5982 7.69 2.0000 0.2600
4 Combretum roxburghii 470.3577 30.77 12.0000 0.3900
5 Desmodium pulchellum 215.5806 23.08 7.3333 0.3178
6 Flemingia chappar 39.1965 7.69 4.0000 0.5200
7 Hyptis suaveolens 156.7859 7.69 16.0000 2.0800
8 Lantana camara 48.9956 15.38 2.5000 0.1625
9 Millettia extensa 9.7991 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
10 Woodfordia fruticosa 88.1921 38.46 1.8000 0.0468
11 Ziziphus oenoplia 9.7991 7.69 1.0000 0.1300

Table 6.23 Phytosociological observation of herb species in Kolhan-Porahat area

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Achyranthes aspera 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
2 Asparagus racemosus 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
3 Centratherum sp. 489.9559 7.69 2.0000 0.2600
4 Blumea sp. 5389.5149 38.46 4.4000 0.1144
5 Borreria pusilla 1959.8236 30.77 2.0000 0.0650
6 Cissampelos pareira 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
7 Crotalaria albida 489.9559 15.38 1.0000 0.0650
8 Curculigo orchioides 734.9339 15.38 1.5000 0.0975
9 Dioscorea bulbifera 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
10 Hemidesmus indicus 734.9339 15.38 1.5000 0.0975
11 Knoxia sumatrensis 489.9559 7.69 2.0000 0.2600
12 Rungia pectinata 4654.5811 38.46 3.8000 0.0988
13 Sida cordifolia 489.9559 7.69 2.0000 0.2600
14 Scoparia dulcis 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
15 Spilanthes paniculata 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
16 Sphaeranthus indicus 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
17 Sida ovata 489.9559 7.69 2.0000 0.2600
18 Biophytum reinwardtii 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
136
 19 Triumffetta pentandra 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300
20 Vernonia cinerea 244.9780 7.69 1.0000 0.1300

F. Habitats of botanical interest

Thalkobad (Saranda Forests): Saranda is a dense forest in the hilly region of West
Singhbhum district. Saranda literally means seven hundred hills. It is famous as one of the
largest sal forests in Asia. The forest covers an area of 820 km². Amongst these forests lies a
scenic village called Thalkobad at a height of 550 m (1,800 ft) in the heart of the forest. This
area represents a very special habitat for orchids including all the 11 species of Dendrobiums.
It is the home for the last remnant population of Bulbophyllum, an epiphytic orchid
represented by a single species, Bulbophyllum crassipes. Another interesting orchid of this
region is Pecteilis triflora, which is found only at two places in India, one being Saranda
forests and the other is in the Western Himalaya in Tons Valley, Uttarkhand (Sahani and
Rawat, 2008).

The forest of Thalkobad area of Saranda Forest Division.

137
 During the present investigation, various aspects of vegetation composition were
studied in Thalkobad area falling under the Moist Valley Sal forest. The canopy cover of the
area was recorded to be between 70% - 90% and with an average of 70%. The sal of this area,
as per records, was tall and with GBH around 320cm, whereas average GBH of the sal in this
area currently is around 190 cm. The density of sal in this area is 138.00/ha with 90.47%
frequency. Bulbophyllum crassipes was recorded in good numbers as per Shani and Rawat
(2008). This plant was not seen in any other area of West Singhbhum which was covered by
us. Pecteilis triflora was not seen just because it was not the right time for the ground orchids
or other herbaceous species.

Ligarda swamp area: This swamp of the Thalkobad area is well known due to the exclusive
flora and briefly described in “Rajhans’ (1976-77 to 1995-96) Revised Working Plan for the
Saranda Division, Bihar”. This swamp was with unique vegetation dominated by the members
of the family Zingiberaceae such as Hedychium coronarium and other families of sedges and
grasses. The swamp was deep enough to engulf huge wild Elephants and was surrounded by
dense sal forests. Rajhans mentions about the distribution of Licuala peltata, Calamus
viminalis the common palms in small swamp area. The species of wild banana Musa ornate
and Musa sapientum with Eugenia operculata, Lasia heterophylla, Amomum dealbatum,
Zingibera roseum, Curculigo recurvata, Carex phaota species and many Aroids species were
reported to be common. The interesting Ferns (Pteridophyta) Gleichenia linearis and
Lycopodium cernuum were also seen in this area.

But after the 1976, after about 35 years, things have changed drastically and
eutrophication take place in the swamp area and is now almost full of Saccharum spontaneum
and different Zingiberaceae plants members. We had been to this area recently for the present
work. Because of the present day sensitivity of the area and the time limit for rapid
assessment, only very limited time could be spent. The palm species mentioned by Rajhans
but not observed this time include Licuala peltata and Calamus viminalis. Even the wild
banana Musa ornate and Musa sapientum were not observed during the present visit. This
may be of short and limited time spent in the area. However, it is not plenty now. Otherwise,
it would have not been missed during the survey. The survey time was also not appropriate

138
for Lycopodium cernuum as it appears mostly in monsoon period but some individuals of
Gleichenia linearis were seen. The canopy cover of the area was between 70% - 90%. The
density of sal in this area is 138.00/ha with of 90.47% frequency. Piper species was recorded
only from this area. A few of the elsewhere less abundant species were also observed in this
area. These include Ziziphus rugosa, Costus speciosus, Hedychium coronarium,
Bulbophyllum crassipes and Ophioglossum species. Alstonia scholaris and Artoarpus lagucha
were recorded with about 300 cm GBH.

The photograph showing the present position of the Ligarda Swamp area

The sloth bear, elephant, Indian giant squirrel and flying squirrel, barking deer and
porcupine are the mammals distributed in this area as evident from indirect evidences during
the short duration visit.

139
G. Threatened species in West Singhbhum area:

1. Rauvolfia serpentine is a small shrub belonging to family Apocynaceae and known as

‘Snakeroot’ or ‘Sarpagandh’. This plant is highly
medicinal used in allopathic as well as Ayurveda
for the alkaloids which reduce blood pressure,
depress activity and act as hypnotic. During the
present investigation, this species was recorded in
Chiriya cluster near the Ankua area and some were
seen near Manoharpur area.

2. Michelia champaca is a medium sized tree

belonging to the family Magnoliaceae. This family
is recognized for it primitive characters. This is also
an interesting species of this area for botanical
study. Generally, this plant is mythologically
important and planted near the temple in Central India and this species is now reduced
in numbers and hence categorized as rare in its distributed area. During the present
study, two plants were seen in Kiriburu cluster. This species should also be considered
rare for this locality.

3. Dalbergia volubilus The climbers in the area show the value of the forest and the
undisturbed nature of the forests. During our investigation, we found some good
patches with the climber Dalbergia volubilus. Most of the the members of this genus
are tree of economic value for the timber. Dalbergia volubilus is a woody large liana.

140
 Some individuals were seen in Gua and Chiriya
cluster. Chiriya cluster is a good place to see this
climber where some saplings were also observed.

4. Pterocarpus marsupium is a medium to large sized

deciduous tree having high medicinal value used for
curing diabetes in Ayurveda. It is known as Bijasal in
most of the Central India and is most sought after
threatening the very survival of the species. During the
persent investigation, most of the offence observed by us were related to felling for
timber.

5. Bulbophyllum crassipes is an epiphytic orchid represented by a single species

endemic to the Jharkhand area. This species is present only in the Saranda Forest area
in Jarkhand state and Saranda forest is the last home of its wild population (Sahni and
Rawat, 2008). During the present investigation, this species was recorded only from
Thalkobad area of Kiriburu cluster. This species has a limited distribution and not
much frequently seen in this area.

6. Costus speciosus is a shrub belonging to the family Costaceae, having lots of

medicinal properties and important as an Ayurvedic plant. It is there in all the clusters
but was not abundant and frequent. This species is treated as rare because of the heavy
exploitation for medicinal plants in most of the locally distributed area in India.

7. Ficus arnottiana is a small tree known as Indian rock fig, which is commonly
mistaken for Peepal (Ficus religiosa). During the present investigation, only one
specimen was recorded in Chiriya cluster.

8. Gnetum scandens, a woody liana (woody climber) and the single wild Gymnosperm
plant is present in this area. Its distribution is recorded in the literature (Rajhans’
Working Plan, 1976-1996). The present population status is not known and our rapid
assessment could not record this species. It is possible that it may not be identified

141
 without the floral condition. As for its past record, this species should be considered as
threatened for this area.

H. Some Medicinal Plants recorded from the area

1. Abrus precatorius Linn.

2. Aegle marmelos (L.) Correa.
3. Curcuma amada Roxb.
4. Costus speciosus (J. Koenig) Sm.
5. Curculigo orchioides Gaertn .
6. Dioscorea bulbifera L.
7. Asparagus racemosus Willd.
8. Chlorophytum arundinaceum Baker.
9. Sterculia urens Roxb.
10. Terminalia arjuna Wight & Arnott
11. Terminalia bellirica (Gaerth.) Roxb.
12. Terminalia chebula Retz.
13. Woodfordia fruticosa (L.) Kurz.
14. Centella asiatica (L.) Urban.
15. Eclipta prostrata (L.) L.
16. Tridax procumbens L.
17. Hemidesmus indicus
18. Evolvulus encelioides
19. Oroxylum indicum (L.) Venten.
20. Eranthemum purpurascens
21. Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb.
22. Helicteres isora L.

142
143
 I. Orchids of West Singhbhum

During the present investigation, attempts were also made to estimate the orchid
diversity and their distribution. Though the time was not right for the study of orchid as most
of the ground orchids would have been missed. Due to this reason, only very few ground
orchids were recorded during the present survey. This is also the reason for more of epiphytic
species records in the present study. A list of the observed species with their distribution and
abundance are presented in Table 6.24.
During the present investigation, the following
species were recorded from most of the clusters. But their
abundance across clusters varied. Acampe praemorsa,
Aridis multiflroa Oberonia sp., Vanda tessellate, Vanda
testacea, Rhynchostylis retus and Luisia trichorhiza are
the epiphytic species distributed in all the clusters,
whereas the Geodorum densiflorum Habenaria sp. species
are the terrestrial species observed in all the clusters.

144
 Bulbophyllum crassipes and the Pecteilis triflora
(Litrature base) are the two species reported to
occur only in Kiriburu cluster as their distribution
is restricted to the Saranda forest only. Aridis
crispum, Aerides odorata, Dendrobium formosum,
Dendrobium graminioid, Dendrobium capridatum,
Pelatantheria insectifera and Peristylus plantagineus were recorded in the both Kiriburu and
Gua clusters. This is true of Eulophia sp. and Nervilia sp. Both the terrestrial species were
recorded in Gua and Kiriburu areas. Saranda is the area for last remnant population of Pecteilis
triflora, found only at two places in India, Saranda forests and Western Himalaya in Tons
Valley, Uttarkhand. Saranda Forests represents a unique habitat for orchids including all the 11
species of Dendrobium genus.

145
 During the present investigation, the following species were recorded from most of the
clusters. But their abundance across clusters varied. Acampe praemorsa, Aridis multiflroa
Oberonia sp., Vanda tessellate, Vanda testacea, Rhynchostylis retus and Luisia trichorhiza are
the epiphytic species distributed in all the clusters, whereas the Geodorum densiflorum
Habenaria sp. species are the terrestrial species observed in all the clusters.

Table 6.24 Orchid distribution and abundance in clusters

S. No. Species Nature Distribution in Cluster Abundance

1 Acampe praemorsa Epiphytic herb Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi Common
and Kiriburu
2 Aerides odorata Epiphytic herb Gua and Kiriburu Rare
3 Aerides multiflroa Epiphytic herb Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi Common
and Kiriburu
4 Aerides crispum Epiphytic herb Gua and Kiriburu Rare
5 Bulbophyllum crassipes Epiphytic herb Kiriburu (Saranda area) Rare
6 Dendrobium formosum Epiphytic herb Kiriburu Rare
7 Dendrobium graminioid Epiphytic herb Gua and Kiriburu
8 Dendrobium capridatum Epiphytic herb Gua and Kiriburu Rare
9 Eulophia sp. Ground herb Gua and Kiriburu Rare
10 Geodorum densiflorum Ground herb Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi Common
and Kiriburu
11 Habenaria sp. Ground herb Gua and Kiriburu Common
12 Luisia trichorhiza Epiphytic herb Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi Common
and Kiriburu
13 Nervilia sp. Ground herb Kiriburu Common
14 Oberonia sp. Epiphytic herb Chiriya, Gua and Common
Kiriburu
15 Pelatantheria insectifera Ground herb Gua and Kiriburu Rare
16 Peristylus plantagineus Ground herb Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi Common
and Kiriburu
17 Rhynchostylis retusa Epiphytic herb Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi Common
and Kiriburu
18 Vanda tessellate Epiphytic herb Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi Common
and Kiriburu
19 Vanda testacea Epiphytic herb Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi Common
and Kiriburu
20 Pecteilis triflora Ground herb Kiriburu (Saranda area) Rare(not seen)

6.4 A comparison of vegetations between mining and non-mining forest area

Analaysis was done for different clusters using the data from the quadrates in Natural
forests. However, due to the small number of sample sets from mining areas in individual
146
clusters, data from mining areas in clutsers were combined and analysed for various parameters.
Thirty seven species of trees were recorded from near the mining areas (Table 6.25) whereas the
number of species in natural forests was 94 (Table 6.2). The dominant tree species in the areas
nearer to mines were Shorea robusta (76.9639/ha), Schleichera oleosa (25.2123/ha) Buchanania
lanzan (11.9427/ha) and Adina cordifolia (10.6157/ha).

Table 6.25 Phytosociological observations of tree species near the mining forest area

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Adina cordifolia 10.6157 29.17 1.1429 0.0392
2 Albizia odoratissima 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
3 Anogeissus latifolia 6.6348 16.67 1.2500 0.0750
4 Bauhinia retusa 5.3079 12.50 1.3333 0.1067
5 Buchanania lanzan 11.9427 20.83 1.8000 0.0864
6 Phyllanthus acidus 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
7 Bombex malabarica 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
8 Macaranga peltata 2.6539 4.17 2.0000 0.4800
9 Bridelia retusa 2.6539 8.33 1.0000 0.1200
10 Bursera serrata 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
11 Careya arborea 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
12 Casearia graveolens 9.2887 16.67 1.7500 0.1050
13 Cassia fistula 7.9618 16.67 1.5000 0.0900
14 Dillenia pentagyna 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
15 Diospyros montana 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
16 Diospyros melanoxylon 2.6539 8.33 1.0000 0.1200
17 Kydia calycina 2.6539 8.33 1.0000 0.1200
18 Lagerstroemia parviflora 5.3079 8.33 2.0000 0.2400
19 Lanea coromandelica 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
20 Mallotus philippensis 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
21 Miliusa tomentosa 6.6348 16.67 1.2500 0.0750
22 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
23 Phyllanthus emblica 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
24 Pterocarpus marsupium 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
25 Schleichera oleosa 25.2123 45.83 1.7273 0.0377
26 Semecarpus anacardium 7.9618 8.33 3.0000 0.3600
27 Shorea robusta 76.9639 58.33 4.1429 0.0710
28 Syzygium cumini 3.9809 12.50 1.0000 0.0800
29 Soymida ferifuga 2.6539 8.33 1.0000 0.1200
30 Stereospermum personatum 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
31 Catunaregam spinosa 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
32 Symplocos racemosa 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
33 Terminalia bellirica 7.9618 20.83 1.2000 0.0576
147
 34 Terminalia chebula 3.9809 8.33 1.5000 0.1800
35 Terminalia alata 7.9618 20.83 1.2000 0.0576
36 Wrightia arborea 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
37 Ziziphus xylopyra 1.3270 4.17 1.0000 0.2400

There were also changes in the shrubs and woody climbers (Table 6.26). Only 32
shrub and climber species were observed in areas nearer to mines against 73 species in the
natural forests. The herbaceous plants in forest near the mining area differed. The most
dominant species in the areas nearer to mines were Rostularia sp. (7658.1741/ha), Borreria
pusilla (6900.3727/ha) and Ageratum conyzoides (5573.2484/ha).

Table 6.26 Phytosociological observations of shrub and climber species near the mining

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Acacia sinuate 196.3907 16.67 9.2500 0.5550
2 Achyranthes aspera 15.9236 8.33 1.5000 0.1800
3 Anisomelus indica 5.3079 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
4 Ardisia solanacea 15.9236 8.33 1.5000 0.1800
5 Thysanolaena maxima 15.9236 8.33 1.5000 0.1800
6 Balliospermum sp. 79.6178 8.33 7.5000 0.9000
7 Bauhinia wightaii 138.0042 37.50 2.8889 0.0770
8 Abelmoschus moschatus 42.4628 12.50 2.6667 0.2133
9 Bidens biternata 106.1571 4.17 20.0000 4.8000
10 Butea superb 10.6157 4.17 2.0000 0.4800
11 Colebrookea oppositifolia 169.8514 29.17 4.5714 0.1567
12 Celastrus paniculatus 31.8471 12.50 2.0000 0.1600
13 Cissus sp. 5.3079 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
14 Clerodendron viscosum 339.7028 29.17 9.1429 0.3135
15 Combretum roxburghii 31.8471 12.50 2.0000 0.1600
16 Cryptolepis buchanani 5.3079 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
17 Desmodium velutinum 26.5393 8.33 2.5000 0.3000
18 Desmodium pulchellum 26.5393 8.33 2.5000 0.3000
19 Eupatorium odoratum 291.9321 29.17 7.8571 0.2694
20 Flemingia chappar 31.8471 4.17 6.0000 1.4400
21 Grewia rothii 5.3079 4.17 1.0000 0.2400

148
 22 Helicteres isora 5.3079 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
23 Hyptis suaveolens 31.8471 8.33 3.0000 0.3600
24 Indigofera cassioides 21.2314 8.33 2.0000 0.2400
25 Lantana camara 546.7091 16.67 25.7500 1.5450
26 Millettia extensa 371.5499 50.00 5.8333 0.1167
27 Phoenix acaulis 26.5393 8.33 2.5000 0.3000
28 Smilax zeylanica 5.3079 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
29 Strobilanthes sp. 53.0786 8.33 5.0000 0.6000
30 Triumfetta rhomboidea 21.2314 4.17 4.0000 0.9600
31 Cayratia sp. 5.3079 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
32 Woodfordia fruticosa 5.3079 4.17 1.0000 0.2400

Only 25 species of herbs (Table 6.27) were recorded from near mine areas where as
the number of species in natural forests was 78.

There are differences in the vegetation composition between the natural forest and
mining forest. The differences are in species richness, density and frequency of some of the
species. The Shorea robusta was recorded in higher density of 103.0501/ha in natural forest
whereas it was less in (76.9618/ha) in mining areas. Similarly, another common species of
this area Anogeissus latifolia was in high density (17.2182/ha) compared to 6.6348/ha in
mining area. Terminalia alata was 24.3385/ha in natural forest area and 7.9618/ha in mining
area. Buchanania lanzan was 18.7717/ha in natural forest whereas it was 11.9427/ha in
mining area. Even during the present investigation, some species are not seen in the forest
near the mines. Bauhinia malabarica, Albizia chinensis, Chloroxylon swietenia, Michelia
champaca, Bursera serrata, Dalbergia paniculata, Gmlina arborea, Bridelia retusa,
Mitragyna parvifolia and Morinda pubescens were not observed in the quadrates in the areas
near the mines. Some of these are common in the natural forests.

Similarly, the shrub species richness was also just double in the natural forest (73
species) compared to the forests near the mining area (32 species). Woodfordia fruticosa was
recorded in high density in natural forest (102.5322/ha) compared to 5.3079/ha in the areas
near mining. However, Millettia extensa (65.2478/ha) and Acacia sinuata (16.5709/ha), the
woody climbers were recorded in low density in natural forest. They were in high density in
149
near mining areas (371.5499/ha and 196.3907/ha respectively). Similarly, Bauhinia wightaii,
Colebrookea oppositifolia and Clerodendron viscosum species were recorded more in the
forest near mining areas.

Table 6.27 Phytosociological observation of herb species in mining area

S. No. Plant Species Density/ha Frequency Abundance Whitford’s

(%) index
1 Adiantum sp. 398.0892 4.17 3.0000 0.7200
2 Andrographis paniculata 265.3928 4.17 2.0000 0.4800
3 Ageratum conyzoides 5573.2484 4.17 42.0000 10.0800
4 Asparagus racemosus 132.6964 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
5 Bidens sp. 132.6964 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
6 Borreria pusilla 6900.2123 16.67 13.0000 0.7800
7 Barleria cristata 132.6964 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
8 Cissampelos pareira 1326.9639 33.33 1.2500 0.0375
9 Curculigo orchioides 528.0892 12.43 2.5000 0.4200
10 Curcuma amada 928.8747 8.33 3.5000 0.4200
11 Dioscorea bulbifera 1592.3567 29.17 1.7143 0.0588
12 Emilia sonchifolia 132.6964 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
13 Hemidesmus indicus 398.0892 12.50 1.0000 0.0800
14 Knoxia sumatrensis 132.6964 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
15 Evolvulus nummularius 398.0892 4.17 3.0000 0.7200
16 Murdannia nudiflora 265.3928 4.17 2.0000 0.4800
17 Phyllanthus virgatus 132.6964 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
18 Peristylus plantagineus 132.6964 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
19 Rungia pectinata 265.3928 4.17 2.0000 0.4800
20 Rostularia sp. 7658.1741 33.33 14.7500 0.4425
21 Sida cordata 132.6964 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
22 Sonchus sp. 663.4820 8.33 2.5000 0.3000
23 Triumffetta pentandra 132.6964 4.17 1.0000 0.2400
24 Vernonia cinerea 398.0892 8.33 1.5000 0.1800
25 Phyllanthus nirurii 398.0892 4.17 3.0000 0.7200

The diversity of ground cover species was also half in the forest (25 species) near the
mining areas compared to the natural forest (78 species). Borreria pusilla is less
(6382.3727/ha) in natural forests compared to the forests near mining (6900.2123/ha).

150
6.5 Regeneration

For studying the general pattern of regeneration in the entire forest area of the West
Singhbhum district, the common species viz. A. cordifolia, A. latifolia, B. lanzan C. arborea,
C. collinus, D. melanoxylon, S. anacardium, S. robusta, S. cumini and T. alata were selected.
Table 6.28 gives the density of these selected species in both natural forests and in forests
near the mining area. The natural forests is dominated by S. robusta with a density of
(103.05/ha). This higher density compared to other species followed in the case of saplings
and seedlings (594.48/ha and 2226.71/ha respectively). The same trend was observed in other
species like T. alata tree density (24.34/ha), saplings and seedlings (136.19/ha and 362.49/ha
respectively) and density of A. latifolia (trees 17.22/ha, sapling 52.30/ha and seedling
362.49/ha respectively). This pattern was not seen in the forests near mines. Seedlings were
either nil or in less density in the areas near the mines (Table 6.28 and Figures 6.1-6.5). The
comparison between mining and natural forest areas indicate very less trees, saplings and
almost nil seedlings in the areas near the mines. However, what is presented here is the
examples of worst cases. There were species with better regeneration status. But their number
was limited.

Table 6.28 Density of tress, saplings and seedlings in natural forests and mining areas

Sapling Seedling
S. No Tree Species Tree density/ha density/ha density/ha
NF MF NF MF NF MF
1 A. cordifolia 9.45 10.62 42.98 0.00 181.24 0.000
2 A. latifolia 17.22 6.63 52.30 0.00 362.49 0.000
3 B. lanzan 18.77 11.94 84.41 53.08 194.19 0.000
4 C. arborea 2.85 1.33 42.46 69.00 245.97 0.026
5 C. collinus 8.03 0.00 9.32 0.00 0.00 0.000
6 D. melanoxylon 7.90 2.65 198.33 84.93 1022.73 0.027
7 S. anacardium 4.01 7.96 24.86 0.00 51.78 0.000
8 S. robusta 103.05 76.96 594.48 477.71 2226.71 0.279
9 S. cumini 5.18 3.98 32.11 106.16 297.76 0.199
10 T. alata 24.34 7.96 136.19 0.00 362.49 0.000
NF: Natural forest and MF: Forest near the mining area

151
Figure 6.1 The general pattern of regeneration in the natural forests of W. Singhbhum

Figure 6.2 The general pattern of regeneration in the forest areas near mines

152
Figure 6.3 Comparisons of tree density in natural forest and forest near the mining area

Figure 6.4 Comparision of sapling density in natural forest and forest near the mining area

153
 Figure 6.5 Comparision between the seedling density in natural forest and mining area

6.6 Faunistic wealth

One of the major problems while reviewing the literature on the West Singhbhum
fauna is the lack of information in any of the literature. The Working Plans, EIA and EMP
reports normally have a list of animals. The District Gazateer also mentions about the animals
present in Singhbhum. Probably, one of the best accounts on animal groups is seen in the
EIA-EMP of Manoharpur Ore Mines of SAIL prepared by National Environmental
Engineering Research Institute, where methods, inventory and diversity indices are given in
detail. Rajhans in his Working Plan for Saranda Forest Division from 1976-1977 to 1995-
1996 described the animals seen in the area. According to him, the Saranda forests has more
abundant animals than the neighbouring Kolhan and Porahat Divisions. Nevertheless, it is
definitely not as abundant as one might expect. He further mentions that Ho with his bow and
arrow, his traps and his sporting proclivities has been responsible for not allowing the
number of animals to increase…Besides, indiscriminate shooting and poaching from beyond
the district boundary side in the past have also kept its numbers low. But he felt that the
number has started increasing due to eleimination of such forces.

154
 In Singhbhum Bihar District Gazeteer, Chaudhury (1958) mentions about decreasing
trend in the population of sambar, spotted deer and barking deer. According to him, the
reasons for this are several. With the opening out of the forests, the incidence of breeding of
game has gone down. The Ho with his bow and arrow and his great fondness for hunting will
not fail to kill a deer if he gets a chance. The practice of shooting from motor cars at night
with the help of spot-light, though this is prohibited, is still prevalent and is another cause of
the decrease of game.

The traditional habit of the Adivasi community for hunting seems to have contributed
a lot in bringing down the population. Even during the present field survey, snares were seen
set for smaller mammals in some places. The habit of shikar during festivals is still continued
all over. Though the claim is that it is for wild boar, everything in sight is hunted down. The
birds are main targets of even boys.

Mammals

An exhaustive list of animals in the area could not be traced. However, the Working
Plans, EIA Reports of the mines, field surveys and discussions with the retired and serving
officials and villagers give some insight to the mammals encountered in the area and their
status. However, the list is not exhaustive and only those on which information are available
are considered here (Annexure XI). An attempt was made to collect evidences of larger
mammals from the quadrates selected for plant species also. The results indicate its low
abundance throughout (Table 6.29).

Tiger: According to Rajhans, the predator, locally known as Kula had been numerous in
Saranda in the 50s. But the number has come down and the census in the 1970s reported 4 – 5
tigers in Saranda. According to Sri Satya Narain Bage, a retired Forester with about 30 years
of experience in the area, tiger is still there but not as much as in 2001. Sri Budhan Singh
Garai of Hathichowk reported regular sighting of tiger in the area in 1995-97. The only recent
evidence of a tiger was in Compartment No. 18/20 of Karampada, where Forest staff located a
kill, a buffaloe, and the team could see the pugmarks and other evidences of tiger near a
stream. The enthusiastic staff had also made plaster casts of the pugmark.
155
Leopard: Known as Bagh or Huring kula or Cheetah Bagh was scarce in Saranda. But
discussions with villagers and retired and serving forest officials indicate its presence all over
West Singhbhum but not seen frequently. There was no evidence or report of cattle lifting from
any area.

Hayena: The Lakda Bagh of Ho was reported to be present in Patharbasa village in the areas
bordering Manoharpur and Forest Officials reported in Bera Range.

Wolf: Locally known as Bheria has been listed by Rajhans in his Working Plan for Saranda.
Discusisons indicate its presence now only in Bera Range.

Wild dogs: It is known as Ban Kutta and also Sardor. Rajhans commented that the number is
quite good and called for its reduction. The residents of some of the villages said it was there
earlier but not seen nowadays.

Jackal: The Siyar or Gidar of the local community has been reported by the Patharbasa
villagers and also from Bera. According to Rajhans’ Working Plan, it was found throughout
the forests, especially in the outskirts.

Indian Fox: The Keke Siyar is also reported but not seen much. It was reported from all over
Saranda Division in the 1970s.

156
 Table 6.29 Density/ha of indirect evidences in natural and near mining forests

Forests around mining areas

Hoof
Common marks/foot Scratch
Name print Dung Pellet Scat marks Digging
Barking
deer 0.00 0.00 34.61 0.00 0.00 0.00
Bear 0.00 7.69 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.69
Cattle 0.00 73.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Wild boar 0.00 19.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 50.00
Natural forests
Barking
Deer 1.36 0.00 26.70 0.00 0.00 0.00
Cattle 71.04 108.14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Elephant 48.42 14.93 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.00
Gaint
squirrel 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Sloth bear 6.33 4.07 0.00 0.90 0.00 5.43
Wild boar 96.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 19.46

Common Otter: Rajhans reports of its occurrence but none of the people we met have no
idea about the species now.

Jungle Cat: The villagers are not able to distinguish

between different species of lesser cats. But, through the
photographs, they identified jungle cat indicating its
commonness. It is known as Bilayi and widely distributed.
According to Rajhans, this was seen in the forests of Samta
and Ankua. The team sighted a series of pugmarks of a
lesser cat in the silt collection tank of Rungta mines, where
the silt was hard.

Small Indian Civet: Rodi of Ho community is reported by the villagers in Manoharpur. It is

possible that its smaller size and almost nocturnal nature keep the civet away from the sight.

Toddy Cat/Palm Civet: Ho people call it Thogo and is fairly common. An animal was
photographed from near Chiria by the team using camera traps.
157
Common Mongoose: It is known as Gudu among the Ho community and is said to be
common.
Common Langur: The species is reported from most of the places and was also seen by the
team during the survey.
Rhesus Macaque: This is also reported from many places.

Sloth bear and Palm civet captured in camera

trap

Gaur: It is known as Gabar or Jungali Bhainsa or Goyod among Ho community. The species
was reported to be present in good numbers but confined to the forests of Karampada and
Tholkobad. The villagers of Patharbasa are familiar with the animal and reported sighting two
years back in Ankua compartment 39-40. According to them, it has moved to the interior and
no more seen in the human frequented areas.

Four horned antelope: Locally known as Orek, Rajhans cited a 1936-37 record of Mooney
and mentioned it as common. There is no mention of its abundance in the 1970s. However,
the team could locate a latrine of this species in one of the areas near Ankua. It seems to be
very rare in its areas of distribution.

Wild Boar: Sukri of Ho was common and still continues to be the most common among the
animals as evident from the sightings and evidences in sampled quadrates (Table 6.29). The
villagers also complained about the animal due to crop raiding.

Spotted deer: The species was reported to be present in one-two herds, usually seen in
Karampada 1,2,4 and Ghatkuri 29 compartments in the 1970s. There are also reports of plenty
of them in Karampada but never seen any evidence and does not figure in the list prepared

158
with villagers. Rajhans mentioned it to be not common in Saranda Division. Enquiries with
villagers did not have any positive result in other Divisions.

Sambar deer: This was found through out in Saranda earlier. Locally known as Saram
among the Ho, the species is said to be absent in Bera Range. Evidence of the animal was also
not seen in quadrates. Evidently and also according to some knowledgeable villagers, it is no
more abundant.

Barking deer: Locally known as Kotra and Silip by Ho, this is one of the commonest and
abundant herbivore in the area. It is widely distributed but not seen in Bera Range. This was
the most frequented animal in the sampled quadrates, both in mined and natural forest areas
(Table 6.29).

Mouse deer: Yar of Ho and Gorandi of Oriya speaking community, it is reported to be seen
by the villagers in Patharbasa. Rajhans, quoting Mooney’s 1936-37 Plan, mentions it as seen
throughout Saranda.

Indian Hare: Locally known as Khediya and Kulai

among Ho, this seems to be common through out the
West Singhbhum. Snares were seen spread at least in
two places, Chiria and Noamundi for trapping this
animal.

Porcupine: Once said to be plenty, their number seems

to have swindled. Porcupine quills were seen in
Compartment No. 18/20 of Karampada.

Sloth Bear: Sloth bear is reported to be common throughout the area. Evidences from within
and outside quadrates also indicate its occurrence throughout irrespective of presence of
mines. One was photographed near Chiria mines using camera traps.

Pangolin: It is locally called Bajragupti and is said to be common throughout. One was
caught by the villagers and confiscated by Forest officials in Manoharpur. There seems to be
several such incidences because of the superstition among the villagers on its medicinal and
other properties.
159
Giant Squirrel: Locally called Bhirla and Ondeng among the Ho, the species is not very
common. It was sighted in Thalkobad, Chiria mines and elsewhere by the team.

160
Flying Squirrel: Ure of the local Oriya
speaking people and Oral of Ho, Flying
squirrel seems to be common at least in
Gua, Noamundi and Chiria. One was
photographed by the team while near the
nest.

Elephant: The Singbhum falls under the

Elephant Reserve comprising of the
Flying squirrel in the nest
entire West Singhbhum, Esat Singhbhum,
Saraikala and Kharsama districts and covering a larger area. It is one of the commonest in
earlier observations, reported by Rajhans as fairly in good numbers and well scattered
throughout the Saranda Division. It was reported to be raiding crops and moving round the
labour camps in the hope of stealing their ration. Evidences of elephants were collected from
the quadrates (Table 6.29) but were not in good numbers. There were not much evidences of
the animal elsewhere also. However, most of the fields in villages had dung and foot prints
and the villagers reported crop raiding. Elephant movement seems to have affected due to
habitat fragmentation, disturbance and several other factors. Interestingly, there were dungs
nearer to Chiria mines. Interactions with retired and serving forest officials also lead one to
the conclusion that elephant-human conflict is a major issue in the whole of West Singhbhum.
The elephant population estimation (census) in 2010 gives a total of 253 elephants in the four
Forest Divisions (Table 6.30). Saranda had the largest number. Tusker population as per the
reports is good. Interactions with villagers indicate its presence mostly in the forests adjacent
to villages. There had also been suggestions that poachers from Nepal target tuskers and the
mines have deprived them of the habitat once used by elephants.

Elephant distribution and Movement Pattern in West Singhbhum

There is nothing much available in published literature on the movement pattern.
Chaudhuri (undated) in his report, published by WPSI mostly mentions about elephants in
Dalma and West Bengal. The report is basically a historical account and statements not
supported by field observations. Elephants in West Singhbhum district are in three

161
populations. The population in Chaibasa (South) moves to part of Keonjhar forests of Odisha
and thus has a larger habitat. The second population in Chaibasa (South) on the south western
part of West Singhbhum is contiguous with Mayurbhanj of Odisha. The third population is
distributed in part of Kolhan and Porahat and the entire Saranda Forest Divisions. The
population moves around Saraikala-Kharsama of Jharkhand and has connectivity up to
Dalma. The habitat in Saranda and Porahat is contiguous with Keonjhar and Sundergarh
districts of Odisha and Sindega district of Jharkhand, which can move up to Chattisgarh
forests. In Porahat, the elephants move to part of Khunti, Gumla and Ranchi districts. Details
are given in the map.

Saranda Forest Division

Elephants are distributed within Gua, Samta and Koena Ranges around Thalkobad
block. Elephant is reported to be around this area throughout the year. But nearly 30-40% of
the population moves to the adjacent areas. The movement from Keonjhar and Sundergarh
districts of Odisha is via Kuira forest, Chirubera and Digha forests to Saranda. If undisturbed,
these herds move in all directions. The elephants are also reported to be present in Ponga,
Ankua, Thalkobad, Samta and Kudlibad blocks of Saranda. Elephants avoid all functional
mines in Kiriburu, Meghatuburu, Gua and Ghatkuri group of mines. However, evidences seen
and the report from villagers indicate its movement very close to Chiria mines during nights.

Movement between Saranda and Porahat Forest Divisions is hampered by railway

lines. It crosses railway lines at five locations. The Howrah-Mumbai line is crossed while
moving from Makranda PF to Porahat via Makranda RF and Domlai village. Elephants
also take another route from Samta compartments (53-54), through Liolore and
Panchpaira villages to reach Saranda. The movement between Koena Range (Sunsuna P.F)
and Porahat is through Rabangda. The Ankua (compartments 52-54) – Ambia (compartments
12) – Ganmore PF – Porahat movements are also by crossing rail lines.

The herds move between Odisha (Sundergarh dist.) and Saranda via Jaraikela through
the villages and adjacent forests along railway line. The villages are Rabangda, Lailore,
Panpaia and Domlai. The railway lines, where elephants were hit earlier are currently fenced

162
by rails on Southern side only, for nearly 5kms. It is incomplete and very low in height
towards the eastern part. The location is between Manoharpur and Posaita railway stations.
There is no speed check or hooting by passing trains.

The movement paths between Saranda and Kolhan are through most disturbed areas
because of presence of mines. The movement from Samta R. F. to Ankua block is almost
blocked by the present iron ore mines. There are also proposals for new mines in the area. A
patch of forests is now undisturbed between Phulbari and Sanarjata villages and then between
the adjacent mines. The movement from Morang Ponga R.F. to Ankua block has the similar
problem.

Movement of elephants from Saranda towards forests of Chaibasa (south) Forest

Division was earlier reported. This movement from Ghatkuri to Kumarita, Kotgarh and Kolita
PF is very rare now. Similarly, movement from Raika P.F. to this area has been reduced
greatly due to disturbance.

Villages Depredated: The field visit, interactions with most of the villagers, records of ex-
gratia payment and discussions with officials confirm crop raiding by elephants in the
following villages indicating elephant distribution in these and adjacent forests.The major
villages are- Bitkisalya, Tirilposi, Digha, Raidih, Tholkobad, Mavgaon, Bhangaon, Kumdi,
Kudribad, Kodlibad, Kalatburu, Baliba, Holenguti, Maragponga, Uparia, Hamsera, Sonapi,
Uliko, Baihata, Jojogutu, Rajabera, Dubil, Radua, Tatiba, Baraiburu, Bokna, Makranda,
Lailor, Kolbonga, Panchpaia, Phulbari, Domlai, Rengenbera, Patharbasa, Sargidih,
Kamerbera, Dharkuridih, Samta, Sagjuri and Domlai.

Distribution within Porahat Forest Division

This Division has a number of isolated patches of good forests, where elephants take
shelter but have to cross several villages for movement between these fragments. So, the
elephant depredation is severe in this division.

163
Elephant movement between forests in Odisha (Sundergarh district) and Porahat
Forests

Elephants move from Saranda, Saraikela – Kharsawa district, Kolhan and Chaibasa
(south) Division to Porahat areas. The forest areas in Porahat are being encroached and severe
anthropogenic pressure on forests degraded the elephant habitat. The number of villages is
also very high in the Division.

Elephants move from Sundergarh (Odisha) to Dhanapali, Pradhanpali, Regelbera,

Uperbera and Jhandapara block of Boranga PF. There are also movements between Besra
Range of Porahat to Ragelbera via Kolpotka, Kurmipotka and Sadpotka. There is another
path taken by elephants from Dhanpali to Urkia via Abhaipur and Simirit and then to Saranda
by crossing Koel river and railway line.

Movement in Anandpur Range

Elephants move from Sundergarh forests reaching Pohantoli forests via Rungni PF and
village. The most affected villages along this route include Mithiatakar, Meral, Lorponca,
Bortu, Kankorta, Buribil, Morang, Charbndi, Bhaldungri, Dumirita and Morang PF.

Movement in Bera Range

From Anandpur Range, elephants move through Ganmore, Bagda and reach Bera
compartments 33-38. Elephants move from here to Kharsawa via Leda (compartments 4-7),
Khunpani and Kucha. These herds join the elephants from Bera compartment 33 moving via
Arjunpur at Bhutnasa. These then move between Bhutnasa and Jhumpur and Bhutnasa and
Porahat forests. There is also movement from Bera RF to Dumaria part of Simdega district.
This could reach the forests of Chattisgarh and Gumla. The elephants also take paths between
Bera and Girga Range areas ultimately reaching Khunti district in Jharkhand. It moves from
Girga Range to Khundrughutu Range, Songra Range and then to Saraekala forests via Longo,
Toklo and Raidih. From Longo DPF, elephant move to Kolhan forests via Simbanda,
Edelbera, Gutesai crossing the railway lines. Another route is taken from Longo to Kolhan
forests via Nachalda, via Songra Range to Kudabera, Lomra, Dariyo and Longa Bera after
crossing railway line.
164
 The earlier path in Songra Range is no more used for the last two years. This includes
Kurjuli – Jonko – Rogot – Tebo – Sankara – Kotagara – Jonkopai, Rogot – Kundrugatu block,
Jonko – Anandpur block and Kurjuli – Kolhan Forests.

Elephants move from Koena Range of Saranda to Ratrowan of Santra Range of

Kolhan, Kenjara, Jojohatu and Mouldia reaching Chaibasa South. There is another path from
Ganmore PF ultimately arriving Sarakela forests via Tatiba, Thakuragutu and Sanga-Jata.

Elephant movement is reported from Kolhan and Saranda to Chaibasa South. In

Noamundi Range, movement is from Sagarsai of Keonjhar district of Odisha to Jampani,
Sorbil, Lepang and within the areas around Podapahar and Kodajamda villages and forests.
Movement between Ghatkuri Range of Saranda to Lipunga via Kotgarh, Bokna and Thakura
is almost nil for the last five years.

Hatgamariah Range has elephants moving from Odisha to Haldipukhur forests and
they move within Kumardungi and Majhgaon blocks. The movement also affects Khandkuri,
Ushambel, Patharhatu, Ratnasai, Deojhari, Rubila, Barkimara, Bhagabila, Panga, Kharbandh,
Kudahatu, Baihatu, Balibandh, Barkata, sonaposh, paramsala, Dhobodhobin, Deodhar,
unduda, Kulao, Champila, Gorabanda, Heselberen, Balibandh and Patratu villages. The
elephants were earlier seasonal in the area. Currently, they are reported throughout the year in
these fragmented forests.

Changes reported/observed in movement pattern of elephants

 There is no movement of elephants towards Ghatkuri area in Saranda since 2004-05

 No movement reported in and around Kiriburu-Meghataburu mines area since 2005.
 Movement towards Kotgarh area from Saranda is not reported after 2006.
 The earlier movement of elephants between Noamundi township area and Saranda via
Bokna is no more occurring.
 Ratnasai-Baliba-Haldipukhur in Hatgamariah Range has turned into year round from
seasonal.
 In Khutpani area, the movement is shifted towards Saraikala-Kharsawa forests.
 The movement around Bandgaon is no more since 2005.

165
 Movement from Saranda to Kolhan through valleys during day time and over the ridge in
night is also observed. These are the areas around Ankua block and Chiria mine area.
Further disturbance in the area will bar the movement of elephants.

Birds
There is no reliable
inventory of birds in the area
other than probably what has
been listed in the EIAs and
EMPs. During the present rapid
survey, about 60 species were
observed in different places
(Annexure XII). A notable
observation was from near
Chaibasa, where White backed vulture was observed in a flock. The list of birds in Working
Plan by Rajhans also mentions about Griffon vulture, King vulture and the white scavenger
vulture as occurring in Saranda. The present field visits recorded White backed vulture.
Reptiles
The documents referred have at least a list of reptiles in the area. The source of
information is not available or cited in most of these. The most interesting observation is the
mention of crocodiles in Koina river in the 1950s and disappeared by 1970s. Monitor lizard
(Varanus) is probably one of the interesting species mentioned in earlier records. During the
present rapid survey, 20 species were recorded (Annexure XIII).
Amphibians
Though there were concerted efforts to document the amphibians in the area through
searches in streams, ponds and quadrates in forests, there was not much success. It is possibly
due to the wrong season and the less effort in possible locations due to constraints of time.
However, eight species were recorded during the survey (Annexure XIV).

166
Fishes
There had been no concerted effort to document the fishes in the area. The market
surveys did not help either as most of these were coming from outside the region and even
state.

Butterflies

It is one of the most frequented group and the ones sighted during the survey were
recorded (Annexure XV). Singh (2010) recorded 71 species of butterflies from Ankua forests.
These included two new records for Jharkhand. The list contains 30 species, which forms only
fraction of the species in the area.

167
168
169
6.7 The Biodiversity Management
The rich forests with diverse flora and fauna of West Singhbhum are under various
threats. There had been interactions and specific discussions on the threats with various stake
holders during the field visits. The stake holders included Forest Officials at different level,
Miners, Villagers, Conservationists and NGOs active in the area, People’s representatives,
Trade Union leaders and Scientists. The team compiled the observations and suggestions and
put into threats and constraints to work out strategies. A long term vision, which is important
for planning was set. The objectives of conservation are taking care of all the aspects of the
area, which are required for long term conservation to support the dependent communities
within and also those elsewhere. The constraints to achieve these objectives are listed and
strategies/actions worked out.

This type of exercise is normally followed in the case of Protected Areas. The team
thought it to be good if such an approach is made in the area to work out long term strategies
for conservation. There were lots of unknown factors and gaps in information. These are
identified as gaps itself and actions suggested. The constraints are listed under each objective
and actions suggested. No attempt is made here to prioritise these actions. These are given in
Tables 6.31 – 6.34. These constraints are elaborated in the sections that follow for details of
action and supported by reasons for arriving at the proposed actions.

Vision
Conservation of the unique landscape for rich biodiversity ensuring livelihood security

Objectives
 Conservation of the ecosystem for biodiversity and water sources

 Ensuring livelihood security of the people

 Conservation of the area through public participation

 Increased Conservation awareness among the stake holders

170
 Table 6.30 Population Estimation figures of Elephants in West Singhbhum district

Forest- Adult Male Ad. Ad. Sub Adult Sub Ad. Sub Ad. Young Babies Total
Division Fem. Unkno Fem. Unknow
wn Sex n Sex
Tusker Makhna Total Tusker Makhna Total Total

Saranda 21 9 30 57 2 0 0 0 8 0 32 10 139

Kolhan 7 0 7 23 3 6 0 6 0 3 8 4 54

Porahat 3 0 3 11 6 3 0 3 0 0 0 4 27

Chaibasa 10 0 10 12 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 5 33
South

Total 41 9 50 103 11 9 0 9 10 7 40 23 253

171
Constraints in achieving the objectives and strategies to overcome the constraints

Table 6.31 Objective 1. Conservation of the ecosystem for biodiversity and water sources

Sl
Constraints Proposed Actions
No
 Establishment of plant nursery facilities for suitable native
species
1 Habitat degradation  Eco-restoration of the habitat with suitable native species
 Catchment area protection works
 Monitoring and evaluation of the eco-restoration programme

 Assess the status and distribution of invasive plant species

 Assess the impact of alien invasives on the native species
 Remove/control/prevent invasives and planting with suitable
Invasive plants and exotic
2 species.
fishes
 Awareness among the public, mining community and other
stake holders
 Promte rearing of native fishes.
 Generate information on the status of natural regeneration in
plantations
3 Presence of plantations
 Formulate strategies to ensure biodiversity conservation along
with plantation management
 Identification and mapping of fire prone areas
 Fire management plan preparation and implementation
 Monitor the impact of fire on habitat and animals
4 Fire occurrence  Fire lines along the boundaries and other areas
 Engage fire protection mazdoors in fire season through
VSS/EDC
 Awareness among the public, mining agencies and visitors

 Assessment of ecosystem status

Lack of care of the
 Identification of conservation issues and formulation of
specialised habitats like
5 strategies
swamps
 Involvement of experts in the process

 Discussions within the Department initiated on the proposal

from within the Department on inviolate areas
Critical wildlife habitats not
6  Declaration of inviolate areas
identified
 Preparation of specific plans for conservation of inviolate
areas
172
Sl
Constraints Proposed Actions
No

 Map the soil erosion prone areas, identify the causes and
7 Soil erosion
implenet suitable site specific remedial measures

 Form a monitoring committee with representatives of miners,

forest officials, environmentalists, NGOs and people’s
representatives
Presence of large number of  Assess the impact monitoring like pollution level and suggest
8
mines remedial measures and oversee implementation
 Monitoring of mining activities in relation to biodiversity
(noise, dust, vibration, transportation and human disturbance)
 Unauthorised small scale mining in the forest area

 Road stabilization and increased frequency of water sprinkling

Large number of roads and
for dust suppression
truck movements leading to
9  Barricades/check posts at entry and exit points of roads
dust generation and noise
manned by uniformed staff
pollution
 Complete stoppae of truck movements at night
 Make an assessment of the dependency on the natural
resources, disturbance to the system
Large number of police
10  Liaison with the police officials for reducing the impact
camps within the forest
 Generate awareness and senstise the police on the biodiversity
conservation
 Make a detailed assessment of the NTFP extraction and
methods
 Evolve a sustainable method of harvesting in consultation with
11 NTFP collection traditional collectors, managers and scientific community and
implement
 Find a suitable marketing system probably by forming
Villagers’ Societies
 Liaison with Animal Husbandry Department for monitoring
the cattle diseases
12 Cattle grazing  Vaccination of cattle in the surrounding habitations
 Raise cattle fodder within the village and promte stall feeding
 Awareness campaign among the villagers
 Generate information on dependence on the forests by the
habitations
13 Firewood collection  Promote fuel wood plantations
 Liaise with line departments for better alternatives

173
Sl
Constraints Proposed Actions
No
 Identification of vulnerable areas
 Construction of anti poaching camps in selected areas
14 Poaching
 Patrolling of vulnerable areas
 Preparation of dossiers of habitual offenders

 Inventorise the fishes along with ecological parameters of the

streams/rivers and abundance
 Make an assessment of the dependency of the local
15 Fishing community on fishes and contribution to the livelihood
 Studies on the impact of invasive fishes on the natives and
habitat
 Promote rearing of native fishes

 Liaison with the line departments

 Assess the impact of the activities and make it mandatory to
have an EIA done for each
Developmental activities by  Undertake appropriate measures for remediation
16
different line departments  Discussion on the planned activities, suggestions on
improvement/ modifications and monitoring while
implementing.

 Conduct field studies for inventorying with abundance details

and monitoring of selected taxa at regular intervals and
seasons
Lack of information on
 Conduct research on movement pattern of elephants in relation
17 abundance distribution of
to food and water availability and human interventions.
plants and animals
 Ecological studies on habitat utilization of large herbivores
 Studies on the regeneration of tree species.
 Documentation and estimation of population of carnivores

Lack of maps on various  Generate detailed information on the vegetation with details
18
aspects and hydrology and develop maps.

Lack of information on  Promote scientific studies on the species restricted to West

19
endemic plants Singhbhum with management suggestion.

174
Sl
Constraints Proposed Actions
No
 Study the aspects of connectivity and corridor for movement
of elephants
 Prepare action plan for securing the identified corridors
Lack of attention on through ground truthing
20  Declare crucial corridors of elephants as Conservation Reserve
elephant corridor
/ Community Reserve / Protection Zones
 Improvement of habitat of the crucial corridors
 Periodic meeting with stakeholders in corridors.

 Train the staff and public on population estimation and

Lack of monitoring of monitoring techniques
21
wildlife population  Stress on abundance and trend and not on actual numbers
 Monitor selected species at regular intervals
 Training to staff and EDC members on wildlife health
monitoring
 Strengthen veterinary support for effective monitoring
ensuring collaboration and support from Animal Husbandry
Lack of wildlife health department
22
monitoring  Monitor the wildlife health regularly through the trained staff
and EDC members
 Training/workshop for capacity building of veterinarians in the
area on wildlife health related aspects

 Develop basic veterinary facilities at Chiria and Gua.

 Train the staff and EDC members on rescue, handling of
Rehabilitation of injured animals and rehabilitation and build a team to address
23 emergencies
rescued/injured animals
 Follow the scientific procedures and guidelines for rescue and
rehabilitation

175
 Sl
Constraints Proposed Actions
No

 Fill up the vacancies of staff

 Increase the field manpower (Protection staff and daily wage
mazdoors) for effective patrolling
 Provide enough vehicles to the field level staff
 Providing fixed wireless stations and walkie talkies
 Intelligence gathering
 Capacity building of staff on measures for successful
Lack of man power, training prosecution of offences
24 and infrastructure  Training on field techniques, biodiversity management and
legal aspects
 Opportunities for exposure visits to other PAs
 Motivate the staff through rewards and incentives
 Insure the staff against, accidents, injuries
 Arrange medical insurance for the staff
 Provide field kits with rucksacs, binoculars, field knife, field
shoes, sleeping bags and first aid kits to the staff

 Provide enough family accommodation to staff at headquarters

and camping facilities in the field
25 Lack of staff amenities
 Dormitory facilities at each Range HQ for staff while on duty
to HQ
Lack of knowledge on the
 Conduct specific awareness programmes for the staff using the
Forest and Wildlife Acts and
26 service of legal persons, who are experts in the matters related
Rules in the country and
to forest and wildlife laws
state

Table 6.32 Objective 2. Ensuring livelihood security of the people

Sl
Constraints Proposed Actions
No
Lack of information on the  Generate information and develop and implement a plan for
1
dependence of people sustainable utilization and reduction in dependency
 Form EDCs/VSSs, make the public aware of the conservation
Lack of stakeholder
2 motives, involve them in developing micro plans
participation in planning
 Provide seed money for initiation of the Plan

176
Sl
Constraints Proposed Actions
No
 Engage qualified Social Scientists one in each Division and
Lack of trained man power
3 support them with welfare promoters selected from among the
for handling social issues
locals

Table 6.33 Objective 3: Conservation of the area through public participation

Sl Constraints Proposed Actions

No
Lack of information on the  Study the extent of the problem and wildlife and crops involved
1
extent of conflict and evaluate the success of the current mitigation measures
 Timely payment of ex-gratia
 Identification of locations for mitigation
 Identify site specific socially acceptable mitigation techniques
2 Human wildlife conflict involving the beneficiaries
 Generate awareness
 Constitute EDCs and ensure stake holder participation in
implementation of programmes

Lack of infrastructure
 Form a striking force regionally with vehicles and enough
7 facilties to address conflict
manpower and other facilities
situation

Table 6.34 Objective 4 - Increased Conservation awareness among the stake holders

Sl
Constraints Proposed Actions
No
Lack of interaction between
1 the officials and stake  Periodic informal and formal meeting at different levels
holders
 Interpretation Centre at Manoharpur and Gua
2 Lack of infrastructure  Dormitory facilities at Gua, Chiria and Kiriburu

 Select educated local youths good in communication and engage

them as Nature Guides
Lack of trained human-
3  Train the local youths and train them in interpretation,
resource
identification of common plants and animals, conservation
programmes, monitoring methods etc.

177
 Sl
Constraints Proposed Actions
No
Lack of equipments like  Procure audio-visual equipments
4 binoculars, audiovisual  Procure adequate equipments to be given to tourists on rent
equipments, etc
 Develop appropriate nature based eco-tourism plan considering
protection of the area and ensuring livelihood security of
dependent community and wildlife management
Lack of planned nature  Appropriately worded signages in suitable places
5
based tourism  Identify and delineate areas for visitors and trekking
 Identify and initiate dialogues with tour operators and formulate
benefit sharing mechanisms

 Design awareness materials

 Develop a plan to involve local community in raising a nursey
for plants with a sale outlet.
 Creation of a website for the West Singhbhum giving details on
Lack of awareness on the the uniqueness of the area and conservation programmes
6 conservation value of the  Periodic updation of the website
area  Conduct nature camps with priority for local public including
mining employees
 Conduct awareness programmes for other stake holders like
journalists and key line department officials
 Paid Nature awareness programmes for mining officials

Habitat degradation
The West Singhbhum forests are critical for the survival of the human beings as the
watershed of Koina, Karo and Koyal rivers supporting the people within and down stream.
The mining activities must have already affected a number of first and second order streams
in the area feeding these rivers. Protection of the rest of the areas attains importance for water
conservation. Considering these areas as the life line of the people of the region, priority
should be on bringing back the originality in all its forms. The visual qualitative assessment
and the results of the primary data analysis indicate habitat degradation. This is especially true
in the case of areas nearer to mines, where natural regeneration of some of the selected
species is hampered as evident from the less number of seedlings and saplings of selected
species (Table 6.28). The swamps in Talkobad are also under stress and threat with

178
eutrophication set in. Such specialized habitats with several threatened species need to be
conserved in all its naturalness. There are also the problems of dust from transportation
getting deposited on the vegetation thereby retarding their growth, which may also affect the
reproduction. Fire is also a major factor of degradation and hence the areas have to be
completely protected from fire at least for a few years. Grazing by cattle and dependence on
the forests for firewood are other contributing factors leading to degradation at least in forests
adjacent to habitations. These have to be tackled through appropriate programmes. It was
informed during the interaction with the staff that the practice of climber cutting is still
followed on some places. This type of interventions in the natural ecosystems may be stopped
to avoid hampering natural ecosystem processes. This is also important to avoid removal of
some of the rare climbers like Dalbergia volubilus.

The team documented ring barking of trees in large scale in several areas. This would
ultimately lead to the drying up of trees. There were also large scale fellings of trees. Most of
these are nearer to villages and are said to be conversion for agriculture. The enforcement
officials seem to be helpless due to sensitivity of the area and lack of enough man power.

It is suggested to restore these habitats by protection of the habitat and by

removing the causes of degradation. At the same time, the illegal felling and conversion
of natural forests need to be stopped immediately. Though it is important to have a detailed
study to identify the factors of degradation, it is critical to take up measures based on the
available information. The following actions are proposed for immediate attention.

a. Eco-restoration of the habitat with suitable native species

It is suggested to make a rapid assessment of the habitat in different parts of West

Singhbhum, identifying the areas requiring immediate interventions and also planting the
species prevalent in the area. Raise a nursery of the native species and plant the species
augmenting the area. If planned well, this could also be done by entrusting the nursery works
to the EDC/VSS of the local community thereby providing employment to the local
community and giving them opportunity to participate in the conservation programme. It is
important to generate bench mark data on habitat selected for augmentation and monitored
periodically through appropriate technique for survival success.
179
Invasive plants and exotic fishes

Invasive plants are menaces to the native species and compete for space ultimately
leading to ecological disasters. The areas of infestation may be mapped and classified into low
high and medium. The impacts of most of these have already been highlighted in studies
elsewhere. It is important to look at the factors promoting the growth and spread of these
invasives and address it through remedial measures. These factors could be canopy opening or
changes in the natural plant composition. While concentrating on the high infestation areas, it
is also important to target the low and medium areas of infestation to avoid further spread.
Appropriate site specific remedial measures could be adopted, which could include uprooting
wherever necessary. The issue has to be tackled by looking at the method of propagation of
the invasive.

The market surveys and the discussions with villagers indicate presence of exotic
fishes in the area. Maximum utilisation of the exotic fishes may be promoted avoiding capture
of natives to increase the native population. No introduction of exotic fishes should be
allowed in streams, rivers and ponds. The district is blessed with several ponds of varying
sizes and currently under different stages of degradation. It is important to promote growth of
native fishes in these ponds. Appropriate techniques, if not available could be developed with
the help of experts in fishes and fisheries.

It will be essential to make the public aware of the bad effects of the invasive plants
and exotic fishes to have their support and participation in promoting native species.

Presence of plantations

Information need to be generated on the status of natural regeneration in plantations

and formulate a strategy to ensure biodiversity conservation along with plantation
management.

Fire occurrence

Evidences of fire occurrences were seen by the team in most of the places. According
to Forest Department Records, only 82 acres burnt during 2010-2011. It is difficult to keep the
area fire free due to the number of villages, roads and the heavy vehicular movements. The
180
fire prone areas may be identified, a fire map prepared and a fire management plan
prepared and implemented. The stress at this stage could be a no fire period for the next few
years to promote natural regeneration. The impact of fire on the habitat may be studied.
Though firelines may help in containing the fire and control it to certain extent, it will be
good to have the participation of villagers in fire control. This could be achieved by
delineating areas and entrusting the fire control measures to the EDC/VSS and
incentives given for no fire season. The fire control measures within the lease and
immediate surroundings should be the responsibility of the mining agencies. Pre fire
season sensitization of the villagers, mining agencies and visitors through properly
planned awareness programme will be helpful. It is also important to impose fines, if
some one is found directly responsible for fire.

Specific management plans for specialized habitats like swamps

The unique habitats in Thalkobad like Ligarda swamp need special attention. It will
require an assessment of the present ecological stage by a trained ecological expert and
preparation of site specific management plan for such special areas. The objective of the
management should be to retain the original status and avoid disturbance to the microhabitat.

Critical wildlife habitats not identified

The West Singhbhum areas still has a good extent of areas of wilderness. Though the
critical wildlife habitat mentioned here does not refer to those mentioned in Forest Rights Act,
it is important to keep some of the areas inviolate/Conservation Reserve/Community Reserve.
The criteria could be the extent of the natural areas, its connectivity with larger areas, species
richness and lack of or less number of human habitations and absence of developmental
projects. The West Singhbhum Circle of the Forest Department had suggested a number of
inviolate areas in West Singhbhum and the details as per the proposal are given in Annexure
XVI. A total of 94234.45 Ha have been proposed, with RFs and PFs in Saranda, Kolhan and
Porahat Forest Divisions. It will be good to have a discussion within the department to formulate
a policy decision on the matter and discussed with stake holders. This will be the most important
first step towards conservation of the area.

181
Soil erosion

Soil erosion is a major factor of degradation. Canopy loss and frequent fire contribute
to the soil erosion intensity. It is suggested to map the soil erosion prone areas, identify the
causes and implement suitable site specific remedial measures like gully plugging, planting
native grass species etc. These measures have to be periodically evaluated for success.

Presence of large number of mines

The mineral rich West Singhbhum is a blessing for the entire country. But the whole
natural resource is also posing threat to the very existence of West Singhbhum in the southern
parts. The area is disturbed to a certain extent due to mining. The habitat is lost and the
surrounding areas are degraded and the activities related to mining like roads, transportation
and similar activities lead to pollution. It is important to monitor and reduce the impacts on
habitat. The following measures are suggested.

 Form a monitoring committee with representatives of miners, forest officials,

environmentalists, NGOs and people’s representatives and the committee will -
 Assess the impact like pollution level and suggest remedial measures and oversee
implementation
 Monitor mining activities in relation to biodiversity (noise, dust, vibration,
transportation and human disturbance) and see that the mitigation measures are
implemented properly.
Large number of roads and truck movements

The major source of pollution due to mining is from large number of trucks plying
along the soil surfaced roads. It is suggested to have road stabilization and increased
frequency of water sprinkling for dust suppression. Barricades/check posts may be put in
place at entry and exit points of roads manned by uniformed staff to regulate the movement of
vehicles during day time and completely stop night movement.

Large number of police camps within the forest

There area a few police camps in the area. There are also proposals for more of these
(State Govt. letter No. 46228 dated 29.12.11, cleared by Govt. of India for 17 permanent
182
camps under Forest Conservation Act. 1980). These are to be located in 17 places occupying
82 acres. Some of these areas are critical for wildlife. Unfortunately, these camps have
become inevitable. It is important to have a liaison with the police camp officials and make an
assessment of the dependency on the natural resources and disturbance to the ecosystem.
Programmes may also be planned to sensities the police on the importance of the area they
occupy and seek their support and involvement in conservation programmes.

NTFP collection
The villagers depend on the forest for a number of forest products. A detailed
assessment of the NTFP extraction and methods may be done for evolving a strategy for
sustainable method of harvesting in consultation with traditional collectors, managers and
scientific community and implement. A suitable marketing system may also be put in place
possibly by forming Villagers’ Societies.

Cattle grazing
Cattle grazing is an important factor for habitat degradation. Considering the
importance of cattle in the culture and economy of the people, it is suggested to contain the
problem by promoting fodder cultivation within the villages thus promoting stall feeding. The
Animal Husbandry Department may be roped in for monitoring the cattle diseases and
vaccination of all the cattles to avoid any spread to the wild. The villagers may be sensitized
on the matter.

Firewood collection

The villagers depend a lot on the

forests for their firewood requirement at an
increased rate especially in winter. A
detailed assessment on the requirement
may be done and alternatives discussed in
liaison with line departments. There could
be fuelwood plantations within villages
promoted by Rural Welfare Department and supported by forest department.
183
Poaching and other offences

Offence records indicate poaching and tree felling activities in the area (Table 6.35).
The team also came across with evidences of illegal activities like ring barking of trees during
the field survey. It is important to regularly patrol the areas. The vulnerable areas will have to
be identified and anti-poaching camps established in identified areas to make the presence of
the enforcement agencies felt. A dossier of the habitual offenders will help in nabbing
poachers in case of offences. A close liaison with the police is also required for better
prosecution and prevention of offences.

Fishing

Fishing is mostly for own consumption and the market surveys indicated only a small
proportion coming from the villages. The villagers in general adopt ecofriendly methods of
184
fishing though there seems to be problems. An inventory of fishes consumed by the people
and sold in the market is required to plan strategies for meeting their requirement. The ponds
within villages are good places for promoting the native fishes with the help of fisheries and
other line departments.

Table 6.35 Forest offences and wildlife mortality (2001-2011)

Offence/deaths Saranda Kolhan Porahat Chaibasa Total

(S)

Forest Felling 125 06 18 - 149

Stone Quary Nil 04 04 - 08

Encroachment Nil 27 14 - 41

Poaching

Elephant 03 02 - 05 10

Sloth Bear Nil - - 01 01

Barking Dear 01 - - - 01

Porcupine Nil - - - -

Wild Boar 01 - - - 01

Leopard - - - 01 01

Natural Death - 02 - 03 05
(Elephant)
Cause unknown - 04 - 02 06
(Elephant)
Electrocution - 02 - - 02
(Elephant)
Train accident 01 02 - 01 04
(Elephant)

Lack of information on abundance distribution of plants and animals

One of the major impediments in planning a management programme for the area and
even highlighting the importance in terms of biodiversity richness is lack of information on

185
the plants and animals along with their abundance status and distribution. What is presently
available are limited to the Working Plans of various periods and EIA/EMP Reports prepared
by the mining companies. The sources of information provided in these are obviously not
given except for one or two EMP/EIA Reports. Most of these reports are confined to a list of
species with no information on the status and distribution, which are prerequisites for
developing management strategies.

The following actions are proposed to fill the gaps.

a. Inventorying of plants and animals with abundance and distribution details and
monitoring of selected taxa at regular intervals and seasons

The entire area could be covered involving expert taxonomists and ecologists
recording the species and also collecting information on the associates, abundance status and
distribution using appropriate techniques. It is suggested to have long term projects covering
various seasons to begin with. Short term studies could be followed to fill the gaps. The
modern techniques of radiotransmitters, camera traps etc could be utilized for most of the
studies. The following projects are identified and given on priority for immediate attention.
This list is only indicative and could always be enlarged with several additions.
1. Inventory, abundance status and distribution of angiosperms
2. Inventory, abundance and distribution of large mammals along with habitat utilization
aspects
3. Inventory, abundance and distribution of smaller mammals
4. Ecological studies on the special habitats in Thalkobad
5. Inventory, abundance and distribution of birds
6. Inventory, abundance and distribution of herpetofauna
7. Movement pattern of elephants in relation to food and water availability and human
interventions.
8. Documentation and estimation of population of carnivores
9. Impact of fire on vegetation
10. Inventory, abundance and distribution of pteridophyes and bryophytes

186
11. Economic evaluation of the area in terms of biodiversity, water conservation and
aesthetic value

Research Institutions and Universities with the necessary proven expertise and
National organizations like Botanical Survey of India and Zoological Survey of India could be
encouraged to take up works by providing at least logistic support. Wherever possible, it is
better to invite competent people, provide funds and logistics to get the required output.
Discussions with the Directors of BSI and ZSI will help to start with. Prepare a list of
competent persons on different subjects both within Jharkhand and outside but within India. It
is important to prepare a Terms of Reference for each of the studies. A seminar could also be
organized for reviewing the progress once in a year.

Lack of maps on various aspects

A detailed map is a prerequisite for any proper planning. Currently, some state
agencies have maps, wich are not updated. It is important to utilize the GIS technique and
create maps with several overlays and more than just the maps as an output, these could be
utilized for different analysis. For example, these could be utilized for identifiying the least
disturbed route for a power line, a road etc. It is good to have a start with a base map having
vegetation, drainage, villages, roads and trek paths, mines, water holes and check dams for
animals etc.

Lack of information on endemic plants

There are at least a few species, especially orchids which have been identified as
restricted to Jharkhand or geographic region. Specific studies could be promoted for
conservation of these and others which may be added from the inventory suggested earlier.

Lack of attention on elephant corridors

The book Right of Passage has listed corridors in the region. It is important to have a
fresh look at the corridors for its connectivity, dependence of villages and impacts, the
possible measures to secure the corridors. The corridor habitat should be restored only to the
extent to avoid conflict and not to attract elephants or allow them to spend more time in the

187
corridor. Actions also have to be taken for strategies to reduce dependency and ensure the
people’s participation in the whole process of securing corridors.

Lack of monitoring of wildlife population

The current practice of wildlife population monitoring is limited to the periodic

counting. The stress should have been on trend in the population and not the exact number.
The numbers definitely matter in smaller populations as it seems to be in West Singhbhum. It
is suggested to consider a few of the species like tiger, leopard, wild dogs, elephants, gaur,
sambar and spotted deer and monitor their population through sampling methods. It is better
to go for indirect evidences to know the trend. At the same time, the staff and watchers may
be trained to record the direct sightings as and when it happens during their patrolling.

Lack of wildlife health monitoring

Wildlife health monitoring is crucial in any wildlife dominated areas. It is suggested to

have a well equipped and manned veterinary wing for the Forest Deartment with at least
veterinarians stationed at Manoharpur and Gua/Kiriburu to cater to the needs of the Forest
department in conducting post mortem, investigation of the carcasses incase of an animal
mortality, taking preventive measures in case of an outbreak of disease or detection of death
due to some disease, rescue and rehabilitation of injured animals. It is necessary to have
liaison with Animal Husbandry department and ensuring their involvement in the whole
process.

It is also suggested to give training to the staff and selected villagers/EDC members in
detecting sick animals, rescue and rehabilitation and post mortem procedures. This is no way
to be an alternative to the expertise of a veterinarian but only to assist the Veterinarian in the
process. The veterinarians could also be given refresher training to update their knowledge on
wildlife health monitoring.

Rehabilitation of rescued/injured animals

Rescue and rehabilitation of sick and injured animals are required in places like West
Singhbhum, where the animal abundance is comparatively low at present. This procedure

188
involves capture of severly injured/sick animal, handling them for investigations, temporary
shelter for recovery and release at the same site of capture or another suitable site. IUCN and
MoEF have issued guidelines for Rescue and Rehabilitation of animals. These have to be
strictly followed and monitored. It is also suggested to have two equipped mobile veterinary
units to be stationed at Manoharpur and Gua/Kiriburu/Naomundi.

Lack of man power, training and infrastructure

One of the major problems in protection and enforcement in the area is lack of staff in
the forest Department. A number of vacancies exist for the last so many years and are to be
filled up urgently (Table 6.36). Filling up of these vacancies will at least help enforcement to
a certain extent. More man power will be required to implement the suggested programmes
successfully. Though it is the policy of the Government to decide matters, it is suggested to
give priority to the local people at the time of recruitment. In addition, it is important to have
more man popwer in the form of forest watchers/trackers/mazdoors on contract/daily wage to
assist the staff in protection and management. These people should be exclusively from the
local communities to ensure employment opportunities so that there would be public support
for the cause of conservation. The investment on man power, increasing their capacity to face
the new challenges and equipping with infrastructural facilities will pay back in the form of
natural resources like much needed water for millions, aesthetic opportunities to the people,
clean and environment atmosphere for better health and umpteen number of forest products,
all woth crores in term of money.

The infrastructural facilities in the field do not meet even the minimum standards.
None of the Forest Ranges are provided with vehicles for field protection and have to go for
hired vehicle, possibly at the mercy of some one. All the Range Officers have to be provided
with four wheel drive jeeps and the Foresters with motor bikes. This will increase their
efficiency.
Currently, there is no wireless communication system in place. There could be fixed
wireless stations and walkie talkies. Incase it is not possible due to the sensitivity of the area,

189
provide the staff with cell phones and sims or sim cards alone to facilitate better
communication in case of emergency.

Table 6.36 Details of existing staff vacancies in different Forest Divisions

Saranda Kolhan Porahat Chaibasa(S) Total

Range Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Officer

Forester 09 06 07 01 23

Forest 64 67 79 62 272
Guards

The staff in place does not have any exposure or refreshed their skills on any aspects
of forest and wildlife management after induction. It is suggested to train the staff and the
local mazdoors on various aspects of wildlife conservation. This could be mostly inhouse in
areas selected within the Divisions with input from Resource persons from within and outside
department. The syllabus could include basics of identifying common animals and plants,
population estimation and monitoring, legal aspects, intelligence gathering, use of field
equipments like GPS, compass eco restoration etc. It is also recommended to conduct
exposure trips for the staff. These could be to some better managed PAs within the state or
one of the PAs in neighbouring states. The whole activities would help to increase the morale
of the staff.

The staff could also be motivated by providing them enough field kits with sleeping
bag, ruck sack, GPS, compass, first aid kit, field shoe etc. There could also be rewards and
incentives for good performance. The staff could feel secure if actions are taken to insure
them against injury and loss of life. Considering the area as malaria proned, it is suggested to
have medical insurance for the staff.

190
Lack of staff amenities

It is possible to extract better output from a satisfied staff, who will also have a feeling
of better security. It is recommended toprovide family accommodation facilities at the Range
HQ and a dormitory each at HQ to accommodate at least five persons. The staff may be
insured against injury and loss of life. Group insurance could be a possibility and may not cost
much.

Lack of knowledge on the Forest and Wildlife Acts and Rules in the country and state

A staff well informed on the Acts and Rules in the country is crucial especially while
dealing with various offences. The provisions available with him and the regulations in place
will considerably enhance confidence also. It is suggested to arrange workshops on legal
matters with the involvement very good legal experts who are well verse with legal provisions
related to forests and wildlife.

6.8 Developmental activities by different line departments

A number of departments are involved in development programmes in the area

especially due to the innumerable number of villages. It is important to liaise with these
departments and make it mandatory to have an impact assessment done for each and every
activity within the forest before its implementation. These reports should be made public and
suggestions on improvement/ modifications and monitoring done while implementing.

6.9 Ensuring livelihood security of the people

West Singhbhum forest is unique in several respects, rich in biodiversity and minerals,
and innumerable number of villages with high dependence of people on the natural resources.
The area is also unique with several challenges in mitigating the threats faced. With
innumerable villages and a population of about 20,80,265 and rural population of 17,29,598
within the area, the area is also rich in agriculture. But at the same time, as shown in Chapter
4, the people are also dependent on the natural resources in the surrounding forests.
Conservation of this area is directly related to addressing the problems of the people and
ensuring their active involvement in conservation activities. Ensuring the livelihood
191
security through appropriate measures will be the best option. A feeling of ownership is
crucial to achieve the conservation objectives. There are ceratin information and preparation
required for the purpose.

Lack of information on the dependence of people

Current knowledge on the dependence of people on the natural resources is just scant.
It is important to generate the details on dependence through a field survey. The work has to
be entrusted to a Social Institute of repute and the report should have strategies for reducing
the dependence with alternative livelihood possibilities. The recent rapid field survey
indicates the necessity to diversify the livelihood options.

Lack of stakeholder participation in planning

At present, the villagers do not have a feeling of participation in planning the

conservation process. It is suggested to form EDCs/VSSs for the purpose and proceed further
by developing micro plans. The EDC could be based on resource use like fire wood
EDC/grazing EDC. But considering the remoteness of the areas and the distance between
villages, it is better to go for village level Committees. The micrplan preparation should be
based on a workshop involving local communities. The objectives should be to reduce
dependencies, better resource extraction procedures, marketing for improved prices and for
sustainable livelihood. The programmes should be socially and culturally acceptable to the
communities and implemented by them with the expertise from the department/outside
personnel.

Lack of trained man power for handling social issues

Neither the Forest deparment nor the mining companies have the knowledge and
experts to handle human related issues. The human dimensions of natural resource
management could be handled only by a social scientist with an economics back ground or by
an economist with social science back ground. He/she ahould also have enough exposure and
experience working in similar situations. Engaging a qualified person for each Division or a
cluster of villages will help in the whole issues related to human aspects.

192
Conservation of the area through public participation
Public participation in conservation programmes is necessary for the success and
sustainability. Unfortunately, these initiatives in the country are currently limited to PAs
including Tiger Reserves. The areas outside PAs sometimes have VSSs with limited activities
and normally not formulated with enough thoughts and input from a socially concerned
person. Public participation in protection and management of the natural resources can also be
ensured by addressing the conflict arised out of resource utilization. This has been addressed
to some extent in the earlier texts and hence presently confined to the conflict related issues.

Lack of information on the extent of conflict

The current knowledge on conflict is limited to human wildlife conflict. There could
also be conflicts between conservation motives and natural resource utilization. The challenge
before the conservationists/managers is to meet the requirement of both the community and
wildlife thereby ensuring sustainable utilization. Earlier sections have dealt with the resource
utilization.

Human wildlife conflict

The data available with the Forest Department indicates the severity of the human-
wildlife conflict in the area (Table 6.37). Having gone through the villages interacting and
discussing with them, it is felt that the statistics is just a tip of the iceberg. There are
incidences, which have not been reported, there had been incidences for which claims have
not been made due to the cumbersome procedures and the meager exgratia obtained after the
whole process. The data available with the department is also not analysed for identifying and
prioritising the areas as per the frequency of occurrence. As on social aspects, the villagers
themselves are taking measures for preventing crop raiding and most of them are doing it with
their own man power. Villagers, during the interaction mentioned about lack of support from
the department. The staff more often provides the villagers with fire crackers to deter the
animals. The department is also constrained with manopower, financial resources and
vehicles.

193
The following are suggested for dealing with human-wildlife conflict.

 Collect information from the villages on the occurrence of crop raiding/damages,

property damages, visits by animals without damage (sometimes damages do not
occur because of the vigilant villagers), the current methods of protection (like
guarding, fences, crackers, etc.) and their effectiveness.
 Keep a corpus only for timely payment of ex gratia to the affected.
 Identify and prioritise areas for mitigation. The mitigation procedures should be
ecologically and socially viable and should not prevent normal movement pattern of
animals, especially elephants.
 The villagers themselves should be made responsible for maintenance of the
mitigation structure.

Lack of infrastructure facilties to address conflict situation

The people often expect the presence and support of the officials at the time of conflict
situations. This will pacify the people and create a feeling of togetherness in case of
emergencies and also avert retaliation by way of injuring the animal or even killing them.
Currently, the team had witnessed the trouble staff takes to be in place of conflict and fighting
with scarce resources. It is suggested to form an Emergency Striking Force in each Division
to address such situations. These Forces could also assist in protection and could be the
humane face of the department. The Force should have at least one vehicle manned by healthy
young staff with at least bare minmum equipments. They should also have provisions to have
mazdoors as and when necessary.

6.10 Increased Conservation awareness among the stake holders

Lack of interaction between the officials and stake holders

Though there is limited field level interaction between villagers and staff, this is not
institutionalised and not formal. There could be initiatives from the higher officials for
periodic meetings with villagers, may be two villages in a month. This will lead to a better
relation between the two.

194
Lack of infrastructure

The importance of conservation and uniqueness of the area needs to be highlighted for
information of the public and for their support. There should be enough infrastructure
facilities for the purpose. The following are suggested for conveying the message of
conservation.

Table 6.37 Details of exgratia payments for human-wildlife conflict damages

Component Saranda Kolhan Porahat Chaibasa Total

(S)

Crop Incidences 227 1136 950 1576 3889

Damage
Payment 1.523 (lakh) 12.417 8.00 (lakh) 16.11 (lakh) 39.0056
(Rs.) (lakh) (lakh)

Human Cases 14 09 10 91 124

Injuries
Payment in 1.432 (lakh) 2.24 5 1.919 (lakh) 5.376 (lakh) 10.970
(Rs.) (lakh) (lakh)

Deaths Cases 06 31 16 40 93

Payment in 6.00 (lakh) 29.20 14.50 (lakh) 39.75 (lakh) 89.45

(Rs.) (lakh) (lakh)

Interpretation Centre

Interpretation Centres at Manoharpur and Noamundi/Gua where people come in large

numbers will facilitate the process. A plan should be developed in consultation with
experts/institutions in the field and the building should be designed as per the plan. The
Interpretation Centre should have information on the biodiversity and cultural richness of the
area, the benefits from the forests and other realted subjects exhibited appropriately. There
could also be films for orienting the visitors.

195
 It is important to have a dormitory facility in the area for accommodating the Nature
Camp participants and also visitors, especially the students. This could be ideally located in
places where Interppretation Centre is planned.

Lack of trained human-resource

Interpretation Centre should be manned by trained persons. Educated local youths

with good communication capabilities may be selected, trained in conservation matters
especially interpretation, identification of common plants and animals, conservation
programmes, monitoring methods etc and engaged as Nature Guides.

Lack of equipments like binoculars, audiovisual equipments, etc

Interpretation Centre should have audio-visual equipments. There could also be

binoculars to be given to visitors on rent, which would ultimately turn out to be an asset and
income for the EDC/VSS.

Lack of planned nature tourism

The West Singhbum area is aesthetic and there are very natural areas, water falls
which could attract lots of visitors if a nature based tourism is planned with the help of experts
in the field. Trekking is also a possibility. Tour operators could be involved in formulating
appropriate programmes for their collaboration leading to benefit sharing by the communities.
If involved, this will also be an additional livelihood for the communities. Areas for such
activities may be identified and delineated. Currently, there are a few outdated signages
conveying conservation messages. These may be appropriately designed and put up in
suitable locations.

Lack of awareness on the conservation value of the area

Along with nature based tourism, there could be enough resource materials such as
brochures for the visitors. A nursery of important medicinal plants could be raised by the
EDCs/VSSs with a sale out let in different parts. A website on West Singhbhum may be
created to highlight the uniqueness of the area. This may be periodically updated with new
information. As mentioned earlier, Nature Camps of two-three days duration may be
196
organized with priorities for the local students and public. Such awareness camps could also
be held for the journalists and and the officials of line departments. There could also be paid
Nature Camps for the officials of mining companies. The schedule for the camp could include
orientation, classes and discussions on uniqueness of the area, importance of conservation,
impact of development activities and trekking to selected places.

197
 Chapter 7
Monitoring and Evaluation

The monitoring and evaluation of the impacts of a project or plan for management and
communication about the performance of that project or plan is a must as a follow up of EIA.
This is also true in the case of programmes implemented especially in a sensitive area like
forest ecosystem. This will help in making changes in between, if necessary for better desired
results.

Monitoring involves the collection of the details of activity and environmental data
and comparison with standards, predictions or expectations. Measuring the initial state of the
environment before activity implementation is to be used as the bench mark for prediction
and evaluation. Monitoring may relate to both, compliance and impact of the decision.
Comparison of the observations with the standard is critical.

Evaluation is the appraisal of the conformance with standards, predictions or

expectations as well as the environmental performance of the activity. This may involve
(policy-oriented) value-judgments. Ex-post evaluation has a backward looking nature,
involving the appraisal of a policy, plan, programme or project that has been or is currently
being implemented

Management involves decision making and appropriate action in response to issues

arising from monitoring and evaluation activities. Ongoing management responses may be
made by both, proponents (in response to unexpected impacts) and EIA regulators (e.g.
reviewing consent conditions and management requirements). An Environmental
Management System (EMS) is a system of compliance that operationalise the implementation
of environmental protection and management measures.

Communication is informing the stakeholders about the results of EIA/programme

follow-up in order to provide feedback on project/plan implementation, as well as feedback
on EIA processes. Both, proponents and EIA regulators may engage in communication on
follow-up and may extend beyond simple informing about results and management
responses. It may also include direct stakeholder participation in the monitoring, evaluation
and management.

198
 The current mechanism in place is the regulatory or mandatory requirement of
monitoring by the miners themselves or entrusting the works to some agencies. This is also
limited to those related to environment/pollution. The Reports of these monitoring
mechanisms are periodically submitted to the concerned agencies in Government. In addition,
the Pollution Control Board also does periodic monitoring of certain parameters like water
quality, air quality and noise quality. However, these are just mandatory and corrective
measures and comparison with earlier bench mark is not periodically done. These are not
made public or communicated to the stake holders. Moreover, there is no mechanism
currently in place to monitor and evaluate other activities like CSR, rehabilitation,
Management Plans for Forests and also the programmes implemented by the Governmental
agencies in West Singhbhum forest areas.

It is suggested to form a Monitoring and Evaluation Committee consisting of the

following headed by the Chief Wildlife Warden.

 Forest Department (RCCF)

 Representatives of reputed Institutions (in social science, forestry and
wildlife)
 Selected officials representing line departments
 People’s Representatives
 Representatives of Mines
 Representatives of Villagers
 Representatives of NGOs active in the area

It is important that the whole proceedings of the Committee are transparent and the
monitoring data are publicized through meetings of various stake holders and put up in
website created for the purpose and also through print and visual media. The Committee
members should be held responsible for lapses in the proceedings. The authors of this Plan
could be involved in the monitoring process.

199
 RECOMMENDATIONS

The Biodiversity of the West Singhbhum, particularly of Saranda, Kolhan, Porahat and
part of Chaibasa (S) Forest divisions is unique. The area could be considered as an abode of very
valuable species and ecosystems. However, due to concentration of the mines in the Saranda and
Chaibasa South Forest Division, there had been concerns on the long term conservation of the
area. The recommendations have been suggested based on primary survey of the area and the
input from the concerned experts in the field. For inclusive growth and sustainable development
of the area, though it is necessary to operate the mines to fulfil the demand of the steel industry,
the thrust shall be on the intensive mining rather than extensive mining with systematic and
scientific development of the mineral deposits. It is important to ensure the conservation of the
rich biodiversity along with the extraction of mineral for prosperity.

The recommendations have been suggested to conserve the rich biodiversity, ensure the
uplift of the indigenous people and the sustainability in mining. Detailed
suggestions/recommendations have been provided in the respective chapters in the Plan. The
summary here is given for quick reference and is dealt under different headings. Several
agencies, especially of Government are responsible for overseeing the implementation and hence
no attempt is made here to identify implementing/responsible agencies that are directly
responsible for each action. These recommendations are made after incorporating the suggestions
of Director WII, Chief Wildlife Warden (CWLW), Jharkhand, Dr. R. K. Singh on draft report
and comments received from CWLW, Jharkhand on pre final report. The suggestions from the
Regional Chief Conservator of Forests (Jamshedpur), Conservator of Forests (Chaibasa) and the
four Divisional Forest Officers of the area have also helped in finalising the recommendations.

The Integrated Wildlife Management Plan has been prepared taking the holistic approach
including the impact of mining on the biodiversity, indigenous people, environment in the core
area and also the impact of mining related activities such as transportation, traffic, increased
human settlement, increased use of natural resources on the forests in the district. The baseline
data collected and described in detail in the Management Plan on biodiversity further impress
upon the richness of Saranda Forest Division, which will help the State Forest Department for
formulating the long term vision with respect to Saranda.
200
 The Plan has been prepared based on the status of ongoing mining activities and observed
environmental degradation due to mining as well as impact of mining on the biodiversity. The
analysis of land use changes over the period and status of plants and animals near to the mining
leases and away from the mining leases has been dealt in detail. It has also been proposed for
review of the plan after next five years. It is further suggested that State Govt. may commission a
study comprising of professionals from Mining, Environmentalist, hydrologists for detailed
analysis on impact of mining on the environment, water resources (River system) of Saranda so
that SOP on the future mining can be formulated. It is also recommended that State Govt. shall
seek the expertise of Research Institutions working on roads and related matters for stabilization
works and mechanisms to avoid dust while transporting the ores.

The Govt. of India, Ministry of Environment of Forests, while according Environmental

Clearance and Forestry Clearance for the project, stipulates the condition for preparation of Site
Specific Conservation Plan in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department i.e.
Wildlife Warden and Chief Wildlife Warden for implementation in their leasehold area.
Therefore, besides the Integrated Wildlife Management Plan, all the user agencies will prepare
the Site Specific Conservation Plan in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department.
The site specific Plan for all the leases prepared based on the Integrated Wildlife Management
Plan shall be the integral part of the EIA/EMP reports prepared by the lessees for the purpose of
obtaining environmental clearance in line with the guidelines of MoEF. The objective of such
SSCP is to have an assessment of present status of plants and animals and habitat of major
wildlife species in the project area as well as in its impact area, probable impacts of project on
various components in the study area and to formulate appropriate mitigative measures to
prevent the degradation of habitat in and around the project area as consequence of the project.
Such conservation plan is to be formulated by the Project Authorities and submitted before the
Divisional Forest Officer concerned, which will be forwarded after scrutiny and with specific
comments through CF/RCCF to Chief Wildlife Warden for approval. The Project Authorities
may get the plan prepared by engaging suitable consultants/professional working in this field.
The SSCP shall address the wildlife conservation issues in respect of the project area as well as
the 10 km Buffer Zone around the project area. The SSCP shall prepare the budget estimates for
both the lease area as well as the project impact zone or buffer area. The SSCP shall be

201
implemented by the project proponent in the lease area as per the approved cost and the fund for
implementation in the project impact zone shall be deposited to the DFO for implementation by
the State Forest Department.

In the draft final report, it was proposed to declare the area free of mining in the Saranda
and adjacent Forest Divisions of Kolhan and Porahat as Inviolate Area as per the proposal of the
State Forest Department. The issue was also deliberated by the Forest Advisory Committee
during its meeting in May 2012 and while granting Stage-I Forestry Clearance for SAIL
(Duarguiburu Mines of Gua) they had noted that the issue of Singhbhum Elephant Reserve still
remained a factor to be considered and State Government should identify inviolate area in the
Saranda Reserve Forest free from mining. However, while reviewing the Draft Report, Wildlife
Institute of India had observed that the area identified as Inviolate shall be declared and
maintained as Conservation Reserve under the provisions of Wildlife (protection) Act, 1972. In
view of this, the area identified by the State Forest Department has been proposed as
Conservation Reserve. Declaring the area free from mining at present in the Saranda Reserve
Forest as Conservation Reserve will not only serve the purpose of preserving the richness of
Saranda, it will also help State Govt. to formulate long term plans for protecting the Saranda
from the mining.

Sustainable Mining

The following suggestions are given for sustainable mining.

 To ensure systemic and sustainable mining, all the leaseholders shall implement the
progressive mine closure plan and rehabilitate the mined out area in the systematic manner
before opening the new areas. While forwarding the proposal for grant of forest clearance
for the fresh areas, state forest department shall ensure the implementation of the
reclamation of the mined out areas.
 To ensure the biological reclamation of the mined out areas, the EIA/EMP report prepared
by the mines for obtaining Environmental Clearance should identify the species in lease land
before hand and suggest measures to ensure its conservation and remedial actions, wherever
necessary.

202
 The mined out areas will be backfilled and planted with native plant species, preferably
those recorded in the surrounding natural habitats. A detailed assessment of the vegetation in
the lease area will be done. This exercise will concentrate on identification of gaps
(openings) and soil eroded areas. The identified gaps will be planted with suitable plant
species and monitored for success.
 The eroded or erosion prone areas will be treated appropriately through gully
plugging/planting/check dams for checking erosion.
 Attempt will be made to control the exotic weeds through manual uprooting and the areas
maintained as grass lands/open areas for promoting herbivore population.
 State Forest Department shall support for identification and restoration of the forest area
degraded due to the mining and associated activity for augmentation. Involvement of local
communities through VSS/EDC in habitat restoration.
 Bench mark data on habitat selected for the restoration will be generated for augmentation
and monitoring.
 Open wire electricity connection to the mining site endangers the movement of the arboreal
animals. Therefore, the power transmission line to the new mining sites should ensure the
insulated covered electric wires and action taken to replace the existing lines within five
years.
 Road transportation is primarily responsible for habitat fragmentation and disturbance as
well as single major dust pollution reason. As a long term measure, use of conveyors for
transport of ores to the railway yard should be insisted for all the mines. The use of
conveyors for transportation of ore to the railway yard shall be the condition stipulated in the
forestry clearance granted to the mines. The existing mines will be given three years time to
shift to conveyors.
 It is further recommended that the roads should be closed for any kind of transportation
either from the site or through any of the soil surfaced road passing through forests at night
to ensure free movement of wildlife at least during night.
 For conservation of the water sources, it is recommended to promote rain water harvesting
mechanisms in mining sites to reduce dependence on water from the rivers for use in mines.

203
 The pollution Control Board shall stipulate a condition for water harvesting by all the
mining companies in the grant order under Water Act.
 It was observed during the study that the several fine dumping sites near the railway yards,
especially in Bara Jamda are polluting the nearby streams. Therefore, no stacking of iron ore
fines shall be allowed for a longer period of time and any storage of fines shall be allowed
with proper management that also for a temporary period to avoid pollution of the water
bodies.
 It is recommended that there shall be strict monitoring of the dump management to avoid
any flow of sediments from the dump side during the rainy season by the Forest Department
as part of monitoring towards compliance of conditions of the forestry clearance.
 It has been observed that disposal of liquid effluents generated from the workshop is not
given much attention. Therefore, it is recommended that while according approval under
Consent to Operate under Water Act, State Pollution Control Board may stipulate a
condition that collection and recycling of waste oils and lubricants, prevention of spills of
chemicals (including ammonium nitrate, if used in blasting operations) and provision of
appropriate storage areas for chemicals and fuels are also to be considered to avoid water
pollution.
 It is recommended that a detailed study on water regime of the lease area and around the
buffer zone shall be undertaken by all the lessee with the help of reputed experts and prepare
and implement a management plan on soil and moisture conservation to control and
eliminate surface run-offs from the mine product and waste dump to the nearby water
bodies.
 Though Saranda Forest Division is rich in mineral deposits, the extensive mining in Saranda
is not recommended. As a long term vision, to restrict the further extensive mining, State
Government may explore the possibility of granting the new leases only to captive plant
owners.
 State Govt. may insist on creation of value addition for use of iron ore by the existing
operating mines so that extensive mining is restricted in the Saranda Forest Division based
on the market demand of the iron ore. State Government, as long term vision shall formulate
a strategy for restricting the merchant mining in the Saranda Forest Division.

204
 It was observed that there has been large numbers of ore crushers for size reduction and
screening of iron ore from the mines. The crushers are using road side dumping for storage
of ore. It is recommended that this type of standalone ore crushers shall be closed to stop
road side dumping and minimizing pollution.
 The mines should have their own crushing plants with proper pollution control measures.
 All the stand alone crushers shall be disallowed permission.
 All the crushers of mines should be in the lease area and none will be allowed outside near
the forest.
 A micro industrial area could be developed 5 km away from the nearby forests where all the
crushers could operate.
 There should be a green belt around such micro-industrial area at the expense of the crusher
units.
 There has been selective consumption of iron ore based on their grade and size leading to
unscientific mining and un-scientific storage of iron ore fines. It is recommended that the
mines should develop modern technique to use every size and quality of iron ore in existing
mines so that opening of new areas is minimized thereby inflicting less damage to
biodiversity.
 To ensure systemic and sustainable mining, all the leaseholders shall implement the
progressive mine closure plan and rehabilitate the mined out area in the systematic manner
before opening the new areas.
 While forwarding the proposal for grant of forest clearance for fresh areas, State Forest
Department shall ensure the implementation of the reclamation of the mined out areas.
 It was observed during the field study that some of the mines had done planted the areas
with exotic species while rehabilitating the mined out area. Therefore, it is recommended
that the mines should be made responsible for conservation of biodiversity and rehabilitation
in lease area.
 For proper and scientific reclamation and rehabilitation of the mined out areas, the mine
should be insisted to have a biodiversity/wildlife cell and either employ forestry graduates
from recognized institutions/universities for the purpose or obtain the services of retired
Forest professionals from the field for scientific rehabilitation of the mined out areas. During
205
 the process, all the mine owners shall be insisted for involving the local community for the
afforestation programme.
 The nursery raising should be entrusted to villagers near the mines after necessary training.
A permanent nursery for native plants may be a good option.
 It was observed during the field study that some of the mines are closed since long for want
of statutory clearances. These are left abandoned without any proper management plan. It is
recommended that the closure of mines should follow the legally bound procedures under
the provisions of Mines Act, MMDR Act and other applicable provisions with a provision of
appropriate penal action to the violators.
 As a long term measures, it is suggested that a regional EIA Report may be prepared by
engaging reputed experts by fund generated from the mining companies for the Saranda
Forest Division for Cumulative Impact Assessment (CIA) of mining projects as it would
address the combined effects of multiple activities of different projects located in a cluster.
This approach would also take care of the cumulative impacts of individually minor and
non-significant but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time.
 As a long term action plan, State Govt. may set up a Public Grievance Cell in mining
companies or for a cluster of companies to address the complaints of the public related to
mining.
The Central Pollution Control Board has prepared a Comprehensive Industry Document
on Iron Ore Mining to reduce the adverse impact of mining on the environment. Based on the
survey, they have recommended the best practices to be adopted by the mining companies. As
suggested in the comprehensive industry document as well as globally adopted best mining
practices, the following good practices are recommended for implementation by the mining
companies.
Top soil management
To ensure the biological reclamation of the mined out areas, the EIA/EMP report
prepared by the mines for obtaining Environmental Clearance should identify the species in lease
land before hand and suggest measures to ensure its conservation and remedial actions, wherever
necessary.

206
The following objectives of the top soil management to be ensured for both the existing mines as
well as the proposed mines:-
 Provide sufficient stable topsoil material for rehabilitation work of dumps, back filled areas
and degraded lands
 Identify soil resources and stripping guidelines and optimize the recovery of topsoil resource
 Identify surface areas requiring stripping to minimize over clearing
 Manage topsoil reserves to avoid degradation of the resource
 Identify stockpile locations and dimensions
 Each mine will prepare a Catchment Area Treatment Plan with the help of experts. The Plan
will have all the details of management intervention using biological and civil structures to
rejuvenate the Koina and Karo river systems.
 Strict Top Soil Management shall be adopted by all the miners to avoid any damage to top
soil.
 The top soil and mine overburden removed should be stacked separately with proper
management and drainage control.
 No exposed surface shall be allowed and dumped area shall be sprinkled with water and
development of green belt to reduce dust generation.
 The top soil should be used to rehabilitate the mined out area with local species side by side
with opening of new area.
 The state forest department shall ensure the implementation of the reclamation of the mined
out areas while forwarding the proposal for grant of forest clearance for fresh areas.
Drilling and Blasting
 Adoption of Wet drilling or Drill Machine equipped with the dust extraction system, sound
proof cabin, dust hood at the collar of the hole to prevent air pollution due to drilling.
 Controlled Blasting Technique by using “bulk explosive systems” like global experience
such as use of slurry, emulsions for reducing boulders and formation of toe, reduction of
shock waves, fly rocks, noise, dust, etc., and for increasing the utilization factor of explosive
energy.
 Use of hydraulic hammer/rock breaker as an alternative to the secondary boulder blasting to
avoid generation of more fly rocks and noise.
207
 There is universal practice for timing of blasting in the large open cast mines based on the
DGMS guidelines to avoid problem of temperature inversion.
 Scientifically, blasting has been recommended during 1.00 pm to 3.00 pm to have the least
impact of blasting in terms of temperature inversion. This blasting timing shall be ensured
by all the mines.
 There shall be proper and appropriate mechanism for notifying the nearby villagers on the
date and time of blasting on a monthly basis.
 To avoid any possible cumulative impact of blasting due to simultaneous blasting in the
neighboring mines, proper coordination between mines shall be ensured.
Effluent from mines

It has been observed that disposal of liquid effluents generated from the workshop is not
given much attention. It is recommended that while according approval under Consent to
Operate under Water Act, State Pollution Control Board may stipulate a condition that collection
and recycling of waste oils and lubricants, prevention of spills of chemicals (including
ammonium nitrate, if used in blasting operations) and provision of appropriate storage areas for
chemicals and fuels are also to be considered to avoid water pollution.

The following measures are suggested to prevent ground and surface water contamination.

 All mine water should be channelized to settling ponds with enforced guard wall and is
reused. Leak proof containers must be used for storing and transporting oil/grease etc. The
wash off of oil/grease should be stored and treated separately.
 Sewage waste should be discharged to specially designed septic tanks and soak pits.
 All stacking and loading area should be provided with garland drains with baffles to prevent
wash off from reaching the natural streams.
 All the safe guards of mining plan have to be followed.
Storm water
 Check dams should be provided to prevent wash off from any mining activities.
 Peripheral bunds have to be created on the outer benches and water gradient of 1 in 100 to
be kept at every bench to prevent soil erosion.

208
 The construction of garland drains, chutes, catch pits etc. should be taken to prevent any
mine related material to reach natural streams.
 All the water should be channelized to settling pond and only clean water is discharged.
Water conservation
 The creation of sedimentation basin and diversion of surface water through de-silting tanks
is suggested. The garland drains, retaining walls and toe bunds around dumps should be
ensured to check surface flow.
 Stock pits/dumps should be low in height and away from mine area.
 A series of rock filled dams, gabions, check dams should be constructed downstream.
 The haul roads should be sprinkled with water to prevent dust.
 The water management system has to be in place.
 The vehicles shall not be washed and cleaned in streams/ rivers.
 The micro flora and fauna of soil and water has to be maintained and periodic (3 months)
monitoring has to be done.
 All mines are required to treat their lease area on watershed concept of hill to valley
approach. A plan has to be prepared for implementation.
Transport
 Strengthening of roads with side chain, regular sprinkling of water, avenue plantation along
the road sides are to be carried out.
 Transportation shall be stopped from evening to dusk to ensure and zero disturbances.
 Ore Beneficiation plant should be located outside the lease area.
 The closed conveyor system having at least 6 meters height to be constructed in forest area
with minimum disturbance during night to allow passage of wildlife during night.
 The power transmission lines to the mines have to be by using covered insulated wire in the
forest area to prevent accidental death of arboreal animals.
 Road transportation is primarily responsible for habitat fragmentation and disturbance as
well as single major dust pollution reason. As a long term measure, Use of conveyors for
transport of ores to the railway yard should be insisted for all the mines. The use of
conveyors for transportation of ore to the railway yard shall be the condition stipulated

209
 for forestry clearance granted to the mines. The existing mines may be given three year
time for installing the conveyors.
 No vehicle will use the pressure horn in forest area.
Catchment area treatment
 Each mine is expected to prepare catchment area plan in their leases on watershed
management concept after a complete survey of slope, runoff, land use, erosion and
biodiversity.
 The engineering measures like check dams, retaining walls, planting of soil binding grasses,
bench terracing, stream bank protection, staggered trenches, catch water drains etc. should
be adopted.
 The biological measures like restoration of degraded area, plantations of local plants should
be ensured.
 All the mine owners shall undertake the de-siltation programme for main river course and
drainages which are silted under the guidance of State Forest Department
Administrative setup

Each mine should have a wildlife cell under an experienced expert supported by at least
four retired forest personnel (Range Forest Officer, Foresters, Forest guards) or Forest Graduate
and assisted by at least 6-8 field workers drawn from the villages. The cell will be responsible for
all biodiversity conservation activities like fire control, rehabilitation, restoration, catchment
treatment, population setimation, other protection measures and monitoring, research and
documentation. This cell will be trained by experts in wildlife drawn from NGO, Govt.
organization and universities.
Corporate Social Responsibility Activities
The claim of positive economical and social impacts due to mining, of late has been
challenged by the social scientists. The mineral industry has also become more aware of the
importance of corporate social responsibility and sustainable development. The studies
elsewhere has commented that if mining is to happen, enabling conditions need to be created and
put in place to ensure that local communities benefit from these projects from the start and
through the life, and after, of the mine.

210
 The mining companies are morally and legally responsible to look after the welfare of the
people in the areas surrounding the mines. CSR is the most important part of good mining
practices. The iron ore mines operating in Saranda comply with the legal requirements for
obtaining permissions for initiation of the project and operation. The impacted villages have also
been identified in the Environment Management Plans and Environmental Impact Assessment
reports and have plans to address social issues through corporate social responsibility. However,
after interactions and surveys with the communities, it is felt that a revamping is required for
effective CSR activities in the area. The present scenario is not up to the mark and need
revamping.
 It is important to include a representative of the project clearing authority at the stake holder
workshop as a part of SIA.
 CSR plan for at least five years be prepared after proper consultation. This has to be
mandatory for project approval. The five year plan should be flexible, reviewed annually
and should accommodate any change at the time of review.
 The objectives of the CSR should also be to make the activity self supporting and sustainable
thereby contributing to the economy and livelihood of the beneficiaries even after the
withdrawal of the mining companies.
 CSR should identify supplementary occupations to improve their position in terms of
livelihood security. Therefore, the CSR must give more importance to planning and
development of diversified income generating activities (eg. nursery raising/poultry/
homestead cultivations) with proper marketing strategies in place. It is important to engage
with the community around the social and cultural issues related to mining.
 The mining companies should engage the people in the adopted village for raising nurseries
for their rehabilitation purpose.
 The villagers are currently looking at the mining company officials as someone who are
helping them and the officials consider the CSR activities as their favour. This patron client
relation needs to be changed to a nearest neighbour relation.
 Awareness creation on biodiversity and environment should be an integral part of CSR in the
villages. The mining companies should also support and encourage the villagers for

211
 biodiversity conservation activities in their surroundings and also protect the villages from
wildlife conflict.
 The capacity building of the youths in the villages for employment generation should be one
of the objectives of the CSR.
 The CSR activities are currently implemented by one of the officials of the mining company.
There should be a social scientist for each company or at least for the cluster, who is well
supported by trained local Assistants and act as Welfare Promoters.
 There should be a co-ordination committee of Mining company representatives, social
scientist, block level People’s representative and the village Heads with the DFO level
official of the area as the Chairman. The committee can meet at least twice in a year and
review the progress in implementation of the work and also an assessment done by a
qualified expert preferably from a reputed social science institution.
 It is important that the mining companies report adoption of villages for holistic development
to the DFO thereby avoiding the current practice of duplication of activities in the same
village.
 The activities carried out under CSR should be publicised through website and made
available to the public and any interested citizens. The report of such assessment should be a
public document and publicised through website and placing copies with the concerned
government departments and even in Gramsabhas.
 The mines should identify the villages within 10 km radius and each should adopt
village/villages for holistic development and prepare a plan of 5 years for development. It
should be participatory and prepared through socio-economic survey of the village by on
expert team consisting of social scientists, and at least two local persons as facilitator.
 The plan should address livelihood (30%), agriculture, horticulture development, biomass
development (20%), livestock development (10%), health and education (20%) youth and
culture promotion (10%) and drinking water, monitoring, awareness and documentation
(10%).or as per the village demand list.
 Wildlife protection measures like provision of rechargeable torches, grain tank flaming
torches etc. (as per requirement) should be made at the earliest in the villages depredated by
wildlife in consultation with the Range Forest Officer of the area.

212
 The livelihood options should have forward and backward linkage. The promotion of
vegetable cultivation and processing of aromatic grasses (not eaten by wildlife), provision of
grafted fruit plants mainly citrus varieties to each household, breed improvement programme
of local cattle (if so desired by the people), poultry and piggery development, Tasar
development should be component in the plan apart from other activities. These should be
culturally and socially acceptable.
 All the activities should be monitored and documented on an annual basis to access the
impact of CSR on the villages.
 Promotion of health care, livelihood generation, promotion of youth activities, training and
employment generations, market yard, women empowerment, education and culture
development should be integral part of CSR.
Biodiversity Conservation

The forests in West Singhbhum is rich in biodiversity and also have a number of villages.
The forest is managed under 14 Ranges in four Forest Divisions. Majority of the Range
headquarters are situated in remote areas. The existing vacancies of uniformed protection staff is
in the order of 23 Foresters and 272 Forest Guards, which is one of the major hurdles in
protection of this vast area. Though well connected by a network of roads, the infrastructural
facilities including vehicles, wireless communication system and patrolling stations in remote
areas lack in the Ranges. The existing staff are also not trained and motivated to meet the
protection challenges. The vast stretches of forests are floristically rich with a good portion under
different stages of degradation due to various reasons. The presence of mines in the southern
portions and the impact on the natural resources result in pollution and related issues. The
villages in the mining impact zone are affected and these issues are not addressed in a systematic
manner. The area dotted with villages and the dependence of the thousands of villagers on forest
for NTFP, firewood, cattle rearing etc add to the problems. Human-wildlife conflict is also one
of the major issues at least in about 92 villages. There is no mechanism in place to convey the
message of conservation to the larger public. The aesthetic value of the hills and valleys of the
area is not utilized to promote eco-friendly, responsible tourism. Considering these, the remedial
measures for better management of the forests in West Singhbhum district to address the
identified problems are dealt under different headings viz. protection, habitat management, eco-
213
tourism, wildlife health monitoring, biodiversity assessment and monitoring, conservation
awareness and eco-development.
Infrastructure
The major hurdle in protection is the lack of field staff, which is to the tune of about 300
vacancies. The average age of the existing staff is also a major concern. It is important that steps
are taken to fill the existing vacancies of protection staff on a war footing. In addition, the
following are suggested for improving the facilities.
Field Patrolling Stations: Forty two (42) Patrolling stations are suggested at various locations
to ensure the presence of uniformed protection staff in almost all the areas. The Patrolling
Stations could be designed to accommodate at least five persons at a given time. Some of these
could be in the form of Watch towers so as to facilitate better view to some distance. Three such
Stations in each Range are envisaged in the proposal. However, the Managers of the area could
decide realignment of the numbers and also their locations considering the various threats in the
Ranges. It is also important to ensure lighting and water facilities in the Stations.
Furnishing of patrolling stations and maintenance: It is important that bare minimum
facilities are provided in the Patrolling Stations to ensure continuous stay of the staff. Provision
is made to provide cots, mosquito nets and chairs and table.
Purchase of 4 wheel vehicle for patrolling: The Range Officers are currently handicapped with
no vehicles for patrolling in the tough terrains. Provision is given for 14 four wheel vehicles to
the Ranges. Amount is also given for replacement at the end of the sixth year.
Fuel and maintenance expenses for vehicles: Provision is made to meet the fuel and
maintenance expenditure of the new vehicles.
Purchase of motor bikes: At present, most of the field staff are utilising their own two wheelers
even for official purposes. Currently, 3 Nos. per Range with replacement after 5th year is
suggested so that it could be allotted to the Patrolling Stations.
Fuel for motor bikes: About 12,000/- per bike with an annual increase is suggested for fuel and
maintenance.
Office building of RO – maintenance: It is suggested to provide funds for
renovation/maintenance of the existing office buildings in the 14 Ranges.

214
Residential building of RO – maintenance: The fund suggested could be utilised for
renovation/maintenance of the official residential buildings of the Range Officers. Three lakh for
the first year and then 1 lakh each and 2 lakh each after 5th year.
Office facilities and maintenance: The offices need to be furnished properly for creating good
working environment. The provision is to be used for standard furniture for seating and also for
storage of files.
Dormitory for staff /villagers and its maintenance: The field staff visiting the Range
headquarters is currently seeking accommodation either in the office or outside. Provision is
made for one dormitory per Range and the amount is spread over two years. Maintenance
expenditure to the tune of 0.5 lakh per year is also suggested. The dormitory is to have ten beds
with lights, water and toilet facilities. These could also be utilised by the Village Eco-
development Committee members from remote areas visiting the Range Office for official
works.
Quarters for staff (duplex) and maintenance: Twenty eight duplex quarters (two in each
Range) is proposed to accommodate the staff with family. These shall be finished within the first
two years of the project. These are to be at Range headquarters and provision is made for annual
maintenance.
Furnishing of dormitories and maintenance: Provision is made to furnish the dormitories with
bed, chairs and also tables and racks for keeping personal belongings of the visiting staff and
villagers.
Office Phone, solar light and Computer for RO: The Range Offices have to be with
communication facilities like phone in addition to the wireless sets. They could also be provided
with solar lights. Computer facilities for data storage and analysis are also suggested.
Chain Gates in identified locations: There are locations in each Range requiring traffic
regulations along the road especially at night. This is especially true in the southern portion and
also areas adjacent to the boundaries.
Maintenance of Roads: Most of the forest roads are of mud. These need to be maintained every
year especially after the rains.
Vehicles for the Divisions and replacement: It is suggested to equip the Division level officers
within the first two years and then a few replaced later during the five year period.

215
Fuel and maintenance expenses: This is to meet the fuel and maintenance expenditure of the
vehicles at the Divisions.
Establishing weather stations in identified locations for weather data (rainfall and
temperature): Weather data is a prelude to most of the planning. It is proposed to install basic
facilities in each Range for collecting rainfall and temperature data.
Equipments (Camera/binoculars): Procurement of cameras and binoculars for the use of the
staff will help in monitoring the habitat and also recording animals sighted. Providing camera
and binoculars will also lead to a high morale among the staff.
Well developed Interpretation Centres: A well developed Interpretation Centre is the place
where people are educated on the conservation through various audio-visual means. Two such
centres are proposed, preferably in Noamundi and Goelkara/Chakardharpur. The work should be
entrusted to qualified institutions like Centre for Environment Education (CEE) and such
institution should be involved from the very beginning starting from designing of the building.
Dormitory facility for tourists: This facility, two in numbers should be located in the places of
Interpretation Centres and could be divided into two with facilities for both males and females. It
should accommodate twenty people.
Audio-visual equipments (LCD/Computer): The facility should be in place where the
Interpretation Centres are planned and also utilised for educating the public in villages.
Maintenance of Rest Houses: Most of the Forest Rest Houses in the area need
renovation/maintenance. Proposal includes a budgetary provision for the purpose. Once
renovated, these could be rented out to tourists also.
Habitat Management
Habitat is the key to any forest/wildlife conservation. The habitats in the West Singhbhum are
diverse and support a number of streams and plants and animals. This is also the livelihood
source of thousands of villagers. The issues related to habitat are addressed through fire
management and eco-restoration though the other suggested activities also contribute to the
habitat conservation.
Fire Management
Fire is one of the most damaging biotic factor leading to degradation of the habitat and hence
measures are suggested to prevent/control fire.

216
Preparation of a fire management theme plan: A long term fire management plan will be
required based on identification of fire prone areas referring satellite imageries thereby
formulating strategies for preventive measures.
Fire line laying and maintenance: One of the traditional fire prevention measures is laying fire
lines. There are differences of opinion on the efficacy of fire lines. However, it has been argued
that well maintained fire lines help in managing the spread of the fire once occurred. Provision is
given for laying new fire lines and maintenance involving the EDC members. It is also suggested
to entrust the fire management work near the villages to the community and compensate them for
no fire season. This has been tested elsewhere and found effective to some extent.
Fire protection mazdoors (EDCs): It is also suggested to entrust the fire management work
near the villages to the community and compensate them for no fire season. This has been tested
elsewhere and found effective to some extent.
Eco Restoration
Addressing the degraded habitat is crucial and hence eco-restoration measures are suggested
through various methods.
Plan preparation: Based on the criteria fixed in the workshop/capacity building, the
degradation areas and causative factors need to be identified and mitigation measures planned. A
plan for implementation is suggested.
Weed eradication: The areas infested with weeds have to be identified and eradicated with
appropriate measures. Provision is made for the purpose.
Traditional nursery raising of native plant species: One of the measures for addressing the
degradation is the augmentation and funds are proposed for raising saplings for the purpose.
Only species found in the West Singhbhum should be raised for the purpose.
Advanced Root Trainer Nursery establishment (Containers, stand, irrigation, composting
unit, green shade, fencing, potting shed): This will help in raising plants using the advanced
technology. Provision is made for developing the facilities one each in the four Ranges. Separate
provision is made for actual root trainer nursery plant raising.
Augmentation of degraded areas by planting native species (Assisted Natural
Regeneration): The areas identified in natural forests need to be augmented for promoting
naturalness. It is suggested to go for augmentation of the areas with species native to the West

217
Singhbhum. It is also suggested to see the species composition the areas selected for
augmentation and augment with the same species.
Planting highly degraded areas with mixed native species (RDF): There are at least a few
areas, which are highly degraded due to various reasons. These areas may be planted with mixed
species of the area.
Soil conservation measures: Soil moisture is an important factor to promote natural
regeneration and also for preventing soil erosion. Provision is made for site specific soil
conservation measures through check dams/creating water holes/gully plugging). Funds are also
proposed for maintenance.
Developing a Butterfly Park by planting appropriate host plants: It is proposed to select a
place of Butterfly abundance like Ankua Block, where a Park could be open for visitors to attract
their support for conservation. The area could be augmented with known host plants of
butterflies, which will attract swarms of these. This could also be a place for educating the public
on the role of butterflies in the system and promote identification of butterflies in their
surroundings, which would be a rewarding hobby.
Medicinal Plant Garden with awareness facilities and sale outlet: A medicinal plant garden
highlighting their habitat, status in wild, uses etc will act as an education and awareness tool.
There could be a nursery for medicinal plants managed by EDC so that there could be a sale
outlet, which would also help in meeting the maintenance expenditure and an income for the
EDC.
Orchidarium in Saranda and Kolhan Divisions: West Singhbhum, especially Saranda is
known for the orchids some of which are reported to be endemic to the area. It is suggested to
have an orchidarium in Saranda Division in an ideal location, where there should be programmes
for the propagation and for sale also. The persons managing these, preferably from the EDCs,
should be trained under an expert. This in addition to ex-situ conservation and awareness
creation could also serve as an outlet if properly managed.
Vegetation monitoring in augmented areas: It is suggested to monitor the augmentation works
for measuring the success so that corrective measures could be taken. The services of an expert
in plant ecology could be sought for an independent assessment and monitoring.
Staff Welfare

218
EDC watchers for assistance in patrolling Stations: Two villagers, preferably selected from
the EDC members could be engaged for assisting the staff in patrolling the area and with
maintenance of the Stations.
Uniform for EDC Watchers: The Watchers are to be in uniquely coloured uniform to give an
identity, which would also keep their morale high.
Staff Welfare - Medical and group insurance Field gear: The staff including watcher welfare
is an important part to keep them motivated. It is suggested to insure them for health and
accident.
Field gear: The staff may be provided with field gears like shoe, rucksack, torch, water bottle
and rain coat to motivate them for patrolling.
Reward to informers (intelligence gathering): Prevention is the key word of success in
protection. Whatever be the strength of the staff, it is necessary to have a network of reliable
informers for early information on the offences. Every reliable piece of information leading to
successful prevention could be rewarded. Provision is made for the purpose.
Capacity Building for staff (Training): The staff are not exposed to recent developments in the
field of forestry and wildlife. Most of them had their training only at the time of induction. It is
suggested to organise training/workshop programmes for the staff. The subjects should be field
oriented and organised inside the forest for field exposure of the subject dealt. It could include
awareness on biodiversity related matters, Protected Areas, wildlife management techniques
including population estimation, legal provisions related to forests and wildlife, intelligence
gathering, wildlife health monitoring, familiarising with equipments like GPS/binoculars/camera
etc. The whole programme should be with the help of audio-visual equipments.
Exposure visit for staff: The staff should not be in an island situation with no exposure on the
developments in wildlife conservation elsewhere. It is suggested that the staff is given
opportunities to visit some of the best managed Protected Areas outside the state. This should be
considered as study tours and not an excursion.
Human-Wildlife Conflict
Vehicle for Elephant depredation vehicle for Human wildlife conflict mitigation: One of the
major conservation issues in the area is the human-wildlife conflict. Elephant is reported to be
responsible for majority of the conflict incidences. The conflict is mostly in the form of crop

219
raiding and raiding of granaries. Funds are proposed for vehicles for staff movement to the
conflict areas on information.
Fuel and maintenance cost for the Elephant Depredation Vehicle: Funds for fuel and
maintenance cost is included for the Elephant Depredation Vehicle.
EDC watchers for Elephant Depredation Vehicle: It is necessary to support the Forest staff
with Watchers, employed from the local villagers.
Solar street lights: Five street lights, powered by solar energy, for each village is proposed so
that animals will keep away from such areas. These are suggested for the 92 most affected
villages.
Community granary (Golas): The elephants are reported to come to the residential areas for
raiding the grains stored in temporary storage places made of bamboo mats or similar structures.
Five granaries/ village of concrete are suggested.
Human wildlife conflict mitigation (solar powered fence/ex-gratia) and maintenance:
Provision is made in the proposal to address the conflict situation through appropriate site
specific mitigation measures. It is suggested to organise consultative stake holder workshops to
formulate site specific strategies and implement.
Search Lights: Two search lights per village is proposed to assist the people/village level
watchers while guarding.
Cell Phones: One cell phone per village is suggested to contact the officials and the striking
team in case of emergencies.
Elephant Watchers: It is still the traditional method of guarding the crops and villages, which is
reported to be effective. Five Elephant watchers per village will act as guardians of the village
against the crop raiding elephants. These watchers will also alert the villagers in case of
elephants arriving the field or village for further assistance.
Wildlife Health Monitoring
One of the problems associated with wildlife in low abundance area will be the issues related to
wildlife health. This is especially true in an area with large number of cattle grazing in the forest.
Each and every individual in the population is important in such situations and any injured or
sick animals need to be rescued, treated and released back to the wild.

220
Rescue and Rehabilitation Centre – construction and maintenance: Two Rescue and
Rehabilitation Centres are proposed to take care of sick and injured animals, provide temporary
shelters before releasing back to the wild. These could be located in the interior areas (eg.
Gua/Kiriburu/Chiria) and in Chaibasa. These should not be open to tourists thereby preventing it
from becoming a mini zoo. Only bare minimum facilities should be provided in such Centres.
The Centre should be designed in consultation with a veterinarian familiar with wildlife diseases.
Mobile veterinary Unit, fuel and maintenance: A mobile veterinary unit equipped with
facilities for transportation of sick and injured animals is proposed.
Chemical capture equipments and drugs: Immobilisation equipments for capture of animals
(distinjects/blow pipes), if necessary is proposed. The Veterinarians should be sent for training in
handling such equipments utilising the provisions under Project elephant scheme.
Cages and other capture/ restraining equipments: It is sometimes necessary to capture
problematic and even sick animals for treatment or confining them to captivity. Cages of varying
measurements appropriately designed for temporary confinement and transportation is proposed.
Honorarium for Veterinarians: The services of a veterinarian should be made available for the
Rescue and Rehabilitation Centres. This could be in arrangement with Animal Husbandry
department or with a private practitioner, with experience.
Driver for Mobile unit: A driver, who could also be an Assistant to the Veterinarian is
suggested. He should have a passion for animals and also educated enough to handle emergency
situations under the instruction of the Veterinarian.
Capacity building for the Veterinarians of the adjoining areas in collaboration with Animal
Husbandry department: The proposed veterinarians may not be able to handle all the situations
and sometimes not available at a given time. There are veterinarians in the areas around the
forests working with the Animal Husbandry department. Though trained on the basics, they need
to be given exposure to the wildlife related diseases, handling of animals and treatment and
capture and release. Two trainings are suggested for the veterinarians from the surrounding
areas. Services of experienced and qualified resource persons from WII or West Bengal could be
sought for the purpose.
Drugs and medicines: Necessary provisions are made for procuring drugs for immobilisation
and treatment of sick and injured animals.

221
Biodiversity Assessment and Monitoring
Management of an area calls for information on the available resources, their abundance and
distribution leading to assessment of the status in the area. The proposal suggests several basic
studies for such information on various groups of plants and animals. The suggested topics are
mostly of applied. These topics should be given to experienced experts with proven credibility
under a Terms of Reference. In addition, the university departments/research institutions may be
provided with logistic support promoting them to raise their own resources for basic research in
the area.
Inventory of plants with abundance details: Proposal suggests and provisions made for
collecting information on the plant along with abundance and distribution and assessment for
threats.
Inventory of mammals with distribution, abundance and habitat preference: Considering
the low abundance of animals in the area, this may need more time by way of sampling effort.
The study should also bring out information on habitat utilisation and preference.
Inventory of herpetofauna with details on distribution, abundance and habitat preference:
This group, with amphibians and reptiles, are important with specific micro-habitat preference
and will throw light on the habitat conditions. The study should document the species along with
abundance and details on the micro-habitat characteristic features such as plant species in the
area, humidity, temperature etc. and correlated with the number and abundance.
Bird surveys with details on abundance and distribution: Studies on birds will provide
information on the abundance, distribution and frequency of sightings. The researchers may be
requested to include volunteers interested in bird watching in at least some parts thereby
promoting local expertise and conservation awareness.
Inventory of bryophytes and pteridophytes: One of the least known groups, the studies will
bring out information on the moist loving groups.
Assessment of swamps and other specialized habitats and preparation of recovery plan:
The specialised habitats in the area need special attention and studies covering all the seasons.
The study should also look at the habitat conditions and come up with a plan for rejuvenation of
the swamp.

222
Implementation of recovery plan for swamps and specialized habitats: The plan prepared
based on the study may be implemented for habitat recovery.
Wildlife population estimation: The population estimation (census) may be conducted for
larger mammals once in three years. This may be done with the involvement of college
students/NGO volunteers/villagers. The selected people should be trained in advance on the
techniques employed and identification of animals and their indirect evidences in the field. Such
participation will also bring in lots of good will to the forest and wildlife. Considering the low
abundance of animals in the area, it is suggested to concentrate more on the indirect evidences by
transect walk or quadrates covering all the habitat types and estimating the density of indirect
evidences. This would help comparison later for knowing the population trend.
Research Fellow for wildlife monitoring: Attached to one of the Forest Divisions, a qualified
Research Fellow with at least two-three years experience will act as a liaison between the
department and the researchers. He could also co-ordinate the Training/Workshop programmes
planned under the proposal.
Resurvey, boundary demarcation and assessment of the proposed Conservation Reserve:
Though it is suggested to declare Conservation Reserve of the area suggested as inviolate areas
by Regional Chief Conservator of Forests, there had been some changes in the status of the
proposed areas. The proposal is to make a fresh assessment of the area and preparation of maps
based on field survey.
Conservation Awareness
A well informed public is all the important for conserving the forests and wildlife. Currently,
there are no systematic effort to reach the public and make them aware of the values of the West
Singhbhum and the role in their life. The project envisages several programmes for outreach.
Awareness phamphlets and brochures: Brochures and pamphlets in local language,
introducing the West Singhbhum with details on its values and importance in the whole
landscape, could be a best tool to reach general public. It could also be distributed among the
school/college students at the time of wildlife week celebrations.
Developing a website and maintenance: This is the age of transparency. A web site with the
details on the area, details projects that are implemented, programmes etc will help reach more

223
people. There should also be a feedback provision for comments, which are promptly replied by
the concerned officers.
Documentary film on values of West Singhbhum: This would help educating the public
especially the younger generation and seek their support for conservation programmes.
Man power for Interpretation Centres: The Centres should be manned by educated youths
trained in interpretation and conservation issues.
Organising two day Nature camps for the Villagers/students: It is suggested to organise at
least two Nature Camps per Range for the benefit of the villagers/students. The camps should of
two days duration with a proper syllabus including a field exposure trip. The services of
knowledgeable Resource Persons could be utilised.
Capacity building for the visitor guides from the local villagers: Selected village youths
could be trained as visitor guides exposing them to the wildlife in the area, wildlife values,
communication etc. under a knowledgeable Resource Person. The trained Guides will earn their
livelihood by escorting the visitors.
Signages with conservation messages and maintenance: The conservation messages could
reach the public through appropriately worded signages exhibited at vantage points. It will also
be good to give phone numbers of the officers to be contacted to pass on information on illegal
activities.
Celebration of important days: It is important that national and international events like World
Environment Day and Wildlife Week are celebrated to create awareness among the public on
conservation of nature.
Eco-Development
People’s participation and addressing the social issues of the local community is the recent
development in wildlife management. This will promote both the livelihood of the people and
reduce their dependence on the natural resources. The eco-development also ensures support of
the locals for conservation. It is suggested here to have Eco-development committees and
activities under well thought out micro-plan prepared with active participation of the villagers.
There are fourteen Forest Villages (10 in Saranda and 4 in Kolhan FDs) in the district. These are
treated separately as the development and welfare of the people in this area is the concern of the
Forest department. The amount provided is as per the World Bank Eco-development norms.

224
Formation of Village Eco-development Committees (EDCs): There could be discussions with
the village heads and form clusters of villages to work under EDCs. The villagers should be
briefed on the purpose and their role and responsibilities.
Preparation of micro plans: The EDCs should prepare a micro-plan for implementation. The
dependence of the villagers on the natural resources, their socio-economic status and education
level should be considered. The micro plan should be socially acceptable, have livelihood
options, women empowerment and conforming to the existing Rules and regulations. The EDCs
could also be involved in forest and wildlife protection, fire management, mitigation of conflicts
and visitor management.
Entry Point Activities: The villagers always expect immediate benefits from the programme
and the entry point activity will be to address one of the most important immediate demands of
the people, which will be of benefit to the community.
Seed money for implementation of micro plan: Provisions are made to support the EDCs
through seed money for initial support of their work or for entry activity.
Rain water harvesting tanks/ponds: Water shortage especially during summer is one of the
crucial problems faced by the villagers. The programme of rain water harvesting is to be
implemented in 100 villages.
Capacity building/vocational training for villagers: It is important to make the villagers self
sustainable through programmes under eco-development. Vocational Training will be one of the
options and the details have to be worked out depending the site, social acceptability etc.
Monitoring and Evaluation: A Monitoring and Evaluation team comprising of experts drawn
from wildlife, social science and forestry is suggested for monitoring and evaluation of the
implementation of all the programmes under the Plan. The experts should be drawn from
different places of the country and appointed by the State Chief Wildlife Warden. The
Committee should be provided with the details of the projects implemented along with progress.
The Committee will make field visits twice in an year to have firsthand knowledge of the
progress and report their findings and comments to the Chief Wildlife Warden.

Emergency Relief Fund (Calamity Fund)

225
A separate recommendation is given for a Conservation Reserve/Inviolate Area consisting of
areas mostly from Saranda, Kolhan and Porahat Forest Divisions. An Emergency Relief Fund
(Calamity Fund) is proposed to meet the emergency requirement to mitigate human wildlife
conflict. This will be at the disposal of the Conservator of Forests and to be operated through a
Committee headed by Chief Wildlife Warden and Chief Conservator of Forests (Jamshedpur),
Conservator of Forests (Chaibasa) as Members.
West Singhbhum Conservation Fund
It is suggested to create West Singhbhum Conservation Fund under Department. of Forest and
Environment, Jharkhand exclusively for West – Singhbhum district. This corpus will be from the
contribution of Rs. 2.17 per Ha from the mining companies. This was arrived by dividing the
total budgetary provision of Rs. 19981.39, which is shared by 9186.54 Ha of approved lease
land. The fund will be utilised for implementation of the recommendations in the Plan and other
programme on conservation as per the resolution of the Governing Body. The GB will be under
the Chief Wildlife warden with Regional Chief Conservator of Forests (Jamshedpur),
Conservator of Forests (Chaibasa), Divisional Forest Officers of all the four Forest Divisions and
mining company and People’s representatives. The operation and administration of the fund
should follow the administrative and financial rules of Govt. of Jharkhand.

226
 Proposal to declare Conservation Reserve under
Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

A major part of the forests in West Singhbhum district is rich in forest cover, biodiversity
and forms part of a larger landscape. This is especially true in the forests of Saranda Forest
Division. Considering these and that this is the major watershed of Koel, Karo, Koena, Kharkai
and Baiterny rivers, the Regional Chief Conservator of Forests (RCCF), Jamshedpur had
submitted a proposal to State Government in 2005 to declare parts of the Saranda, Kolhan and
Porahat Forest Divisions which are free from the mining as inviolate areas. The proposal was
further revived in the State Forest Department in 2011.

As a long term vision to protect the rich biodiversity of the Saranda and its adjoining
Forest Division, it is important to conserve the area and should not be allowed for further
intensive mining, which can be achieved only by declaring the area as inviolate. In the draft
report, the proposal of RCCF was also agreed by the expert committee and was recommended
for declaring the area as inviolate by the State Govt. at the earliest. While commenting on the
report, the Wildlife Institute of India has opined that in the absence on any legal provision for
declaring the area as inviolate, the area proposed as inviolate shall be considered to be declared
as Conservation Reserve under the provision of Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. The significance
of the area to be declared as Conservation Reserve is described below.

Significance of the area

Forest types

The West Singhbhum area is diverse in vegetation types. The vegetation types are
broadly classified into Northern Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests, Northern Tropical Dry
Deciduous Forests (Champion and Seth, 1968). The sub types of Northern Tropical Moist
Deciduous Forests in the area include the Moist Peninsular Valley Sal [3C/C2e (iii)] (Singhbhum
Damp Valley Sal and Saranda), West Gangetic Moist Mixed Deciduous Forests [3C/C3a (iii)
Singhbhum] and Terminalia tomentosa forest [3C/E1 (ii) Singhbhum Northern Tropical Dry
Deciduous Forests include Dry Peninsular Sal Forest (5B/C1c (i) Singhbhum) (Shorea-
Anogeissus-Woodfordia association and Shorea-Gardenia-Eulaliopsis association), Northern

227
Dry Mixed Forest (5B/C2) (Northern Dry Mixed Forest [5B/C2 (vi) Singhbhum]
(Cochlospermum-Euphorbia association, Northern Dry Mixed Forest [5B/C2 (vii) Singhbhum]
(Anogeissus-Mitragyna- Dendrocalamus-Daedelacanthus association)) and Dry Savannah Forest
[5/DS2 (i) Singhbhum]. A detailed version of the forest types in the district is given in Chapter 6.

Landscape integrity

The area is a part of Chhotanagpur bio-geographic zone and the landscape merges with
forests of Odisha and Chhatisgarh. This is in continuity with the plateau of Ranchi in East,
Netarhat in North and with Odisha in South West. The continuity in forests makes it vast
harbouring a rich plant and animal wealth including a number of endemics and endangered ones.
The Singbhum falls under the Elephant Reserve comprising of the entire West Singhbhum, East
Singhbhum, Saraikala and Kharsama districts covering a larger area. The area is also important
in terms of elephant movement providing habitat to the Central Indian elephant population
moving between Odisha, part of West Bengal, Jharkhand and Chattisgarh.

Livelihood

The forests of West Singhbhum supports a large number of people especially those from
the Ho and Munda communities. The survey among the villages indicate that nearly 82% of the
households depend upon forests, 92% households are dependent upon NTFP, 22% for poles, 2%
for thatching grass, 97.94% for firewood, 14% for green manure, 92.44% for forest products like
honey, seeds, fruits, mushroom etc., 83% for tooth brush (Datun), 57% for sal leaves, 15% for
ciyal leaves, 47% for mahua flower and seeds, 15% for medicinal plants, 65% for forest wood,
24% are dependent for kusum, sal, tamarind and various fruits. The number of streams leading to
rivers also is the life line of the people in the villages supporting their agricultural activities. The
conservation of this area will secure the livelihood of the people.

Cultural and Aesthetic value

Nearly 53% of the human population of the district belongs to tribal communities of Ho,
Munda, Uraon and some primitive tribes. All these tribes have lived with forests for centuaries.
The rituals, festivals, and their culture is always forest based. They worship trees like sal and
karam and protect varieties of wildlife as custom. Each and every tribal village has a sacred
grove (SARNA) of about 2-5 acres of forests. The West Singhbhum also has some of the

228
scenically important locations in the hills and valleys. The Saranda, which is known as land of
seven hundred hills is aesthetically important and could be a major source of livelihood through
eco-tourism.

Hydrological Value

The area is a major watershed for more than 11 rivers and 50 major streams. The Saranda
forest division is the source of streams of Baitharani, Koel and Karo rivers. The forests of
Chaibasa (S) feed Karo, Konjira, Gara, Balisudra, Kharkai, rivers. The Kolhan and Porahat also
form major watershed for the streams. Millions of people in the villages within and down
streams spread in West and East Singhbhum districts of Jharkhand and six districts of Odisha are
benefitted from the rivers originating from the area.

Biological Richness

The forests of West Singhbhum are not under any Protected Area. But the diverse
vegetation types result in a very rich plant and animal wealth. A rapid assessment during the
present study indicates the plant diversity with very good abundance and regeneration of most
of the species. The details are given in Chapter 6 of the Plan and Table 1. The observations in
different parts also indicate the richness in these regions. The threatened species recorded
from West Singhbhum during the present rapid survey include Rauvolfia serpentine, Michelia
champaca, Dalbergia volubilus, Pterocarpus marsupium, Bulbophyllum crassipes, Costus
speciosus, Ficus arnottiana and Gnetum scandens. A number of the plant species recorded
from the area are medicinal. Though the survey did not cover all the seasons, twenty species
of orchids were observed. Bulbophyllum crassipes and the Pecteilis triflora (litrature base) are
the two species reported to occur only in Kiriburu cluster as their distribution is restricted only
to the Saranda forest. Saranda Forests represents a unique habitat for orchids including all the
11 species of Dendrobium genus.

The Tholkobad at a height of 550 m in the heart of the forest represents a very special
habitat for orchids including all the 11 species of Dendrobiums. It is the home for the last
remnant population of Bulbophyllum, an epiphytic orchid represented by a single species,
Bulbophyllum crassipes. Pecteilis triflora, which is recorded from the area is found only at
two places in India, one being Saranda forests and the other is in the Western Himalaya in
Tons Valley, Uttarkhand.

229
 Forest of Tholkobad

The Ligarda swamp area of the Thalkobad area is well known due to the exclusive
flora. This swamp was with unique vegetation dominated by the members of the family
Zingiberaceae such as Hedychium coronarium and other families of sedges and grasses. The
swamp was deep enough to engulf huge wild Elephants and was surrounded by dense sal
forests. Rajhans mentions about the distribution of Licuala peltata, Calamus viminalis the
common palms in small swamp area. The species of wild banana Musa ornate and Musa
sapientum with Eugenia operculata, Lasia heterophylla, Amomum dealbatum, Zingibera
roseum, Curculigo recurvata, Carex phaota species and many Aroids species were reported
to be common. The interesting Ferns (Pteridophyta) Gleichenia linearis and Lycopodium
cernuum were also seen in this area. Though the swamp is not in its pristine state now due to
various reasons, the canopy cover of the area is between 70% - 90%. The density of sal in this
area is 138.00/ha with of 90.47% frequency. Piper species was recorded only from this area.
A few of the elsewhere less abundant species observed in this area include Ziziphus rugosa,
Costus speciosus, Hedychium coronarium, Bulbophyllum crassipes and Ophioglossum
species. Alstonia scholaris and Artoarpus lagucha.

230
Table 1. Summary of plant wealth in West Singhbhum district from the present survey

S. No. Plant Species Number

1. Total number of Tree species 164

2. Total number of Shrub species 128

3. Total number of Herbaceous species 262

4. Total number of Climber 75

5. Total 629

The Ligarda Swamp area

231
 West Singhbhum has a number of rare orchids

The forest in West Singhbhum is also the home to several species of animals. The
present survey recorded 28 species of mammals, 60 species of birds, 20 species of reptiles, 8
species of amphibians and 63 species of butterflies. Eleven species of mammals recorded from
the area are listed under the Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. These include
elephants (Elephas maximus), Indian pangolin (Manis crassicaudata), sloth bear (Melursus
ursinus), honey badger (Mellivora capensis), wolf (Canis lupus), leopard cat (Prionailurus
bengalensis), leopard (Panthera pardus), tiger (Panthera tigris), mouse deer (Moschiola indica),
gaur (Bos gaurus) and four horned antelope (Tetraceros quadricornis). In Jharkhand, the Indian
giant flying squirrel (Petaurista philippensis) is found only in West Singhbhum. The birds,
reptiles, amphibians and fishes recorded also have a number of endangered species. A study of
butterflies in Ankua region indicated high beta diversity. The study recorded 71 species of

232
butterflies, which included three species - Indigo Flash Rapala varuna, Gaudy Baron Euthalia
lubentina, Pea Blue Lampides boeticus, listed in the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972.

The summary of areas proposed by the Regional Chief Conservator is given Tables 2-7.

The Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India has also initiated move to
identify inviolate forest areas in the country. The committee constituted for the purpose has
suggested criteria and methods for identification of such inviolate areas. The methods include
dividing the forests into grids of 1 x 1 km and assigning values under different categories. The
area suggested under the present proposal has most of the attributes mentioned by the Committee
of MoEF. However, it is suggested that the present proposal could be taken as an indicator while
finalizing the inviolate areas.

Table 2. The summary of the areas proposed as inviolate areas in West Singhbhum

Division and status of Forest Area in Ha

,,

Saranda R.F 60973.46

Kolhan R.F 62630.83
Kolhan P.F 11309.66
Porahat R.F 18453.53
Porahat P.F 1094.44
Total 154461.92

Table 3. Summary of inviolate areas proposed in Saranda Forest Division

Sl. No. Block Number of Area in Ha

Compartment
1 Ankua 38 8756.78
2 Ghatkuri 17 6025.81
3 Kudlibad 18 4752.22
4 Samta 49 13224.93
5 Tholkobad 47 10332.84
6 Karampada 16 5245.26
7 Tirilposi 52 12635.62
Total 60973.46

233
Table 4. Summary of inviolate areas proposed in RFs of Kolhan Forest Division

Sl. No. Block Number of Area in Ha

Compartments
1 Saitba 8756.78
2 Latua 1-53 16671.79
3 Santra 1-47 16327.71
4 Leda 1-30 9680.30
5 Ambia 1-24 10627.97
6 Dimbuli 566.28
Total 62630.83

Table 5. Summary of inviolate areas proposed in PFs of Kolhan Forest Division

Sl No. Block Area in Ha

1 Gutuhatu-Chirubera No.1 750.30
2 Dopai No.2 85.80
3 Chirubera No.3 874.54
4 Tuia No.4 160.66
5 Ichahatu No.5 130.72
6 Kuira No.6 427.76
7 Mohansai No.7 147.31
8 Amrai No.8 252.93
9 Sonua 413.61
10 Kadalsokwa 48.97
11 Bila 104.97
12 Jhilruan 107.89
13 Sangajata 291.28
14 Kara 249.70
15 Ganmore 5070.82
16 Raibera 33.18

234
 17 Panta 21.45
18 Derwan 7.18
19 Anandpur (13) 602.47
20 Anandpur (14) 112.51
21 Goilkera (19) 330.96
22 Agruan 157.02
23 Hinua 413.60
24 Kurkutia (22) 503.85
25 Boroi (24) 10.18
Total 11309.66

Table 6. Summary of inviolate areas proposed in PFs of Porahat Forest Division

Sl. No. Block Area in Ha

1 Ghoraduba 123.33
2 Bruindand 26.30
3 Bari 214.67
4 Bera Hundru 13.35
5 Jatigserenga 13.14
6 Rangamati 21.64
7 Gundri 11.02
8 Jamtri 26.80
9 Unduda 12.54
10 Burukasai 96.26
11 Patiyar 19.27
12 Rughikocha 7.38
13 Samji 9.91
14 Gohera 101.27
15 Torkodkocha 66.36
17 Amjharna 2.40
18 Kairam 23.87
19 Gulruan 16.79

235
 20 Toraisol 30.00
21 Remedkocha 12.84
22 Behra 6.07
23 Komang 15.52
24 Memenda 45.27
25 Tikimalan 28.93
26 Putunga 60.05
27 Jambelo 13.55
28 Kandi 33.09
29 Harta 42.82
Total 1094.44

Table 7. Summary of inviolate areas proposed in RFs of Porahat Forest Division

Sl. No. Block Area in Ha

1 Bera (Compts. 1-39) 16081.68
2 Rangamati 28.32
3 Gundri 105.08
4 Andharkocha 54.22
5 Jamtri 1.45
6 Unduda 124.34
7 Burukasai 30.14
8 Patiyar 12.34
9 Rughikocha 100.35
10 Samji 111.88
11 Pokam 145.68
12 Dalki 49.92
13 Kotrogara 181.49
14 Bhoktauli 53.01
15 Jhikula 14.31
16 Kumdih 96.30
17 Philinghamsada 31.16

236
 18 Gohera 117.35
19 Mindisoya 74.07
20 Kairam 202.60
20 Gulruan 393.24
21 Mukundpur 153.85
22 Toraisol 243.00
23 Konena 47.75
Total 18453.53

Recommendation
Considering the values already described, the Regional Chief Conservator of Forests’
proposal to declare the identified areas as inviolate will ensure long term conservation of at least
a part of the West Singhbhum permitting it to attain the naturalness and wilderness required for
biodiversity conservation and livelihood of the people. State Government may initiate action for
declaration of the inviolate area under Environment Protection Act and proposal sent to
Government of India. It is also recommended that a Protected Area status (Conservation
Reserve) under Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as per norms.

While discussing the proposal with the officials of the State Forest Department, it has
been observed that some of the areas under Saranda FD has been further recommended by the
State Govt. to MoEF , Govt. of India for grant of mining leases and some of the areas are under
active consideration. Therefore, to avoid the practical difficulty, it is proposed to exclude those
area from the proposal while declaring as Conservation Reserve.

Once the area is in principally agreed by the State Govt. to declare it as Conservation
Reserve, no mining shall be allowed in the proposed area. State Govt. while proposing for the
Conservation Reserve may also include that those areas which have been forwarded to MoEF
and in case it is rejected by MoEF will be included in the area under Conservation Reserve.

The details of areas under Saranda FD proposed to be excluded from the original
proposal are in Table 8. These areas are under consideration of Govt. of India or State Govt.
under Mining Leases.

237
 Table 8. Areas to be excluded from the proposed Conservation Reserve

Block Forest compartment Area(Ha)

Kodalibad 1,2,3,4,5,6 part 663.00

Ghatkuri 5,7,8,9,10,13,14,1516,17,20,22 part, Kesiapecha Pf 2244.10

Karampada 34,35 part 202.35

Ankua 12,13,14,16,18,19,20,22,23,24, 25,28,29 part 4077.65

Total 7187.10

Excluding the above area from the Saranda Forest Division, the summary of the area to be
declared as Conservation Reserve is given in the Table 8.

Table 9. Areas to be included in the proposed Conservation Reserve

Division and status of Forest Area (Ha)

Saranda R.F 53786.36

Kolhan R.F 62630.83

Kolhan P.F 11309.66

Porahat R.F 18453.53

Porahat P.F 1094.44

Total 147274.82

238
239
 Budget Explanation

The forests in West Singhbhum is rich in biodiversity and also have a number of
villages. The forest is managed under 14 Ranges in four Forest Divisions. Majority of the
Range headquarters are situated in remote areas. The existing vacancies of uniformed
protection staff is in the order of 23 Foresters and 272 Forest Guards, which is one of the
major hurdles in protection of this vast area. Though well connected by a network of roads,
the infrastructural facilities including vehicles, wireless communication system and patrolling
stations in remote areas lack in the Ranges. The existing staff are also not trained and
motivated to meet the protection challenges. The vast stretches of forests are floristically rich
with a good portion under different stages of degradation due to various reasons. The
presence of mines in the southern portions and the impact on the natural resources result in
pollution and related issues. The villages in the mining impact zone are affected and these
issues are not addressed in a systematic manner. The area dotted with villages and the
dependence of the thousands of villagers on forest for NTFP, firewood, cattle rearing etc add
to the problems. Human-wildlife conflict is also one of the major issues at least in about 92
villages. There is no mechanism in place to convey the message of conservation to the larger
public. The aesthetic value of the hills and valleys of the area is not utilized to promote eco-
friendly, responsible tourism. Considering these, the remedial measures for better
management of the forests in West Singhbhum district to address the identified problems are
dealt under different headings viz. habitat management, infrastructure development, eco-
tourism, wildlife health monitoring, biodiversity assessment and monitoring, conservation
awareness and eco-development.

Infrastructure
The major hurdle in protection is the lack of field staff, which is to the tune of about
300 vacancies. The average age of the existing staff is also a major concern. It is important
that steps are taken to fill the existing vacancies of protection staff on a war footing. In
addition, the following are suggested for improving the facilities.

Field Patrolling Stations: Forty two (42) Patrolling stations are suggested at various
locations to ensure the presence of uniformed protection staff in almost all the areas. The
Patrolling Stations could be designed to accommodate at least five persons at a given time.
Some of these could be in the form of Watch towers so as to facilitate better view to some
distance. Three such Stations in each Range are envisaged in the proposal. However, the
Managers of the area could decide realignment of the numbers and also their locations
considering the various threats in the Ranges. It is also important to ensure lighting and water
facilities in the Stations.
240
Furnishing of patrolling stations and maintenance: It is important that bare minimum
facilities are provided in the Patrolling Stations to ensure continuous stay of the staff.
Provision is made to provide cots, mosquito nets and chairs and table.
Purchase of 4 wheel vehicle for patrolling: The Range Officers are currently handicapped
with no vehicles for patrolling in the tough terrains. Provision is given for 14 four wheel
vehicles to the Ranges. Amount is also given for replacement at the end of the sixth year.

Fuel and maintenance expenses for vehicles: Provision is made to meet the fuel and
maintenance expenditure of the new vehicles.

Purchase of motor bikes: At present, most of the field staff are utilising their own two
wheelers even for official purposes. Currently, 3 Nos. per Range with replacement after 5th
year is suggested so that it could be allotted to the Patrolling Stations.
Fuel for motor bikes: About 12,000/- per bike with an annual increase is suggested for fuel
and maintenance.
Office building of RO – maintenance: It is suggested to provide funds for
renovation/maintenance of the existing office buildings in the 14 Ranges.
Residential building of RO – maintenance: The fund suggested could be utilised for
renovation/maintenance of the official residential buildings of the Range Officers. Three lakh
for the first year and then 1 lakh each and 2 lakh each after 5th year.

Office facilities and maintenance: The offices need to be furnished properly for creating
good working environment. The provision is to be used for standard furniture for seating and
also for storage of files.
Dormitory for staff /villagers and its maintenance: The field staff visiting the Range
headquarters is currently seeking accommodation either in the office or outside. Provision is
made for one dormitory per Range and the amount is spread over two years. Maintenance
expenditure to the tune of 0.5 lakh per year is also suggested. The dormitory is to have ten
beds with lights, water and toilet facilities. These could also be utilised by the Village Eco-
development Committee members from remote areas visiting the Range Office for official
works.

Quarters for staff (duplex) and maintenance: Twenty eight duplex quarters (two in each
Range) is proposed to accommodate the staff with family. These shall be finished within the
first two years of the project. These are to be at Range headquarters and provision is made for
annual maintenance.

241
Furnishing of dormitories and maintenance: Provision is made to furnish the dormitories
with bed, chairs and also tables and racks for keeping personal belongings of the visiting staff
and villagers.
Office Phone, solar light and Computer for RO: The Range Offices have to be with
communication facilities like phone in addition to the wireless sets. They could also be
provided with solar lights. Computer facilities for data storage and analysis are also
suggested.
Chain Gates in identified locations: There are locations in each Range requiring traffic
regulations along the road especially at night. This is especially true in the southern portion
and also areas adjacent to the boundaries.

Maintenance of Roads: Most of the forest roads are of mud. These need to be maintained
every year especially after the rains.

Vehicles for the Divisions and replacement: It is suggested to equip the Division level
officers within the first two years and then a few replaced later during the five year period.

Fuel and maintenance expenses: This is to meet the fuel and maintenance expenditure of
the vehicles at the Divisions.

Establishing weather stations in identified locations for weather data (rainfall and
temperature): Weather data is a prelude to most of the planning. It is proposed to install
basic facilities in each Range for collecting rainfall and temperature data.
Equipments (Camera/binoculars): Procurement of cameras and binoculars for the use of
the staff will help in monitoring the habitat and also recording animals sighted. Providing
camera and binoculars will also lead to a high morale among the staff.

Well developed Interpretation Centres: A well developed Interpretation Centre is the place
where people are educated on the conservation through various audio-visual means. Two
such centres are proposed, preferably in Noamundi and Goelkara/Chakardharpur. The work
should be entrusted to qualified institutions like Centre for Environment Education (CEE)
and such institution should be involved from the very beginning starting from designing of
the building.

Dormitory facility for tourists: This facility, two in numbers should be located in the places
of Interpretation Centres and could be divided into two with facilities for both males and
females. It should accommodate twenty people.
Audio-visual equipments (LCD/Computer): The facility should be in place where the
Interpretation Centres are planned and also utilised for educating the public in villages.

242
Maintenance of Rest Houses: Most of the Forest Rest Houses in the area need
renovation/maintenance. Proposal includes a budgetary provision for the purpose. Once
renovated, these could be rented out to tourists also.

Habitat Management
Habitat is the key to any forest/wildlife conservation. The habitats in the West Singhbhum are
diverse and support a number of streams and plants and animals. This is also the livelihood
source of thousands of villagers. The issues related to habitat are addressed through fire
management and eco-restoration though the other suggested activities also contribute to the
habitat conservation.

Fire Management
Fire is one of the most damaging biotic factor leading to degradation of the habitat and hence
measures are suggested to prevent/control fire.

Preparation of a fire management theme plan: A long term fire management plan will be
required based on identification of fire prone areas referring satellite imageries thereby
formulating strategies for preventive measures.
Fire line laying and maintenance: One of the traditional fire prevention measures is laying
fire lines. There are differences of opinion on the efficacy of fire lines. However, it has been
argued that well maintained fire lines help in managing the spread of the fire once occurred.
Provision is given for laying new fire lines and maintenance involving the EDC members. It
is also suggested to entrust the fire management work near the villages to the community and
compensate them for no fire season. This has been tested elsewhere and found effective to
some extent.

Fire protection mazdoors (EDCs): It is also suggested to entrust the fire management work
near the villages to the community and compensate them for no fire season. This has been
tested elsewhere and found effective to some extent.

Eco Restoration
Addressing the degraded habitat is crucial and hence eco-restoration measures are suggested
through various methods.

Plan preparation: Based on the criteria fixed in the workshop/capacity building, the
degradation areas and causative factors need to be identified and mitigation measures
planned. A plan for implementation is suggested.
Weed eradication: The areas infested with weeds have to be identified and eradicated with
appropriate measures. Provision is made for the purpose.

243
Traditional nursery raising of native plant species: One of the measures for addressing the
degradation is the augmentation and funds are proposed for raising saplings for the purpose.
Only species found in the West Singhbhum should be raised for the purpose.

Advanced Root Trainer Nursery establishment (Containers, stand, irrigation,

composting unit, green shade, fencing, potting shed): This will help in raising plants using
the advanced technology. Provision is made for developing the facilities one each in the four
Ranges. Separate provision is made for actual root trainer nursery plant raising.

Augmentation of degraded areas by planting native species (Assisted Natural

Regeneration): The areas identified in natural forests need to be augmented for promoting
naturalness. It is suggested to go for augmentation of the areas with species native to the
West Singhbhum. It is also suggested to see the species composition the areas selected for
augmentation and augment with the same species.

Planting highly degraded areas with mixed native species (RDF): There are at least a few
areas, which are highly degraded due to various reasons. These areas may be planted with
mixed species of the area.
Soil conservation measures: Soil moisture is an important factor to promote natural
regeneration and also for preventing soil erosion. Provision is made for site specific soil
conservation measures through check dams/creating water holes/gully plugging). Funds are
also proposed for maintenance.
Developing a Butterfly Park by planting appropriate host plants: It is proposed to select
a place of Butterfly abundance like Ankua Block, where a Park could be open for visitors to
attract their support for conservation. The area could be augmented with known host plants of
butterflies, which will attract swarms of these. This could also be a place for educating the
public on the role of butterflies in the system and promote identification of butterflies in their
surroundings, which would be a rewarding hobby.
Medicinal Plant Garden with awareness facilities and sale outlet: A medicinal plant
garden highlighting their habitat, status in wild, uses etc will act as an education and
awareness tool. There could be a nursery for medicinal plants managed by EDC so that there
could be a sale outlet, which would also help in meeting the maintenance expenditure and an
income for the EDC.

Orchidarium in Saranda Division: West Singhbhum, especially Saranda is known for the
orchids some of which are reported to be endemic to the area. It is suggested to have an
orchidarium in Saranda Division in an ideal location, where there should be programmes for
the propagation and for sale also. The persons managing these, preferably from the EDCs,

244
should be trained under an expert. This in addition to ex-situ conservation and awareness
creation could also serve as an outlet if properly managed.

Vegetation monitoring in augmented areas: It is suggested to monitor the augmentation

works for measuring the success so that corrective measures could be taken. The services of
an expert in plant ecology could be sought for an independent assessment and monitoring.

Staff Welfare
EDC watchers for assistance in patrolling Stations: Two villagers, preferably selected
from the EDC members could be engaged for assisting the staff in patrolling the area and
with maintenance of the Stations.
Uniform for EDC Watchers: The Watchers are to be in uniquely coloured uniform to give
an identity, which would also keep their morale high.
Staff Welfare - Medical and group insurance Field gear: The staff including watcher
welfare is an important part to keep them motivated. It is suggested to insure them for health
and accident.

Field gear: The staff may be provided with field gears like shoe, rucksack, torch, water
bottle and rain coat to motivate them for patrolling.

Reward to informers (intelligence gathering): Prevention is the key word of success in

protection. Whatever be the strength of the staff, it is necessary to have a network of reliable
informers for early information on the offences. Every reliable piece of information leading
to successful prevention could be rewarded. Provision is made for the purpose.

Capacity Building for staff (Training): The staff are not exposed to recent developments in
the field of forestry and wildlife. Most of them had their training only at the time of
induction. It is suggested to organise training/workshop programmes for the staff. The
subjects should be field oriented and organised inside the forest for field exposure of the
subject dealt. It could include awareness on biodiversity related matters, Protected Areas,
wildlife management techniques including population estimation, legal provisions related to
forests and wildlife, intelligence gathering, wildlife health monitoring, familiarising with
equipments like GPS/binoculars/camera etc. The whole programme should be with the help
of audio-visual equipments.
Exposure visit for staff: The staff should not be in an island situation with no exposure on
the developments in wildlife conservation elsewhere. It is suggested that the staff is given
opportunities to visit some of the best managed Protected Areas outside the state. This should
be considered as study tours and not an excursion.

245
Human-Wildlife Conflict
Vehicle for Elephant depredation vehicle for Human wildlife conflict mitigation: One of
the major conservation issues in the area is the human-wildlife conflict. Elephant is reported
to be responsible for majority of the conflict incidences. The conflict is mostly in the form of
crop raiding and raiding of granaries. Funds are proposed for vehicles for staff movement to
the conflict areas on information.

Fuel and maintenance cost for the Elephant Depredation Vehicle: Funds for fuel and
maintenance cost is included for the Elephant Depredation Vehicle.

EDC watchers for Elephant Depredation Vehicle: It is necessary to support the Forest
staff with Watchers, employed from the local villagers.

Solar street lights: Five street lights, powered by solar energy, for each village is proposed
so that animals will keep away from such areas. These are suggested for the 92 most affected
villages.
Community granary (Golas): The elephants are reported to come to the residential areas for
raiding the grains stored in temporary storage places made of bamboo mats or similar
structures. Five granaries/ village of concrete are suggested.

Human wildlife conflict mitigation (solar powered fence/ex-gratia) and maintenance:

Provision is made in the proposal to address the conflict situation through appropriate site
specific mitigation measures. It is suggested to organise consultative stake holder workshops
to formulate site specific strategies and implement.

Search Lights: Two search lights per village is proposed to assist the people/village level
watchers while guarding.

Cell Phones: One cell phone per village is suggested to contact the officials and the striking
team in case of emergencies.

Elephant Watchers: It is still the traditional method of guarding the crops and villages,
which is reported to be effective. Five Elephant watchers per village will act as guardians of
the village against the crop raiding elephants. These watchers will also alert the villagers in
case of elephants arriving the field or village for further assistance.

Wildlife Health Monitoring

One of the problems associated with wildlife in low abundance area will be the issues related
to wildlife health. This is especially true in an area with large number of cattle grazing in the
forest. Each and every individual in the population is important in such situations and any
injured or sick animals need to be rescued, treated and released back to the wild.

246
Rescue and Rehabilitation Centre – construction and maintenance: Two Rescue and
Rehabilitation Centres are proposed to take care of sick and injured animals, provide
temporary shelters before releasing back to the wild. These could be located in the interior
areas (eg. Gua/Kiriburu/Chiria) and should not be open to tourists thereby preventing it from
becoming a mini zoo. Only bare minimum facilities should be provided in such Centres. The
Centre should be designed in consultation with a veterinarian familiar with wildlife diseases.

Mobile veterinary Unit, fuel and maintenance: A mobile veterinary unit equipped with
facilities for transportation of sick and injured animals is proposed.

Chemical capture equipments and drugs: Immobilisation equipments for capture of

animals (distinjects/blow pipes), if necessary is proposed. The Veterinarians should be sent
for training in handling such equipments utilising the provisions under Project elephant
scheme.

Cages and other capture/ restraining equipments: It is sometimes necessary to capture

problematic and even sick animals for treatment or confining them to captivity. Cages of
varying measurements appropriately designed for temporary confinement and transportation
is proposed.

Honorarium for Veterinarians: The services of a veterinarian should be made available for
the Rescue and Rehabilitation Centres. This could be in arrangement with Animal Husbandry
department or with a private practitioner, with experience.
Driver for Mobile unit: A driver, who could also be an Assistant to the Veterinarian is
suggested. He should have a passion for animals and also educated enough to handle
emergency situations under the instruction of the Veterinarian.

Capacity building for the Veterinarians of the adjoining areas in collaboration with
Animal Husbandry department: The proposed veterinarians may not be able to handle all
the situations and sometimes not available at a given time. There are veterinarians in the areas
around the forests working with the Animal Husbandry department. Though trained on the
basics, they need to be given exposure to the wildlife related diseases, handling of animals
and treatment and capture and release. Two trainings are suggested for the veterinarians from
the surrounding areas. Services of experienced and qualified resource persons from WII or
West Bengal could be sought for the purpose.

Drugs and medicines: Necessary provisions are made for procuring drugs for
immobilisation and treatment of sick and injured animals.

247
Biodiversity Assessment and Monitoring
Management of an area calls for information on the available resources, their abundance and
distribution leading to assessment of the status in the area. The proposal suggests several
basic studies for such information on various groups of plants and animals. The suggested
topics are mostly of applied. These topics should be given to experienced experts with proven
credibility under a Terms of Reference. In addition, the university departments/research
institutions may be provided with logistic support promoting them to raise their own
resources for basic research in the area.

Inventory of plants with abundance details: Proposal suggests and provisions made for
collecting information on the plant along with abundance and distribution and assessment for
threats.

Inventory of mammals with distribution, abundance and habitat preference:

Considering the low abundance of animals in the area, this may need more time by way of
sampling effort. The study should also bring out information on habitat utilisation and
preference.

Inventory of herpetofauna with details on distribution, abundance and habitat

preference: This group, with amphibians and reptiles, are important with specific micro-
habitat preference and will throw light on the habitat conditions. The study should document
the species along with abundance and details on the micro-habitat characteristic features such
as plant species in the area, humidity, temperature etc. and correlated with the number and
abundance.
Bird surveys with details on abundance and distribution: Studies on birds will provide
information on the abundance, distribution and frequency of sightings. The researchers may
be requested to include volunteers interested in bird watching in at least some parts thereby
promoting local expertise and conservation awareness.
Inventory of bryophytes and pteridophytes: One of the least known groups, the studies
will bring out information on the moist loving groups.

Assessment of swamps and other specialized habitats and preparation of recovery plan:
The specialised habitats in the area need special attention and studies covering all the
seasons. The study should also look at the habitat conditions and come up with a plan for
rejuvenation of the swamp.
Implementation of recovery plan for swamps and specialized habitats: The plan prepared
based on the study may be implemented for habitat recovery.

248
Wildlife population estimation: The population estimation (census) may be conducted for
larger mammals once in three years. This may be done with the involvement of college
students/NGO volunteers/villagers. The selected people should be trained in advance on the
techniques employed and identification of animals and their indirect evidences in the field.
Such participation will also bring in lots of good will to the forest and wildlife. Considering
the low abundance of animals in the area, it is suggested to concentrate more on the indirect
evidences by transect walk or quadrates covering all the habitat types and estimating the
density of indirect evidences. This would help comparison later for knowing the population
trend.
Research Fellow for wildlife monitoring: Attached to one of the Forest Divisions, a
qualified Research Fellow with at least two-three years experience will act as a liaison
between the department and the researchers. He could also co-ordinate the
Training/Workshop programmes planned under the proposal.

Resurvey, boundary demarcation and assessment of the proposed Conservation

Reserve: Though it is suggested to declare Conservation Reserve of the area suggested as
inviolate areas by Regional Chief Conservator of Forests, there had been some changes in the
status of the proposed areas. The proposal is to make a fresh assessment of the area and
preparation of maps based on field survey.

Conservation Awareness
A well informed public is all the important for conserving the forests and wildlife. Currently,
there are no systematic effort to reach the public and make them aware of the values of the
West Singhbhum and the role in their life. The project envisages several programmes for
outreach.
Awareness phamphlets and brochures: Brochures and pamphlets in local language,
introducing the West Singhbhum with details on its values and importance in the whole
landscape, could be a best tool to reach general public. It could also be distributed among the
school/college students at the time of wildlife week celebrations.
Developing a website and maintenance: This is the age of transparency. A web site with the
details on the area, details projects that are implemented, programmes etc will help reach
more people. There should also be a feedback provision for comments, which are promptly
replied by the concerned officers.
Documentary film on values of West Singhbhum: This would help educating the public
especially the younger generation and seek their support for conservation programmes.
Man power for Interpretation Centres: The Centres should be manned by educated youths
trained in interpretation and conservation issues.
249
Organising two day Nature camps for the Villagers/students: It is suggested to organise at
least two Nature Camps per Range for the benefit of the villagers/students. The camps should
of two days duration with a proper syllabus including a field exposure trip. The services of
knowledgeable Resource Persons could be utilised.

Capacity building for the visitor guides from the local villagers: Selected village youths
could be trained as visitor guides exposing them to the wildlife in the area, wildlife values,
communication etc. under a knowledgeable Resource Person. The trained Guides will earn
their livelihood by escorting the visitors.

Signages with conservation messages and maintenance: The conservation messages could
reach the public through appropriately worded signages exhibited at vantage points. It will
also be good to give phone numbers of the officers to be contacted to pass on information on
illegal activities.

Celebration of important days: It is important that national and international events like
World Environment Day and Wildlife Week are celebrated to create awareness among the
public on conservation of nature.

Eco-Development
People’s participation and addressing the social issues of the local community is the recent
development in wildlife management. This will promote both the livelihood of the people and
reduce their dependence on the natural resources. The eco-development also ensures support
of the locals for conservation. It is suggested here to have Eco-development committees and
activities under well thought out micro-plan prepared with active participation of the
villagers.
Formation of Village Eco-development Committees (EDCs): There could be discussions
with the village heads and form clusters of villages to work under EDCs. The villagers should
be briefed on the purpose and their role and responsibilities.
Eco-development in Forest Villages: The fourteen Forest Villages in Sraranda and Kolhan
Forest Divisions are included for welfare activities leading to self sustainability.
Preparation of micro plans: The EDCs should prepare a micro-plan for implementation.
The dependence of the villagers on the natural resources, their socio-economic status and
education level should be considered. The micro plan should be socially acceptable, have
livelihood options, women empowerment and conforming to the existing Rules and
regulations. The EDCs could also be involved in forest and wildlife protection, fire
management, mitigation of conflicts and visitor management.

250
Entry Point Activities: The villagers always expect immediate benefits from the programme
and the entry point activity will be to address one of the most important immediate demands
of the people, which will be of benefit to the community.
Seed money for implementation of micro plan: Provisions are made to support the EDCs
through seed money for initial support of their work or for entry activity.
Rain water harvesting tanks/ponds: Water shortage especially during summer is one of the
crucial problems faced by the villagers. The programme of rain water harvesting is to be
implemented in 100 villages.

Capacity building/vocational training for villagers: It is important to make the villagers

self sustainable through programmes under eco-development. Vocational Training will be
one of the options and the details have to be worked out depending the site, social
acceptability etc.

Monitoring and Evaluation: A Monitoring and Evaluation team comprising of experts

drawn from wildlife, social science and forestry is suggested for monitoring and evaluation of
the implementation of all the programmes under the Plan. The experts should be drawn from
different places of the country and appointed by the State Chief Wildlife Warden. The
Committee should be provided with the details of the projects implemented along with
progress. The Committee will make field visits twice in an year to have firsthand knowledge
of the progress and report their findings and comments to the Chief Wildlife Warden.
The summary of the budget is given in the following Table.

Summary of the Budget

Item head Amount in lakhs

Habitat 8354.3
Management
Infrastructure 3112.64
Awareness 575.22
Eco-development 1351.3
Staff Welfare 2250.15
Conflict 3736.4
Research 278.68
Wildlife Health 322.7
Total 19981.39

The total amount in the budget is Rs. 19981.39 lakhs. Considering the total approved lease
land of 9186.54 Ha, the contribution from the mining companies will be Rupees 2.1750 lakhs
per hectare.

251
 Summary of the budget
Item head Amount in lakhs
8354.3
Habitat Management
Infrastructure 3112.64
Awareness 575.22
Eco‐development 1351.3
Staff Welfare 2250.15
Conflict 3736.4
Research 278.68
Wildlife Health 322.7
Total 19981.39

Total Land leased to 
11523.399 Ha
42 companies

Per Ha contribution  1.71886 lakhs/ha
from companies
Total land leased ‐
9186.54 Ha
approved The final

Per Ha contribution  2.1750 lakhs/ha
from companies The final

Emergency Relief 
Fund@5,000/Ha 576.17
Dr. D. S. SRIVASTAVA OLD I.T.O. ROAD, REDMA
PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR DALTONGANJ – 822101
IWLMP, JHARKHAND PALAMAU, JHARKHAND
NLM, MoRD, GOI [email protected]
SECERETARY-NCS [email protected]
Website- www.ncs.org.in
Mobile- +91 94311 38638

To,

The Principal Chief Conservator of Forests (WL&BIOD) and,

Chief Wildlife Warden,
Government of Jharkhand.

Subject: Submission of final report of the Integrated Wildlife Management Plan for West
Singhbhum
Dear Sir,
We are submitting the final report of Integrated Wildlife Management Plan (main and
executive summary) for West Singhbhum for your kind perusal.

This final report incorporates the suggestions and inputs received in the interaction
meeting on 5th March, 2013, subsequent suggestions received from you during the
discussions and inputs received in the meeting with RCCF( Jamshedpur), CF(Chaibasa),DFOs
of Saranda, Kolhan, Porahat and Chaibasa (s) forest Divisions on27th April, 2013.
We request you to kindly do the needful in the matter.
Thank you
Yours sincerely

(Dr. D.S. Srivastava)

Principal Investigator

Copy to: The Principal Secretary, Dept. of Forests and Environment, Govt. of Jharkhand
Annexures
Annexure I
 ANNEXURE II
QUESTIONNAIRE TO MINES

The name of the mine

Name of Taluka
Name of the Reserve Forest
Name of the lessee
Name of the operating company if
different
The person in charge of the mine in
the location
The extent of lease area
The lease period
When was the actual mining
operation started
Is there any blasting of mines
Any precaution while blasting
The extent currently broken
What is the current production of
ore
What is the production of ore for the
last five years
Any other lease area for the
company in West Singhbhum dist.
If yes, list with location
If yes how many are operational
What are the machineries, with the
number, used in mining
Is the mining operation throughout
the year or for how many months
Where do you sell the ore own steel plant/open market/other plants
Is there any EIA Report in place
If yes provide a copy
Is there any Management Plan in
place
If yes provide a copy
How do you transport the ore from
the mining site
What is the arrangement for
own trucks/outsourced
transportation
Is the ore transported throughout the
year
If transportation by road what is the
length of the road passing though
forest
What is the width of the road from
the mine to the main road
If transported by road the average
number of trucks plying daily
Transportation is for how many
months
The number of technical people
employed in the mining
The number of labourers engaged
The number of people employed
under technical from the local
community
The number of people employed
under manual labourers from the
local community
Is there any health monitoring of the
people employed in mining
(periodicity)
How do you dispose the fines
The periodicity of fine disposal
Is there any environment monitoring
mechanism in place
If yes provide details and copies of
the reports for the last two years
Is there any environment
engineer/scientist in place in the
location
If not is the environmental
monitoring work outsourced
Do you report periodically to the
concerned Govt. Department
If yes which department and what is
the content of the report
What is the current mechanism in
place to avoid/reduce water
pollution
What is the current mechanism in
place to avoid air/reduce pollution
What is the current mechanism in
place to avoid/reduce noise
pollution
Is there any area rehabilitated
If yes the extent
Is there any rehabilitation plan in
place
Is there any expert involved in
rehabilitation planning
If yes name of the agency/person
(with qualification) involved
What are the species selected for
planting rehabilitation area
Is there any monitoring of the
rehabilitated area for success
Name the village nearest to the mine
and the distance
Names of the villages within 5 km
radius
Is there any periodic interaction
with the villagers
If yes the periodicity
What is the purpose of the
interaction
Who from the company is involved
in the interaction
Is there any complaints received
from the villagers
If yes what is the nature of the
complaint
Is there any medical facility
available in the mining site
Is there any village welfare plan in
place
If yes provide a copy
through interaction with villagers/by a social
If yes how was it prepared
scientist/by the company management
List the CSR activities undertaken
during the last five years
How many people are benefitted
from CSR
What is the response of the people Good/positive/happy/not happy/Not enough/divided
to CSR activities response
Is there any monitoring of the CSR
activities
Is there any monitoring of the
mining are by a Govt. Agency
If yes, which department
If yes, the periodicity of visit
If yes, do they give any special
instruction for improvement
 ANNEXURE III
THE MINING LEASES IN WEST SINGHBHUM DISTRICT

S. Area
Name of Lease Area Village /Mauza
NO. (Ha)
1 Steel Authority of India Ltd Kiriburu Kiriburu 1936.14

2 Steel Authority of India Ltd Megahataburu Megahataburu 879.439

3 Steel Authority of India Ltd Kiriburu 82

4 Indian Iron & Steel Company Gua 1443.77

5 Indian Iron & Steel Company Gua 210.44

6 Indian Iron & Steel Company Jhillingburu 30.43

7 Indian Iron & Steel Company Gua 13.76

8 Indian Iron & Steel Company, Manoharpur Budhaburu 823.83

9 Indian Iron & Steel Company Budhaburu 512.95

10 Indian Iron & Steel Company Ajitaburu 323.83

11 Indian Iron & Steel Company Ankua 609.57

12 Indian Iron & Steel Company Ankua 67.18

13 Indian Iron & Steel Company Ankua 38.85

14 R Mcdill & Company New Karampada 110.08

15 ML Jain & Sons Karampada 202.35

16 Saha Bros. Karampada 233.89

17 Singhbhum Mineral Company Karampada 141.645

Karampada R.F.
18 General Produce Co 70.68
Block
19 T.P Saw Ghatkuri 202.35

20 Orissa Manganese & Minerals Ghatkuri 275.19

21 Rungta Mines Pvt. Ltd Ghatkuri 138.85

22 Nirmal Kumar-Pradeep Kumar Ghatkuri 149.74

S. Area
Name of Lease Area Village /Mauza
NO. (Ha)
23 Usha Martin Ltd. Ghatkuri (Vijay-I) 155.078

24 General Produce Co. Ghatkuri 163.9

25 Padam Kumar Jain Rajabera 41.63

26 Padam Kumar Jain Thakurani 84.68

27 Tata Iron & Steel Co. Noamundi 1160.36

28 Smt. Mitra Ghosh & Samir Ghosh Noamundi 20.07

29 Kaushal Arjun Rathore Noamundi 31.987

30 Anand Bardhan Noamundi 62.42

31 Nirmal Kumar-Pradeep Kumar Noamundi 66.78

32 Singhbhum Mineral Company Jamda 265.88

33 Rungta Mines Pvt. Ltd Meralgara 122.01

34 Anand Bardhan Itarbaljori 33.7

35 Gourishanker Sharda Itarbaljori 57.46

36 Shri Vijay Kumar Ojha Bara- Baljori 21.24

37 Rameshwar Jute Mills Baraiburu 259

38 Kamaljeet Singh Ahluwalliah Baraiburu 129.49

39 Kamaljeet Singh Ahluwalliah Baraiburu 250.76

40 Anil Kherwal Bandburu 22.53

41 Khatau Liladhar Thakkar Kumirta 30.84

42 Shree Deokabhai Bheljee Ajitaburu 46.62

 ANNEXURE IV
LIST OF APPROVED LEASES IN WEST SINGHBHUM DISTRICT

S. Area
Name of Approved Area Village/Mauza
NO. (Ha)
1 KYS Kantoria 139.5

2 Balmukund Nuia 373.25

3 Balajee Sponge Iron Ltd. Bokna 420.96

4 AML Steel Ltd. Bokna 383.54

5 Rungta Mines Ltd. Bokna 343

6 Jindal Steel Power Ltd. Jeraldaburu 537

7 Bhushan Steel Ltd. Chatuburu 422.75

8 Sunflag Iron & Steel Co. Kodalibad 120

9 Electro Steel Casting Kodalibad 192.5

10 Rungta Mines Ltd. Kodalibad 350.5

11 JSW Ankua 999.9

12 Sesa Gua Ltd. Dhobil 999.4

13 Bihar Sponge Iron Ltd. Roam 543

14 Ispat Industries Ltd. Raika 520

15 Horizon Loha Udyog Ltd. Setaruian 215

16 Essar Steel Ltd.( PL) Ankua 568.75

17 Anindita Trades & Investment Ltd. Parambaljori 47.14

18 Tata Steel Ltd.(PL) Ankua 1808

19 Arcelor Mittal India Ltd. Karampada R.F. 202.35

 ANNEXURE V
LIST OF CRUSHES IN CHAIBASA SOUTH FOREST AREA

Sl. Distance from

Name of crusher and owner Village
No. Forest (M)
1 Toriyan Iron & Steel Co. , Barajamda Gangahatu 119

2 Bhargav Metalik Barajamda Barajamda 217

3 Ganesh minerals Barajamda Barajamda 393

4 M/S Rahul Metals, Barajamda Barajamda 320

M/S Jagdish Ors Industries Pvt. Ltd,
5 Barajamda 118
Barajamda
6 Maa Durga minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 0

7 Sri Ram Metalic, Barajamda Barajamda 40

8 Sri Mahavir minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 0

9 Nathjee minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 400

10 Sri Shyam minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 400

M/S Maa Vindhavasini Metals,
11 Barajamda 461
Barajamda
12 Sarvsri Triveni minerals Barajamda 461

13 Shiv -Shakti minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 490

M/S Indkasht Ors & minerals,
14 Bendesai 475
Bendesai
Maa Samleshwari Kesing Plant,
15 Bendesai 290
Bendesai (Noamundi)
16 Baba minerals, Ranchi Parambaljori 300

17 Sri Krishna minerals, Ranchi Parambaljori 370

18 Maa Tarani Metal, Barajamda Barajamda 461

Sl. Distance from
Name of crusher and owner Village
No. Forest (M)
19 Budhdev minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 52
B. N. Khirwal Mines Pvt. Ltd.,
20 Meralgara (Meralgada) 360
Chaibasa
Sharada Phero Works Pvt. Ltd.,
21 Barajamda 445
Kolkata
22 Sri Man Singh Sri Jagjit Singh Noamundi 340
Maa Chhin Mastika Spanj Iron Ltd,
23 Meralgara (Meralgada) 476
Meralgara
24 Ramko minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 0

25 M/S Singh Metalik, Barajamda Barajamda 284

26 Jharkhand Ispat Pvt. Ltd. Noamundi Meralgara (Meralgada) 280

27 Sinkleyar Steel, Ranchi Meralgara (Meralgada) 396

28 Ganpati Metalik, Noamundi Noamundi 162 & 162

Sarvsri New India minerals,
29 Meralgara (Meralgada) 218
Noamundi
Sarvsri Parmeshwari minerals,
30 Barajamda 399
Barajamda
31 Sidhi Vinayak minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 425

32 Sarvsri A. S. Enterprises, Noamundi Barajamda 0

33 Sarvasri B. P. Industries Barajamda 198

34 M/S Om Metalik, Barajamda Barajamda 416

35 Toriyan Resourses Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai Barajamda 456

M/S Devi Kripa Trading Pvt. Ltd.,
36 Barajamda 250
Barajamda
37 Maheshwari minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 33
Usha Martin Ltd. Mines & minerals
38 Bokana 414
Division, Ranchi
39 Abhiral Parwarti Bhagwati minerals Noamundi 170
Sl. Distance from
Name of crusher and owner Village
No. Forest (M)
Kolhan minerals & Transport
40 Noamundi 0
Assosiation, Noamundi
41 Narayani minerals, Gaongutu Barajamda 485
B. N. Khirwal Mines Pvt. Ltd.,
42 Noamundi 100
Chaibasa
43 Pawan minerals, Parambaljori Parambaljori 265
430-12, 428-200,
44 Hritika Industries Ltd. Noamundi
429-190
45 Urvi minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 0

2365-0, 2364-10,
Kel Teks Minings Pvt. Ltd. Rayabera,
46 Barajamda 2373-0, 2376-50,
Barajamda
2377-40
Keshari Nandan minerals Pvt. Ltd.,
47 Meralgara (Meralgada) 120
Merelgara
48 Satguru Metals, Sosopi Sosopi 376 & 455

49 Khan Stone Crushar, Merelgara Meralgara (Meralgada) 198 & 258

50 Great India minerals Kumirta 80 & 40

423-0,328-218,
51 Salasr Maitalics Noamundi
858-200
52 Paikt Export Pvt. Ltd. Sosopi Sosopi 238

53 Keshariya Balaji minerals Noamundi 0

54 Chandr minerals Ltd. Noamundi 170

55 Ashok Enterprises Noamundi 35

56 Durga Trading Company Mahudi 6.5

57 Pradhan minerals Mahudi 1.77

58 Ganesh minerals Meralgara (Meralgada) 80

59 Shivam minerals Ltd. Barajamda 58

Sl. Distance from
Name of crusher and owner Village
No. Forest (M)
60 Fways Iron Barajamda 25

61 Balajee Steel Works Barajamda 200

62 S. P. N. Minerals Barajamda 375

63 J. H. Iron Ore Co-operation Barajamda 488

64 Jharkhand minerals Barajamda 75

65 B.N.Khirwal Noamundi 65

66 Kesharia Babajee minerals Noamundi 14

67 minerals & Mining Trades Noamundi 82

68 M/S Singh minerals Noamundi 20

69 Kuber minerals Noamundi 225

70 Sarvsri Enterprises Mahudi 110

71 Sarsri Kes Aloas Lepang 100

72 M/S Vedant Udoyog Noamundi 35

73 Basukinath minerals Barajamda 250

74 minerals & Mining Trading Barajamda 1600

Wisko Spanj Iron Pvt. Ltd. Crushar
75 Barajamda 1250
Division
76 Singhbhum Agrikem Industies Kotgarh 500>

77 M/S Yash Contractor Pvt. Ltd. Bahada 1000>

78 King minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 715

79 Sarvsri Swati International Gaongutu 800

Sri Ganesh minerals Industries Ratu
80 Barajamda 812
Road, Ranchi
Sl. Distance from
Name of crusher and owner Village
No. Forest (M)
81 M/S Narayani minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 552

82 Sri Durga minerals Mauja, Barajamda Barajamda 715

83 Ananya Metals & Aloyaj Enterprises Barajamda 776

84 Rani Sati minerals, Noamundi Parambaljori 532

Sarvsri Sri Alkemi minerals Pvt. Ltd.
85 Barajamda 827
Iron Ore Crushing Unit
86 Sarvsri Jai Matidi, minerals Barajamda 563

87 Sarvsri Hirak Metalik Pvt. Ltd. Barajamda 1200

88 Baba Baidnath minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 622

89 Core minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 550

90 Kamkhya minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 900

91 Shivans Steel, Barajamda Barajamda 650

Satyam Bilders Engineering &
92 Padampur 1000>
Cotractor, Chaibasa
93 Ajay Kumar, Ranchi Barajamda 585

94 Tirupati minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 630

95 Sarvsri Odiyal Traders Kanrjia Barajamda 800

96 Salasr minerals, Barajamda Bokana 800

97 Usha Martin Ltd. Mines Bokana 600

98 K. S. Metals & Iron Crushing Unit Barajamda 550

99 Balajee minerals, Barajamda Barajamda 570

100 General Stone Crushing, Noamundi Gundijora 640

101 Devika Wai Bheljee, Barajamda Barajamda 630

Sl. Distance from
Name of crusher and owner Village
No. Forest (M)
102 Sharada Crushing Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata Parambaljori 650

103 Sarvsri Podar Minerals Katigutu 9000

 ANNEXURE VI
SURVEY FORMATS-------

LIVELIHOOD IMPLICATIONS OF BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION IN WEST

SINGHBHUM DISTRICT

SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY

1. Household Identification:

1.1 Village Name

1.2 Taluka Name

1.3 District Name

1.4 Name of the head of the household

1.5 Age of the head

1.6 Sex of the head Male =1, Female =2

1.7 Religion

1.8 Caste

1.9 Education of the head 1. Illiterate, 2. Literate without formal schooling

3. Less than primary, 4. Middle, 5. Matriculate

6. Intermediate, 7. Diploma, 8. Graduate

9. Post Graduate 10. Professional Degree

1.10 Marital Status Married =1, Unmarried =2,Widows/Widower=3,

Divorcee =4

1.11 Main occupation (occupation that 1= Own-farm agriculture, 2= Hired agriculture

labour, 3= Non-agrl labour,4= Self owned small
gives maximum income in a year) business, 5= Salaried in private enterprise, 6=
Salaried in govt enterprise, 7= Livestock
maintenance, 8= Old/handicapped, 10= Other
(specify)

1.12 Subsidiary occupation (occupation 1=Own-farm agriculture, 2= Hired agriculture

that supplement main occupation) labour, 3= Non-agrl labour,4= Self owned small
business, 5= Salaried in private enterprise, 6=
Salaried in govt enterprise, 7= Livestock
maintenance, 8= Old/handicapped, 10= Other

10.13 Occupational Identity Farmer =1, Labour=2, Others (specify)

1.14 Type of Family Nuclear = 1, Extended = 2

2. Demographic Particulars

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8

#Occupation
Name of Age Sex Education Relation @Marital
ID household to (in terms of
( years) (M/F) * status income
member head+
contribution)

1 Main Subsidiary

10

11
*2.5 Education code +2.6. Relation to head code @2.7. Marital Status code

1. Illiterate 1. Head 1. Married

2. Literate without formal schooling 2. Spouse of head 2. Unmarried
3. Less than primary 3. Daughter / Son 3. Widowed
4. Middle 4. Grandchild 4. Separated
5. Matriculate 5. Mother/Father
6. Intermediate 6. Sister/ Brother
7. Diploma 7. Mother in law/father in law
8. Graduate 8. Sister in law/brother in law
9. Post Graduate 9. Others
10. Professional Degree

3. Details of persons who send remittances (those not living in the house)

How much
What is the job of Where does this Number of years
Relationship with money did (s)he
this person? person work since left home
Name the head of the send last year
household
4. Details of land ownership and utilization (area Unit code 1= acres ; 2= gunta; 3= others
(specify))

4.1. How much land do you own? Extent___________________ Unit_________

4.2.Have you leased in land? Yes =1 No =2

4.3. Extent of land leased in: Extent ________ Unit___________

4.4. Rent paid for leased in land :Rs_______ Unit_______ Period ________Period code[1= per
season; 2= per year; other(specify)

4.5.Have you leased out land? Yes =1 No =2

4.6. Extent of land leased out: Extent _________ Units ________

4.7. Rent received for leased out land :Rs______ Unit ______ Period ________ Period [1= per
season; 2= per year; other(specify)

4.8.Do you practice sharecropping on your land? Yes =1 No =2

4.9.For ‘yes’ in Q 4.8, on how much land is sharecropping carried out? Extent _____________
Unit ____________

4.10.Do you sharecrop on someone else’s land (Are you a sharecropper)? Yes =1 No=2

4.11.For ‘yes’ in Q 4.10 on how much land do you sharecrop in? Extent _____________
Unit ____________

4.12. Could you provide the following details regarding land use last year?

4.13 what is the total irrigated area? Extent_____________ Unit ____________

4.14 what is the total non irrigated area? Extent _____________ Unit ____________

4.15 Do you have title deed over your land? Yes =1 No 2

5. Land Use

Extent

Own land cultivated

Own land kept fallow

Own land leased out

Other land leased in

Land sharecropped

What is the reason for keeping the land fallow? _________________________________

Codes: 1= labor shortage; 2=declining soil fertility; 3= non availability of water; 5 = crops are
attacked by wild life 6 = other (specify)

5.2 Cropping Pattern Change

5.3. Has there been any change in the crops you cultivated in last 5 years? Yes =1 No =2.

5.4. What are the crops cultivated earlier but stopped now? ___________

5.5. What are the crops newly introduced? ___________

5.6. Why did you change/introduce crops? ___________________

6. Agriculture Production

Fill one row

Production Own Consumption/Sale Lost due to Wild life Attack
for each
crop

How much How

Own Total
Crop Name area was much Sold Animals involved
consumption Loss
planted produced?

Extent Units Qty Unit Qty Unit Extent units Qty Per cent
7. Total Labor input use for land preparation, transplanting, watering, weeding, pesticide
and fertilizer application

Own labor
Hired Labour
Adult male Adult female Children
Crop
Worked Worked Worked
name Female
No.of for how No.of for how No.of for how Male Wages Wages
days
Persons many Persons many Persons many days male female
day? day? day?
8. Total Labor input use for Crop protection from Wildlife

Own labor
Hired Labour
Adult male Adult female Children
Crop
name Worked Worked Worked Wages paid
No.of for how No.of for how No.of for how Male Female per person
Persons many Persons many Persons many days days per day
day? day? day? Male female
 9. Total Quantity of fertiliser used for Crops

Fill one
row for Chemical fertilizer Organic fertilizer
each crop

Quantity quantity Quantity Cost Quantity

Cost/ Cost/ Cost/
Crop Name Name used Name used Name used / Name used
unit unit unit
(in bags) (in bags) (in bags) unit (in bags)

10. Pesticide Use in agriculture

Chemical pesticides Organic pesticides

Crop Name quantity quantity
Cost/
Name used Cost/unit Name used
Unit
(bottles/bag) (bottles/bag)
11. Details of other inputs
If purchased, If seed /seedling is
Source of from where purchased
Name of the
seed purchased? Cost of seeds/seedling
seed variety Total Qty of
1= prepared 1= provided by govt
Crop used seed required (Rs per unit)
from own agency
1= Hybrid per unit area? 2=from others in
farm
2= Local village Rs Unit
2= purchased
3=from outside
village
12. Details of other inputs

Measures taken to
Name of Amount spent in a Animals
protect crop from Total area with fencing
crop wild life
year
13. Livestock

Could you provide information on your livestock holding and sales in the last 12 months?

How many do What is the Major type of

you own Major source of
Name of the animal main feeding fodder fed to
fodder?
Adult Young system? cattle

She buffalo

He buffalo

Cow

Bulls

Sheep

Goat

Pigs

Poultry

Other (specify)
14. Could you provide information on production and sale of livestock products in the last
12 months?

Animal
Details of product 1
Name

Product name Qty

Place
1=milk; 2= meat; produced Qty Price per No of days Distance
Cows for
3= manure; per day sold unit Produced
selling
4= egg; 5= other (specify unit)

She-buffalo

He buffalo

Cow

Bull

Sheep

Goat

Pigs

Poultry

Other
(specify)
15. How much of the livestock dung produced in the house hold is used for

Use of dung Quantity in units

Fuel

Manure

Sold out

Other

16.What is the major source for the following livestock activity?

Drinking water – stream, public pond

Bathing/cooling/wallowing – stream, public pond
Grazing/browsing – Stall feeding, forest area, revenue area

16. 1 Is there any crop insurance?

16.2 Is there any health insurance for human?

16.3 Is there any life insurance for human?

16.4 Is there insurance for live stock?

17. Other feed inputs for livestock (per animal)

Animal
Dry fodder Husk
name
Home
Purchased Price per Home Price per
grown Purchased
(qty) unit Produce unit
(qty)

18. Livestock health

1. Have your livestock faced any major health problems in the last one year? Yes =1 No =2

2. What was the problem? ___________-

3. How many animals suffered from the problem?

4. From where did you avail veterinary services = From local veterinary doctor =
Other _______ =None

5. How much cost did you incur for treatment of the animal? Rs________ per animal

6. Was the animal cured of the disease? Yes =1 No =2

19. DWELLING

1. What is the tenure of the dwelling? = Owned = Rented = Temporary

2. What is the structure of the house? =Katcha = Semi pucca = pucca

3. Which fuel is used for cooking?

=Firewood =LPG =Kerosene

=Cow dung cake =Charcoal =Dry leaves, straw, grass

4. What is the source of light in the house? =electricity =kerosene =any other

20. Household Liabilities

Item Purpose Source Security Out Standing

Amount

Short term loan

Medium term loan

Long term loan

Any other
21. Non-food expenditures and household assets

Could you provide information regarding the expenditure on non-food items?

Item How much did you spend in the last Year? (in Rs)

Clothes

Foot wear

Cosmetics

Utensils

Books

School fees

Transport for school

Donation paid for school joining

Electricity

Festival
22. Could you provide information regarding the movable assets that your family owns?

Item How many Item How many

Radio Motorcycle

Television Bicycle

Cassette/CD player Car

Telephone Pump set

Tractor Fan

Refrigerator Iron

LPG stove Sewing machine

23. Food and food related Consumption expenditure in the past one month

How much was

How much was from
from own
market purchases
Item production
Quantity Unit Quantity Unit

Rice

Wheat

Other cereals

Other cereal products

Pulses (including dal. Gram, etc)

Pulse products (incl. Besan, gram products,
etc)
Milk

Milk products
 How much was
How much was from
from own
market purchases
Item production
Quantity Unit Quantity Unit

Vegetables

Fruits & nuts (incl. Coconut, peanuts etc)

Sugar and sweets

Egg

Mutton

Chicken

Fish

Other food items (biscuits, pickles etc)

Salt and spices

Tea

Coffee

Cooking oil

Pan

Cigarettes

Charcoal

Kerosene
PREFERENCE ELICITATION FOR BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION IN GENERAL

1. Do you feel that it is important to conserve wildlife? Yes = 1 No = 2

2. List your favourite animals in sequence

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
3. List the animals you dislike most in sequence

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

4. Is there any animal seen earlier but not seen now?

5. Why do you think wildlife conservation important?

6. What do you think of the animals in terms of sighting and abundance

seen seen
Name of seen only seen only very
throughout only in common rare
animal in summer in winter common
the year rainy

7. List the forest products collected from forest

purpose of collection If sold,

availability
(for own consumption/ quantity what is Season of
Name of product reduced
own medicinal purpose/ per year the collection
now or not
for sale market
8. The dependence on forests

quantity
Name of item season own consumption For sale
collected
Fire wood

Thatching grass

Poles/small timber

Green manure

Cattle fodder

Honey

Medicinal plants
9. What do you think of the availability of fishes from the stream?

Name of the Method of Availability Own Marketing

Selling
fish fishing rating consumption place

10. What are the common diseases of the people

nature of Common or
source of
treatment rare now
Type of Not treatment
(Modern, (comparison Remarks
disease treated (Govt./private/
traditional, with ten years
traditional)
homeopathy) back)

Skin

Eye

Blood
pressure

Heart

Cancer
11. The highest ranking officer you have met in your life time?

12. On crop damage, which stage is more prone to wildlife damage

(vegetative, flowering, seeding)

13. Please rate the effectiveness of mitigation techniques employed

Effective
rate in
Mitigation technique against(name the Reason
effectiveness
animal/s or all?)
14. What are the types of damages from wildlife? 1. Crop damage 2. Property damage 3.
Threat to life

15. Was there any wildlife attack on human for the last ten years?

16. Do you get any compensation for damage from wildlife?

17. What do you know about mining?

18. Do you think mining is good for the area?

19. What do you think of the changes in the area after mining started?

20. Social benefits from the mining companies?

21. What are the types of assistance received from the government?

22. Is there any voluntary organization active in the village?

23. Name the organizations?

24. What is the service made available to the villagers by the VO?
25. What do you expect from the companies in case of activities in the area?

Common for the village

1. Is there any school in the village (mention LP/UP/HS)?

2. How far the students have to go for schooling?

3. Is there any one undergoing higher studies? If yes, where?

4. Is there any public motor transportation facility?

5. Connected by road?

6. The source of drinking water?

7. Is there any public facility for drinking water?

8. Is the entire houses in the village electrified?

9. If not, percentage of electrified houses?

10. Is there any hospital facility in the village?

11. If yes, the type of facility?

12. If not, what do the people do for common illness?

13. How far is the basic hospital facility from the village?

14. Is there any traditional medical person in the village?

15. Is there any assistance from voluntary organizations/government/mining companies?

16. If yes, name the organisation/company

17.What is the type of assistance?

 ANNEXURE VII
ESTIMATION OF PLANT ABUNDANCE

Vegetation Data Sheet for Tree Species

Location................................... Transect No.: ................................... Date: .............................

GPS St. Coordinate: ............................GPS Ed. Coordinate: .....................Elevation.................

Ecological Note: .........................................................................................................................

Species 10m X 10m or 5 Radius Quadrate at each 200m Interval Note

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Canopy Cover

1.

2.

VEGETATION DATA SHEET FOR SHRUB SPECIES

Location................................... Transect No.: ................................... Date: .............................

GPS St. Coordinate: ............................GPS Ed. Coordinate: .....................Elevation.................

Ecological Note: .........................................................................................................................

Species 5m X 5m Quadrate at each 200m Interval Note

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1.
 VEGETATION DATA SHEET FOR HERB SPECIES

Location................................... Transect No.: ................................... Date: .............................

GPS St. Coordinate: ............................GPS Ed. Coordinate: .....................Elevation.................

Ecological Note: .........................................................................................................................

Species 1m X 1m Quadrate at each 200m Interval Note

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1.

2.

3.

4.

Recording Ground Cover in 1m X 1m Quadrate & Human Disturbance data

Location................................... Transect No.: ................................... Date: .............................

GPS St. Coordinate: ............................GPS Ed. Coordinate: .....................Elevation.................

Ecological Note: .........................................................................................................................

Point ID Dry Leaf Litter% Ground Cover (100%)Wood Cutting + of H/L trail H/L
Seen

Dry Grass% Green Grass%

Herb%
Weeds% Bare Ground%

1.

2.

Gr- Grass, + - Presence, H- Human, L- Livestock.

 ANNEXURE VIII

ABUNDANCE ESTIMATION – MAMMALS – INDIRECT EVIDENCES

Forest Division: Forest Range: Compartment No:

Location: Place: Date:

Transect No. GPS Location at start: GPS location at end:

GPS location of the quadrate: Quadrate size: Vegetation: Canopy cover:

Weather: Terrain: slope/plain:

Sl. No. Species Name Hoof mark/footprint Pellet Dung Scat Pugmark Scratch mark Remarks
 ANNEXURE IX
ABUNDANCE ESTIMATION - REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS

Forest Division: Forest Range: Compartment No

Place: Date:

Transect No. GPS Location at start: GPS location at end:

GPS location of the quadrate: Vegetation: Canopy cover:

Weather: Terrain: slope/plain:

Sl. No. Species Name Number Remarks

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
 ANNEXURE X
THE PLANT SPECIES DISTRIBUTED IN WEST SINGHBHUM DISTRICT

S.
Botanical Name Distribution Habit
No.
1 Abelmoschus crinitus Wallich S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
2 Abelmoschus moschatus Medik. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
3 Abrus precatorius L. C Gua, Chiriya & Noamundi
4 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet S Gua
5 Acacia farnesiana Wild. T Noamundi & Kiriburu
Acacia nilotica (L.) Willd. Ex Gua & Kiriburu
6 Delile T
7 Acacia pennata (L.) Willd. C Gua
8 Acacia sinuata (Lour.) Merr. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
9 Acalypha indica L. H Gua
10 Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. H Noamundi & Chaibasa
Acampe praemorsa (Roxb.) Blatter Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
11 & McCann H
12 Achyranthes aspera L. US Gua
13 Acorus calamus L. H Gua & Chaibasa
14 Adhathoda vassica S Gua & Kiriburu
15 Aeginetia indica L. H Gua
16 Aegle marmelos (L.) Corrêa T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
17 Aerides crispum H Gua & Kiriburu
18 Aerides multiflorum Roxb. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
19 Aerides odorata Lour. H Gua & Kiriburu
20 Aerva sanguinolenta (L.) Blume US Gua & Kiriburu
21 Ageratum conyzoides L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
22 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. T Noamundi & Chaibasa
23 Alangium salvifolium (L.f.) Wang T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
24 Albizia amara (Roxb.) Boivin T Gua & Kiriburu
25 Albizia lebbecck (L.) Benth. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
26 Albizia odoratissima (L. f.) Benth. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
27 Albizia procera(Roxb.) Benth. T Gua & Kiriburu
28 Alcea rosea Linn. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
29 Allium cepa L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
30 Allium sativum L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
31 Alocasia macrorrhiza (L.) G. Don H Gua & Kiriburu
32 Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f. H Gua, Noamundi & Kiriburu
33 Alstonia venenata R. Br. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R. Br. ex Gua
34 DC. H
35 Alysicarpus bupleurifolius (L.) DC. H Gua & Kiriburu
36 Alysicarpus vaginalis (L.) DC. H Gua
37 Amaranthus caudatus L. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
38 Amaranthus spinosus L. US Noamundi
39 Amaranthus virdis L. H Noamundi
40 Ammannia baccifera L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
41 Ammannia multiflora Roxb. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Ampelocissus tomentosa (Heyne ex Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
42 Roth) Planch. C
43 Anacardium occidentale L. ST Chaibasa & Noamundi
Andrographis paniculata (Burm. f.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
44 Wallich ex Nees H
Anisochilus carnosus (L. f.) Wallich Kiriburu
45 ex Benth. H
46 Anisomelus indica(L.) Kuntze US Gua, Chiriya & Noamundi
47 Annona reticulata L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
48 Annona squamosa L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Anogeissus acuminata (Roxb. ex Gua & Kiriburu
49 DC.) Guill. T
Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb. ex DC.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
50 Wallich ex Guill. & Perr. T
Anthocephalus cadamba (Roxb.) Gua
51 Miq. T
52 Antidesma acidum Retz. ST Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
53 Apluda muticaL. G Noamundi & Chaibasa
54 Ardisia solanacea Roxb. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
55 Argemone mexicana L. H Chaibasa, Gua & Kiriburu
56 Argemone ochroleuca Sweet. H Gua, Chaibasa & Kiriburu
57 Argyreia daltoni C. B. Clarke C Gua
58 Arisaema decipiens Schott H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
59 Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
60 Artocarpus lakoocha Roxb. T Kiriburu
Arundinella pumila (Hochst. ex A. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
61 Rich.) Steud. G
62 Asparagus racemosus Willd. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
63 Atylosia scarabaeoides (L.) Benth. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
64 Atylosia volubilis (Blanco) Gamble C Gua
65 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Balliospermum montatum (Willd.) Gua
66 Muell. US
67 Banincasa hispida (Thunb.) Cong. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
68 Barleria cristata L. US Gua & Kiriburu
69 Barleria involucrate US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
70 Barleria prionitis L. US Chaibasa
71 Barleria strigosa Willd. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Barringtonia acutangula (L.) Gua
72 Gaerth. T
73 Basella alba L. C Gua & Chiriya
74 Bauhinia malabarica Roxb. T Gua
75 Bauhinia purpurea L. T Gua
76 Bauhinia retusa Roxb. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
77 Bauhinia tomentosa L. ST Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
78 Bauhinia vahlii Wight & Arnott C Gua & Kiriburu
79 Bauhinia variegate L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
80 Begonia picta Sm. H Gua & Kiriburu
Bidens biternata (Lour.) Merr. & Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
81 Sherff. H
82 Bidens pilosa L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
83 Bignonia venusta Ker-Gawl. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Biophytum reinwardtii (Zucc.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
84 Klotz. H
85 Bixa orellana Linn. ST Gua, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Blepharis maderaspatensis (L.) Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
86 Heyne ex Roth H
87 Blumea eriantha DC. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
88 Blumea virens Wallich ex DC. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
89 Blumeopsis flava (DC.) Gagnep. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
90 Boehmeria macrophylla Hornem. US Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
91 Boerhavia diffusa L. H Gua & Chaibasa
92 Boerhavia repens L. H Noamundi & Chaibasa
93 Bombax ceiba L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
94 Borassus flabellifer L. ST Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
95 Borreria pusilla H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
96 Boswellia serrata Roxb. ex Colebr. ST Porahat & Gua
97 Bothriochloa pertusa (L.) A. Camus G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
98 Bougainvillea glabra Choisy C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
99 Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
100 Brassica campestris Linn. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
101 Brassica juncea (Linn.) Czern. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
102 Brassica nigra (Linn.) Koch. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
103 Brassica oleracea Linn. var. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
 botrytis Linn.
Brassica oleracea Linn. var. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
104 captata Linn. H
Brassica oleracea Linn. var. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
105 gongylodes Linn. H
Brassica rapa Linn. subsp. rapa Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
106 Linn. H
107 Bridelia retusa (L.) Spreng. H Gua & Kiriburu
108 Buchanania lanzan Spreng. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
109 Bulbophyllum crassipes H Gua & Kiriburu
110 Bursera serrata Wallich ex Colebr. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
111 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. ST Gua
112 Butea superba Roxb. ex Willd. C Gua
113 Byttneria herbacea Roxb. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
114 Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Sw. C Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
115 Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb. C Chiriya & Kiriburu
116 Caesulia axillaris Roxb. H Gua
117 Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
118 Calendula officinalis L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
119 Calotropis gigantea (L.) R. Br. S Gua & Kiriburu
120 Canna indica L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Canscora decussata (Roxb.) Roem. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
121 & Schult. H
Canscora diffusa (Vahl) R. Br. ex Gua
122 Roem. & Schult. H
123 Capparis zeylanica Linn. C Chaibasa
124 Capsicum annuum L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
125 Careya arborea Roxb. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
126 Carica papaya L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
127 Carissa carandas L. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
128 Carissa opaca Stapf ex Haines S Gua & Noamundi
129 Caryota urens L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
130 Casearia elliptica Willd. ST Gua & Kiriburu
131 Casearia graveolens Palz. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
132 Cassia absus L. H Gua & Kiriburu
133 Cassia alata L. S Noamundi & Chaibasa
134 Cassia fistula L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
135 Cassia mimosoides L. H Gua & Noamundi
136 Cassia occidentalis L. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
137 Cassia pumila Lam. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
138 Cassia saphera L. S Noamundi & Chaibasa
139 Cassia sectabilis DC. ST Gua & Kiriburu
140 Cassia siamea Lam. T Gua
141 Cassia tora L. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
142 Cassine glauca (Rottb.) Kuntze ST Gua
143 Cassytha filiformisL. C Gua
144 Catharanthus roseus (L.) G. Don US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Catunaregam nilotica (Stapf) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
145 Tirvengadum ST
Catunaregam spinosa (Thunb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
146 Tirvengadum ST
147 Cayratia pedadata C Gua
148 Ceiba pentandra (L.) Gaertn. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Chaibasa
149 Celastrus paniculatus Willd. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
150 Celosia argentea L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
151 Cenchrus ciliaris L. G Gua & Kiriburu
152 Centella asiatica (L.) Urban H Kiriburu
153 Centratherum sp. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
154 Cestrum nocturnum L. S Kiriburu
155 Chenopodium album L. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
156 Chloris sp. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
157 Chlorophytum arundinaceum Baker H Gua & Kiriburu
158 Chloroxylon swietenia DC. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
159 Chrysanthemum indicum L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
160 Cicer arietinum L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
161 Cipadessa baccifera (Roth) Miq. S/ST Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
162 Cissampelos pareira Linn. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
163 Cissus vitiginea L. C Gua & Kiriburu
Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
164 Mastsumura & Nakai C
Cleistanthus collinus (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
165 Benth. ex Hook. f. ST
166 Clematis gouriana Roxb. ex DC. H Kiriburu
167 Cleome gynandra Linn. H Chaibasa & Kiriburu
Gua, Chaibasa, Noamundi &
168 Cleome viscosa Linn. H Kiriburu
169 Clerodendrum indicum (L.) Kuntze S Gua
170 Clerodendrum serratum (L.) Moon S Gua & Kiriburu
171 Clerodendrum viscosum Venten. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
172 Clitoria ternatea L. C Gua & Noamundi
173 Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
174 Cochlospermum religiosum (L.) ST W Chaibasa
 Alston
175 Colebrookea oppositifolia Sm. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
176 Colocasia esculenta (L.) Schott H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
177 Combretum roxburghii Spreng. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
178 Commelina benghalensis L. H Gua & Kiriburu
179 Commelina suffruticosa Blume H Gua & Kiriburu
180 Corchorus aestuans L. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
181 Corchorus tridens L. H Noamundi & Chaibasa
182 Cordia dicotoma G. Forster ST Gua
183 Coriandrum sativum L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
184 Costus speciosus (J. Koenig) Sm. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Crassocephalum crepidioides Gua
185 (Benth.) S. Moore H
186 Crateva adansonii DC. ST Kiriburu
187 Crinum asiaticum L. H Gua & Kiriburu
188 Crotalaria albida Heyne ex Roth H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
189 Crotalaria laburnifolia L. US Gua & Kiriburu
190 Crotalaria linifolia L. f. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
191 Crotalaria spectabilis Roth H Gua
192 Croton bonplandianus Baill. US Noamundi & Chaibasa
193 Cryptolepis buchanani C Gua
194 Cucumis callosus (Rottl.) Cogn. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
195 Cucumis melo L. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
196 Cucumis sativus L. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Curculigo crassifolia (Baker) Hook. Chiriya & Kiriburu
197 f. H
198 Curculigo orchioides Gaertn. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
199 Curcuma amada Roxb. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
200 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. C Gua
201 Cyanotis cristata (L.) D.Don H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Cyathocline purpurea (Benth.-Ham. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
202 ex D. Don) Kuntze H
203 Cynoglossum lanceolatum Forssk. H Gua
Cynoglossum zeylanicum (Vahl ex Gua & Kiriburu
204 Hornem.) Thunb. ex Lehm. H
205 Cyperus iria L. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
206 Cyperus nutatus G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
207 Cyperus pangorei Rottb. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
208 Cyperus sp. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Cyphostemma auriculatum (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
209 P. Singh & Shetty C
210 Dactyloctenium aegyptium G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) P. Noamundi & Gua
211 Beauv. G
212 Dactyloctenium scindicum Boiss. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
213 Dahlia pinnata Cav. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
214 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. T Chirya
215 Dalbergia paniculata Roxb. T Gua
216 Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
217 Dalbergia volubilus Roxb. C Gua & Kiriburu
218 Datura metel L. US Gua, Chaibasa & Noamundi
Gua, Chiriya, Chaibasa, Noamundi &
219 Daucus carota L. H Kiriburu
Delonix regia (Bojer ex Hook.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
220 Rafin. T
221 Delphinium ajacis Linn. H Gua, Noamundi & Kiriburu
222 Dendrobium capridatum Lindl. H Kiriburu
223 Dendrobium formosum Roxb. H Gua
224 Dendrobium graminioid H Gua
Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
225 Nees ST
226 Dendrophthoe falcata (L. f.) Etting. US Gua & Kiriburu
Dentella repens (L.) Forster & Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
227 Forster H
228 Desmodium gangeticum (L.) DC. US Gua
229 Desmodium heterocarpon (L.) DC. US Gua & Kiriburu
230 Desmodium laxiflorum DC. US Gua & Kiriburu
231 Desmodium pulchellum (L.) Benth. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
232 Desmodium triflorum (L.) DC. US Gua & Kiriburu
233 Desmodium triquetrum (L.) DC. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
234 Desmodium velutinum (Willd.) DC. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
235 Desmostachya bipinnata G Noamundi
236 Dianthus chinensis Linn. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Dichanthium annulatum (Forssk.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
237 Stapf G
Dicliptera micranthes Nees new Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
238 name H
239 Digera muricata (L.) Mart. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
Digitaria setigera Roth ex Roem. & Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
240 Schult. G
241 Dillenia indica L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
242 Dioscorea alata L. C Gua & Kiriburu
243 Dioscorea bulbifera L. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
244 Dioscorea oppositifolia L. C Gua
245 Dioscorea pentaphylla L. C Gua & Kiriburu
246 Dioscorea triphylla C Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
Diospyros malabarica (Desr.) Gua & Kiriburu
247 Kostel. T
248 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
249 Diospyros montana Roxb. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
250 Diospyros sylvatica Roxb. T Gua & Kiriburu
251 Diplocyclos palmatus (L.) Jeffrey C Gua & Kiriburu
Dipteracanthus prostratus (Poir.) Gua
252 Nees S
253 Dombeya cayeuxil Bailey. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
254 Duranta repens L. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
255 Echinochloa colonum (L.) Link G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
256 Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. H Gua
257 Ehretia laevis Roxb. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
258 Elephantopus scaber L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
259 Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
260 Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Enicostema axillare (Lam.) A. Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
261 Raynal H
262 Eragrostis ciliata (Roxb.) Nees G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
263 Eragrostis setifoliaNees G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Eranthemum purpurascens Wight Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
264 ex Nees H
265 Eranthemum roseum (Vahl) R.Br. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
266 Eriocaulon cinereum R. Br. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Eriocaulon parviflorum (Fyson) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
267 Ansari & Balakr. G
Eriolaena quinquelocularis (Wight Gua & Kiriburu
268 & Arnott) Cleghorn ST
269 Eriolaena sp. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
270 Eruca sativa Lamk. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
271 Erythrina suberosa Roxb. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
272 Eucalyptus maculate Hook. T Gua & Kiriburu
273 Eucalyptus umbellate Dum. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Eulaliopsis binata (Retz.) C.E. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
274 Hubbard G
275 Eulophia sp. H Gua & Kiriburu
276 Eupatorium odoratum L. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
277 Euphorbia hirta L. H Kiriburu
278 Euphorbia nivulia Buch.-Ham. S Gua & Chiriya
279 Euphorbia thymifolia L. S Gua & Chiriya
280 Evolvulus encelioides(L.) L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
281 Evolvulus nummularius (L.) L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
282 Exacum carinatum Roxb. H Gua
283 Ficus arnottiana (Miq.) Miq. T Gua & Kiriburu
284 Ficus benghalensis L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
285 Ficus benjamina L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
286 Ficus hispida L. f. T Gua & Kiriburu
287 Ficus racemosa L. T Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
288 Ficus religiosa L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Ficus semicordata Buch.-Ham. ex Gua & Kiriburu
289 Sm. T
Ficus tinctoria G. Forster subsp. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
290 parasitica (Willd.) Corner S
291 Ficus virens Dryander T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Fimbristylis alboviridis C. B. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
292 Clarke G
293 Firmiana colorata (Roxb.) R. Br. T Gua & Kiriburu
294 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
295 Flemingia bracteata (Roxb.) Wight H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
296 Flemingia chappar Buch.-Ham. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
297 Flemingia nana Roxb. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Flemingia paniculata Wallich ex Gua
298 Benth. US
Flemingia semialata Roxb. ex W.T. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
299 Aiton US
300 Flemingia strobilifera (L.) R. Br. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
301 Fumaria parviflora Lamk. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
302 Gardenia latifolia Aiton ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
303 Gardenia resinifera Roth ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
304 Gardenia turgida Roxb. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
305 Garuga pinnata Roxb. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Geodorum densiflorum (Lam.) Gua
306 Schlechter H
307 Glinus lotoides L. H Kiriburu
308 Gloriosa superba L. C Gua, Noamundi & Kiriburu
309 Glycosmis arborea (Roxb.) DC. S Gua & Kiriburu
310 Gmelina arbórea Roxb. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gnaphalium luteo-album L. subsp. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
311 affine (D. Don) Koster H
312 Gomphrena celosioides Mart. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
313 Gossypium arboreum Linn. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Grevillea robusta A. Cunn. ex R. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
314 Br. T
315 Grewia abutilifolia Vent. ex Juss. S Gua & Kiriburu
316 Grewia hirsute S Gua
317 Grewia rothii DC. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
318 Grewia serrulata DC. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
319 Grewia tilliaefolia T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
320 Guizotia abyssinica (L. f.) Cass. H Gua & Kiriburu
Habenaria commelinifolia (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
321 Wallich ex Lindl. H
322 Haldina cordifolia (Roxb.) Ridsd. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
323 Hamelia patens Jacq. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Haplophragma adenophyllum Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
324 (Wall.) P.Dop ST
325 Hedychium coronarium J. Koenig US Gua & Kiriburu
326 Hedyotis ovatifolia Cavanilles H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
327 Helicteres isora L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
328 Heliotropium indicum L. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
329 Hemidesmus indicus(L.) R. Br. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Hemigraphis latebrosa (Heyne ex Gua & Kiriburu
330 Roth) Nees US
331 Hetropogon contortus G Gua & Noamundi
332 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Holarrhena pubescens (Buch.- Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
333 Ham.) Wallich ex G. Don C
Holoptelea integrifolia (Roxb.) Noamundi & Chaibasa
334 Planch. T
Holostemma annulare (Roxb.) K. Gua
335 Schum. C
336 Hydrilla verticillata (L. f.) Royle H Gua
Hygrophila auriculata (Schumach.) Gua
337 Heine US
338 Hygrophila erecta (Burm. f.) Hochr. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Hymenodictyon orixense (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
339 Mabb. T
340 Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Poit. US Gua
341 Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) R. Br. C Gua
342 Imperata cylindrical G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
343 Indigofera astragalina DC. US Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
344 Indigofera cassioides Rottl. ex DC. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
345 Indigofera linnaei Ali. H Gua & Kiriburu
346 Indigofera trifoliata L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
 Indoneesiella echioides (L.) Gua
347 Sreemadh. H
348 Ipomoea carnea Jacq. C Gua
349 Ipomoea hederifolia L. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Ipomoea pes-tigridis L. var. Gua & Kiriburu
350 capitellata C. B. Clarke C
351 Ischaemum indicum (Houtt.) Merr. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
352 Ixora pavetta Andrews ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
353 Jacaranda mimosaefolia D. Don. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Jasminum multiflorum (Burm. f.) Gua & Kiriburu
354 Andr. US
355 Jatropha curcas L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
356 Jatropha gossypifolia L. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
357 Justicia betonica L. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Justicia prostrata (C. B. Clarke) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
358 Gamble H
359 Kigellia africana (Lam.) Benth. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
360 Kirganelia reticulata S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
361 Knoxia sumatrensis (Retz.) DC. H Gua & Kiriburu
362 Kydia calycina Roxb. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
363 Kyllinga brevifolia Rottb. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Lagenaria siceraria (Molina) Gua
364 Standl. C
365 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Laggera alata (D. Don) Schultz.- Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
366 Bip. ex Oliver H
Lannea coromandelica (Houtt.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
367 Merr. T
368 Lantana camara L. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
369 Lathyrus sativus L. H Kiriburu
Launaea procumbens (Roxb.) Noamundi & Chaibasa
370 Ramayya & Rajagopal H
371 Leea asiatica (L.) Ridsdale US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Leea macrophylla Roxb. ex Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
372 Hornem. US
373 Lemna minor L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
374 Lemna perpusilla Torr. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
375 Lens culinaris Medik. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
376 Leonotis nepetifolia (L.) R. Br. US Gua & Kiriburu
377 Lepidagathis cristata Willd. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
378 Lepidagathis incurva H Gua & Kiriburu
379 Leucana leruocephala (L.) Gillis T Gua
380 Leucas aspera (Willd.) Link H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
381 Leucas lavandulifolia Sm. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Lindernia anagallis (Burm. f.) Gua & Kiriburu
382 Pennell H
383 Lindernia ciliata (Colsm.) Pennell H Gua
Lindernia crustacea (L.) F. v. Gua & Kiriburu
384 Muell. H
385 Lindernia parviflora H Gua & Kiriburu
386 Litsea monopetala (Roxb.) Pers. T Gua
387 Loranthus cordifolius Wallich US Chiriya & Kiriburu
388 Loranthus scurrula L. US Gua
Ludwigia hyssopifolia (G. Don) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
389 Exell H
390 Ludwigia octovalvis (Jacq.) Raven H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
391 Ludwigia perennis L. H Gua
392 Luffa acutángula (L.) Roxb. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
393 Luffa cylindrica (L.) M. Roem. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
394 Luisia trichorhiza H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
395 Lycopersicon esculentum Mill. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
396 Macaranga peltata (Roxb.) Muell. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Madhuca longifolia (J. Koenig) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Macbr. var latifolia (Roxb.)
397 Chevalier T
398 Magnolia grandiflora L. T Gua, Chiriya & Noamundi
Mallotus philippensis (Lam.) Muell. Gua
399 Arg. T
400 Mangifera indica L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
401 Martynia annua L. US Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
402 Medicago sativa L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
403 Melia azedarach L. T Gua & Noamundi
404 Melilotus indica (L.) All. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Melothria maderaspatana (L.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
405 Cogn. C
406 Memecylon umbellatum Burm. f. US Gua & Kiriburu
407 Mentha arvensis L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
408 Merremia vitifolia (Burm. f.) Hall. f. C Gua
409 Michelia champaca L. T Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
410 Microstegium nodosum G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
411 Miliusa tomentosa (Roxb.) Sinclair ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
412 Millettia extensa (Benth.) Baker C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
413 Mimosa himalayana Gamble. S Noamundi & Chaibasa
414 Mimosa pudica L. H Gua & Kiriburu
 Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
415 Mirabilis jalapa L. US Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
416 Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Korth. ST Kiriburu
417 Mollugo pentaphylla L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
418 Momordica charantia L. C Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
419 Momordica dioica Roxb. ex Willd. C Kiriburu
420 Morinda pubescens Sm. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
421 Moringa oleífera Lam. ST Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
422 Morus alba L. T Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
423 Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. C Kiriburu
424 Murdannia nudiflora (L.) Brenan H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
425 Murraya koengii(L.) Spreng. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
426 Murraya paniculata(L.) Jack. ST Gua
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
427 Musa paradisiacal L. US Kiriburu
428 Naringi crenulata (Roxb.) Nicolson ST Chaibasa
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
429 Nelumbo nucifera Gaertn. H Kiriburu
430 Nervilia sp. H Gua & Kiriburu
431 Nicotiana plumbaginifolia H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
432 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
433 Nymphaea nauchali Burm.f. H Kiriburu
434 Nymphaea pubescens Willd. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
435 Nymphaea rubra Roxb. H Kiriburu
436 Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
437 Oberonia sp. H Gua & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
438 Ocimum basilicum L. US Kiriburu
439 Ocimum canum Sims H Gua & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
440 Ocimum sanctum L. US Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
441 Olax scandens Roxb. C Kiriburu
Oldenlandia affinis (Roem. & Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
442 Schult.) DC. H Kiriburu
443 Oldenlandia corymbosa L. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
 Oplismenus compositus (L.) P. Gua & Kiriburu
444 Beauv. G
Gua, Chaibasa, Noamundi &
445 Opuntia elatior Mill. US Kiriburu
446 Opuntia vugaris Mill. US Gua, Chaibasa & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
447 Oroxylum indicum (L.) Venten. T Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
448 Oryza sativa L. G Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
449 Ottelia alismoides (L.) Pers. H Kiriburu
Ougeinia oojeinensis (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
450 Hochr. T
451 Oxalis corniculata L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
452 Oxalis latifolia H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
453 Pandanus odoratissimus L. f. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
454 Parthenium hysterophorus L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
455 Passiflora foetida L. C Kiriburu
456 Pavetta crassicaulis Bremek. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
457 Pavetta tomentosa Roxb. ex Sm. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Pavonia repanda (Roxb. ex Sm.) Gua
458 Spreng. US
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
459 Pedilanthus tithymaloides (L.) Poit. US Kiriburu
Pelatantheria insectifera (Rchb. f.) Kiriburu
460 Ridl. H
Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
461 Baker ex Heyne. T
462 Pennisetum flaccidum G Chiriya
Peristrophe paniculata (Forssk.) Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
463 Brummitt US
Peristylus plantagineus (Lindl.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
464 Lindl. H
Petalidium barlerioides (Roth) Gua & Kiriburu
465 Nees US
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
466 Petunia hybrida x Hort. Ex Vilm. H Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
467 Phaseolus vulgaris L. H Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
468 Phoenix acaulis Buch.-Ham. US Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
469 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. ST Kiriburu
470 Phyla nodiflora (L.) E. Greene. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
 Kiriburu
471 Phyllanthus acidus H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
Phyllanthus airy-shawii Brunel ex Gua
472 Roux H
473 Phyllanthus emblica L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
474 Phyllanthus nirurii Acut. non L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
475 Phyllanthus urinaria L. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
476 Phyllanthus virgatus G. Forster H Gua & Kiriburu
477 Physalis minima L. H Gua & Kiriburu
478 Pimpinella diversifolia DC. H Gua & Kiriburu
Pimpinella heyneana (DC.) Wallich Gua & Kiriburu
479 ex Kurz H
Pimpinella wallichiana (Hoenck.) Gua & Kiriburu
480 Gandhi H
481 Piper longum L. C Ligirda Swamp
482 Pistia stratiotes L. H Gua & Chaibasa
483 Pisum sativum L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
484 Benth. T
485 Plumeria rubra L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Pogonatherum crinitum (Thunb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
486 Kunth G
Pogostemon quadrifolius (Benth.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
487 Kuntze S
Polyalthia longifolia (Sonner.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
488 Thwaites T
489 Polygala arvensis Wild. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
Polygonum barbatum L. subsp. Gua
490 barbatum US
491 Polygonum dichotomum Blume US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
492 Polygonum glabrum Willd. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
493 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
494 Portulaca oleracea Linn. H Chaibasa
495 Pouzolzia pentandra (Roxb.) Benn. H Gua & Chiriya
496 Psidium guajava L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
497 Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb. T Kiriburu
Pterospermum acerifolium (L.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
498 Willd. T
Pueraria tuberosa (Roxb. ex Gua
499 Willd.) DC. C
500 Punica granatum L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
501 Putrenjeeva roxbeghaii Wallich ST Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
502 Rabhidophora sp. H Gua & Kiriburu
 Radermachera xylocarpa (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
503 K. Schum. T
504 Ranunculus sceleratus Linn. H Gua
505 Raphanus sativus Linn. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Rauvolfia serpentina (L.) Benth. ex Gua & Kiriburu
506 Kurz H
507 Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. C Gua & Noamundi
508 Rhynchostylis retusa (L.) Blume H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
509 Ricinus communis L. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
510 Rosa indica L. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
511 Rosa multiflora Thunb. S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
512 Roystonea regia (Kunth) O.F.Cook ST Kiriburu
513 Rumex dentatus L. H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
514 Rungia pectinata (L.) Nees H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
515 Saccharum spontaneum L. G Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
516 Salix tetrasperma Roxb. ST Gua & Chaibasa
Sansevieria hyacinthoides (L.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
517 Druce US
518 Saraca asoca (Roxb.) de Wilde. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
519 Schefflera stellata (Gaertn.) Harms US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
520 Schleichera oleosa (Lour.) Oken. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
521 Schrebera swietenioides Roxb. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
522 Scleria levis Retz. G Gua
523 Scoparia dulcis L. H Gua & Kiriburu
Securinega virosa (Roxb. ex Willd.) Gua Chaibasa
524 Baill. S
525 Semecarpus anacardium L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
526 Sesamum indicum L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Sesbania bispinosa (Jacq.) W.F. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
527 Wigth H
528 Setaria glauca (L.) P. Beauv. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
529 Setaria intermedia Roem. & Schult. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
530 Shorea robusta Roxb. ex Gaertn. f. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
531 Sida acuta Burm. f. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
532 Sida cordata (Burm. f.) Borss. US Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
533 Sida cordifolia L. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Sida rhombifolia L. subsp. retusa Gua & Kiriburu
534 (L.) Borss. H
535 Smilax prolifera Roxb. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
536 Smilax zeylanica L. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
537 Smithia conferta Sm. H Gua & Kiriburu
538 Solanum incanum L. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
539 Solanum melongena L. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
540 Solanum nigrum L. H Kiriburu
541 Solanum torvum Sw. S Gua & Kiriburu
542 Solanum tuberosum L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
543 Solanum virginianum L. H Gua & Kiriburu
544 Sonerila tenera Royle H Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
545 Soymida ferifuga (Roxb.) A. Juss. T Gua
Gua, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
546 Spathodea campanulata P. Beauv. T Kiriburu
547 Sphaeranthus indicus L. H Gua
Spilanthes paniculata Wallich ex Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
548 DC. H
549 Spondias pinnata (L. f.) Kurz ST Gua, Chiriya & Noamundi
Stachytarpheta dichotoma (Ruiz & Gua & Kiriburu
550 Pav.)Vahl S
551 Stellaria media (Linn.) Villars. H Gua & Kiriburu
552 Sterculia urens Roxb. T Gua
553 Sterculia villosa Roxb. T Gua, Chaibasa & Kiriburu
554 Stereospermum personatum T Gua & Kiriburu
Striga angustifolia (D. Don) Gua
555 Saldanha H
Strobilanthes sp. auriculatus Nees/ Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
556 asperrimus Nees. US
Swertia corymbosa (Griseb.) C. B. Gua
557 Clarke H
558 Symphorema jamaicensis Wight C Gua & Kiriburu
559 Symplocos racemosa ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
560 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Syzygium heyneanum Wallich ex Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
561 Wight & Arnott T
562 Syzygium nervosum DC. T Gua & Noamundi
Tabernaemontana divaricata (L.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
563 R. Br. S Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
564 Tagetes erecta L. H Kiriburu
Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
565 Tagetes patula L. H Kiriburu
566 Tamarindus indica L. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Gua, Noamundi, Chaibasa &
567 Tecoma stans (L.) Juss. ex Kunth ST Kiriburu
568 Tectona grandis L. f. T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
569 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. H Gua
570 Tephrosia sp. S Gua
571 Terminalia alata Heyne ex Roth T Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Terminalia arjuna (Roxb. ex DC.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
572 Wight & Arnott T
Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
573 Roxb. T
574 Terminalia chebula Retz. T Gua & Kiriburu
575 Themeda triandra Forssk. G Gua & Chiriya
Thespesia lampas (Cav.) Dalzell & Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
576 Gibbs. ST
577 Thunbergia fragrans Roxb. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Thysanolaena maxima (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
578 Kuntze G
579 Tinospora codifolia (Willd.) Miers. C Noamundi & Chaibasa
580 Trapa natans L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
581 Trema orientalis (L.) Blume ST Chaibasa
582 Trewia nudiflora L. ST Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
583 Trichosanthes anguina L. C Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
Trichosanthes bracteata (Lam.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
584 Voigt. C
585 Trichosanthes dioica Roxb. C Gua &Chiriya
586 Trichosanthes tricuspidata Lour. C Gua
587 Tridax procumbens L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
588 Trigonella foenum-graecum L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Chaibasa
589 Trigonella polycerata Auct. non L. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
590 Triumfetta pentandra A. Rich. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
591 Triumfetta rhomboidea US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Uraria alopecuroides (Roxb.) Gua, Chiriya & Kiriburu
592 Wight US
593 Uraria neglecta Prain H Gua
594 Uraria rufescens (DC.) Schindl. US Gua
595 Urena lobata L. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
596 Utricularia bifida L. H Gua & Chiriya
597 Vallisneria natans (Lour.) Hara H Gua
598 Vanda tessellata(Roxb.) Hook. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
599 Vanda testácea (Lindl.) Rchb. f. H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
600 Ventilago denticulata Willd. C Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Vernonia cinerea (L.) Less. var. Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
601 cinerea H
602 Vernonia squarrosa (D. Don) Less. US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Chaibasa
603 Vetiveria zizanioides (L.) Nash G Gua & Kiriburu
604 Vicoa indica (L.) DC. H Gua & Kiriburu
605 Vigna mungo (L.) Hepper US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
606 Vigna radiate (L.) R. Wllazek US Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Vigna umbellata (Thunb.) Ohwi & Kiriburu
607 Ohashi C
608 Viscum angulatum Heyne ex DC. H Chiriya & Kiriburu
609 Viscum articulatum Burm.f. H Gua
610 Viscum orientale Willd. H Chiriya & Kiriburu
611 Vitex altisima L. f. ST Gua, Nuamundi & W. Chaibasa
612 Vitex leucoxylon L. f. ST Gua & Chaibasa
613 Vitex negundo L. S Gua
614 Waltheria indica Linn. S Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
615 Wattakaka volubillis (L. f.) Stafp C Gua & Noamundi
616 Wendlandia tinctoria (Roxb.) DC. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
617 Woodfordia fruticosa (L.) Kurz S Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
Wrightia arborea (Dennst.) Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
618 Mabberley ST
619 Xanthium indicum Koenig H Gua, Noamundi & Chaibasa
620 Xylosma acuminate ST Gua & Noamundi
621 Zanthoxylum rhetsa (Roxb.) DC. S Gua & Kiriburu
622 Zea mays L. G Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
623 Zingiber officinale Roscoe H Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
624 Zingiber roseum (Roxb.) Roscoe H Gua & Noamundi
625 Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. ST Nuamundi
626 Ziziphus oenoplia (L.) Mill. ST Gua
627 Ziziphus rugosa Lam. C Gua & Kiriburu
628 Ziziphus xylopyra (Retz.) Willd. ST Gua, Chiriya, Noamundi & Kiriburu
629 Zornia gibbosa Span. H Gua
T- Tree; ST- Small Tree; S-Shrub; US- Under Shrub; C- Climber; H- Herb; G- Grass
 ANNEXURE XI
INVENTORY OF MAMMAL SPECIES

S No English Name Scientific Name

1 Tiger Panthera tigris
2 Leopard Panthera pardus
3 Jungle Cat Felis chaus
4 Indian fox Vulpes bengalensis
5 Jackal Canis aureus indicus
6 Wolf Canis lupus
7 Wild dog Cuon alpinus
8 Sloth bear Melursus ursinus
9 Small Indian civet Viverricula indica
10 Palm civet/Toddy cat Paradoxurus hermaphrodites
11 Pangolin Manis crassicaudata
12 Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi
13 Common otter Lutra lutra
14 Elephant Elephas maximus
15 Gaur Bos gaurus
16 Sambar Rusa unicolor
17 Barking deer Muntiacus muntijak
18 Mouse deer Moschiola indica
19 Spotted deer Axis axis
20 Four horned antelope Tetracerus quadricornis
21 Indian wild boar Sus scrofa
22 Rhesus macaque Macaca mulatta
23 Northern plains grey langur Semnopithecus entellus
24 Indian giant squirrel Ratufa bicolour
25 Indian giant flying squirrel Petaurista philippensis
26 Northern palm squirrel Funambulus pennanti
27 Indian hare Lepus nigricollis
28 Flying fox Petropus giganteus
 ANNEXURE XII
INVENTORY OF BIRDS ENCOUNTERED DURING THE FIELD SURVEY

S.No Common Name Scientific Name

1 Red Junglefowl Gallus gallus
2 Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus
3 Pygmy Woodpecker Dendrocopos nanus
4 Common Flameback Dinopium javanenes
5 Coppersmith Barbet Megalaima haemacephala
6 Brown- Headed Barbet Megalaima zeylanica
7 Common Hoopoe Upupa epops
8 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis
9 White Breasted Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis
10 Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis
11 Indian Cuckoo Cuculus micropterus
12 Crow Pheasant Centropus sinensis
13 Green-Billed Malkoha Centropus Chlororhynchus
14 Alexandrine Parakeet Psittacula eupatria
15 Plum-Headed Parakeet Psittacula cyanocephala
16 Roseringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri
17 House Swift Apus affinis
18 Jungle Owlet Glaucidium radiatum
19 Spotted Owlet Athene brama
20 Indian Nightjar Caprimulgus asiaticus
21 Rock Pigeon Columba livia
22 Indian Ring Dove Streptopelia docaocto
23 Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis
24 Emerald Doved (Thalkobad) Chalcophaps Indica
25 White Breasted Wtaterhen Amaurornis phoenicurus
27 Red-Watted Lapwing Vanellus indicus
28 White-Rumped Vulture Gyps bengalensis
29 Pariah Kite Milvus migrans
30 Back Sholder Kite Elanus caeruleus
31 Shikra Accipiter badius
32 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis
33 Little egret Egretta garzetta
34 Poand Heron Ardeola grayii
35 Indian Tree Pie Dendrocitta vagabunda
36 House crow Corvus splendens
37 Eurasian Golden Oriole Oriolus oriolus
38 Small Minivet Pericrocotus cinnamom
39 White Browed Fantail Rhipidura aureola
40 Greater Racket-Tailed Drongo Dicrurus pardiseus
41 Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus
42 Verditer Flycatcher Eumyias thalassina
43 Oriental Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis
44 Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicate
45 Black Red Start Phoenicuruc coeruleocephalus
46 Brahminy Starling Sturnus pagodarum
47 Asian Pied Starling Sturnus contra
48 Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus
49 Common Myna Acridotheres tristis
50 Jungle Myna Acridotheres focus
51 White Wagtail Motacilla flava
52 Yellow Wagtail Motacilla alba
53 Red Avadavat Amandava amandava
54 Grey tit Parus major
55 Baya weaver Ploceus philippinus
56 House sparrow Passer domesticus
57 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica
58 Red-Vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer
59 Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus
60 Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus
 ANNEXURE XIII
INVENTORY OF THE REPTILES ENCOUNTERED DURING THE FIELD SURVEY

S. No. Local Name Scientific Name

1. Blind Snake Grypotyphlops acutus
2. Common Sand Boa Gongylophis conicus
3. Indian Rock Python Python molurusmolurus
4. Common Trinket Coelognathus helena Helena
5. Montane Trinket Coelognathus helena monticollaris
6. Common Bronzeback Dendrelaphis tristis
7. Checkered Keelback Xenochrophis piscator
8. Common Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus
9. Banded Krait Bungarus fasciatus
10. Spectacled Cobra Naja naja
11. Green Pit Viper Trimeresurus sp.
12. Indian Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor
13. Indian Rock Lizard Psammophilus blanfordanus
14. Indian House Gecko Hemidactylus frenatus
15. Spotted House Gecko Hemidactylus brookii
16. Indian House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis
17. Common Indian Skink Eutropis carinata
18. Common Snake Skink Lygosoma punctatus
19. White-Spotted Supple Skink Riopa albopunctata
20. Common Indian Monitor Lizard Varanus bengalensis
 ANNEXURE XIV
INVENTORY OF AMPHIBIANS OBSERVED IN THE AREA

1. Common Indian Toad Duttaphrynus melanostictus

2. Indian Burrowing Frog Sphaerothea rolandae
3. Maskayis Burrowing Frog Sphaerotheasp.
4. Indian Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus
5. Indian Skipping Frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis
6. Pierrs Cricket Frog Fejervarya pierrei
7. Ornamented Pigmy Frog Microhyla achatina
8. Indian Common Tree Frog Polypedates maculates
 ANNEXURE XV
INVENTORY OF BUTTERFLIES SIGHTED DURING THE FIELD SURVEY

Sl. No. Common name

1. Baronet

2. Blue Mormon

3. Brown Owl

4. Chocolate Pansy

5. Common Banded Owl

6. Common Blue

7. Common Crow

8. Common Emigrant

9. Common Evening Brown

10. Common Grass Yellow

11. Common Jezebel

12. Common Leopard

13. Common Mormon

14. Common Nawab

15. Common Ore (Auzakia danava)

16. Common Peacock

17. Common Pierrot

18. Common Red

19. Common Sailer

20. Emigrant Mottled

21. Great Eggfly

22. Grey Count

23. Jay

24. Lime

25. Mottled Emigrant

26. Painted Jezebel

27. Plain Tiger

28. Plum Judy

29. Striped Tiger

30. Tawny Coster

Annexure- XVI
 ANNEXURE---XVII

Comments of Director, WII, Dehradun on draft IWLMP, West singhbhum

And

Incorporation of suggestions in Final Report

Wildlife Institute of India has commented well on the draft Report with only one suggestion-
,declaring the proposed inviolate areas as Conservation Reserve. This suggestion has been
incorporated in the Final Report.
 ANNEXURE-------XVIII

Comments of Dr. R.K.Singh,WWF (GOI expert) on DRAFT IWLMP and incorporation in

Final Report

I think following suggestion needs to be menetioned in the plan to make miners responsible. I
would again suggest to change the title of Plan something like "Wildlife Conservation Plan of
West SingbhumDistrictof iron deposit areas"

The change in title is not possible. The TOR mentions—SAMEKIT VANYAPRANI

PRABANDHAN YOJNA for WEST-SINGBHUM (INTEGRATED WILDLIFE
MANAGEMENT PLAN for WEST SINGBHUM).So,the title is as per the Terms of Reference
of the Committee

Apart from conservation foundation which should be made responsible for various activities at a
landscape level, the individual project proponent should be made responsible to take care of their
surrounding environment instead of depositing certain amount in government kitty and get rid of
their responsibility as polluter pay principle in conservation fund.

Suggestions to the effect are already provided in the Report under each Chapter.

Wildlife Conservation

1. Man-Elephant Conflict: Individual lessee should identify villages

affected by high man-elephant conflict and needs to be protected by erecting electric

fence/elephant proof trench through community participation. The cost for overlapping villages
shall be borne by concerned lessee on proportionate basis.

This suggestion is already given in the Report

2. Runoff control: Suitable civil structure shall be constructed by

lessee at various contour levels on the drainage leading to storm water flowing into river Koina
and Karo to seize silt deposit and harvested rain water needs to be utilized in mines
The rain water harvesting is already suggested. The details have to worked by the competent
technicians for site specific plans.

3. Fire control: Individual lease holder shall engage fire watchers to

prevent forest fire in and around (5 km radius) their mining lease area during summer months. In
case of any fire they must deploy properly equipped vehicle to control fire.

The role of Mining agencies for fire control in the immediate surroundings is suggested

4. Reduction on forest resource utilization: All lessee shall run

coal/fire wood depot with the help of forest department to provide alternative fuel to their
labourers so that dependency on forest could be reduced.

Already in the Report

5. Restoration of Koina and Karo river: Under the guidance of wildlife experts well
acquaintance with ecology of Saranda, SAIL as major mining stakeholder (more than 60% of
total mining lease are of Saranda) shall immediately take up projects for de-siltation of Koina
and Karoriver to restore the riverine habitat. Necessary permission must be given by the
concerned department in the state of Jharkhand.

Any interference on the river need further studies as it could affect the river flow, water
availability etc etc. This needs to be done by hydrologists, geologists and not by wildlife experts
.The report addresses the causative factors like habitat degradation leading to soil erosion.

6. Habitat improvement: Individual lessee shall undertake habitat improvement work

through weed eradication and plantation of endemic species (as per the compartment history) in
non mining areas falling within their lease boundary. Necessary permission must be given by the
state forest department.

The lease boundary is not very large. The Forest Department can seek the assistance,
wherever necessary for such activities.
7. Capacity building: On proportionate basis, lessee shall support capacity building
programme for the staff of Saranda Forest Division on wildlife management and crime
prevention through training and also supply personal equipment. Exposure visit of forest
officials and experts along with mine managers to be institutionalize to receive hand on
experience in Forest & Ecology management in mining areas.

Already finding a place in the Report

8. Impact study: Individual lessee shall constitute a team of experts/advisers having

expertise and experience of local landscape for an effective wildlife management/ecological
restoration/forest management/environmental management/socio-economic issues of forest
dwellers around the mines. Under the guidance of experts lessee should prepare a site specific
wild life management plan under the ambit of comprehensive wild life management plan. Result
of periodical study results must be incorporated to revise the site specific wildlife and
environmental management plan

The wildlife conservation is only casually referred in the EIAs/EMPs and do not go beyond
listing of plants and animals. These issues have been addressed in the Report

9. Phase out of surplus accommodation: Lessee particularly SAIL shall phase out all
surplus residential accommodations and evict encroachments within the lease area as being a
major threat for forest degradation due to their dependency. State administration must provide
necessary support in this regard.

Done

10. CSR activity: The entire lessee shall undertake review process to know the impact of
their CSR activities on enhancement of livelihood and reduction in dependency on forests
amongst the beneficiary. Suitable corrective measures should be adopted to achieve above
objective.

Already dealt in the Report in details

Best Mining Management Practice

1. All the mechanized mines shall install a real time ambient air/water quality monitoring
system with interlocking mechanism to control major machineries so that in case of increase in
pollutant loads beyond the permissible limit of CPCB guidelines, the concerned machine will
shutdown. The data of real time monitoring system shall be displayed in public domain.

2. Automated water sprinkling system shall be laid along the entire haul road within the
mines with timer facility. Proper dust suppression chemicals to be used while sprinkling the
water. Provision needs to be also made so that in case of increase of dust load in ambient air
beyond pre-defined concentration, automated water sprinkling system should start functioning.

This will lead to increased disturbances

3. Lessee who uses roads for transportation of iron ore shall designed/modify their
tripper/dumper to reduce fugitive dust emission substantially.

Some suggestions are given in the Report.

4. Lessee shall ensure playing of vehicles in their lease area without the use of pressure
horn. Proper vehicular pollution check instrument shall be installed to allow only those vehicles
whose pollution is under control.

Already in place but not followed strictly

5. Except primary crushing, no other ore processing or beneficiation plants to be allowed

within Saranda. No crusher unit should be permitted to operate within 5 km from the forest
boundary.

ESAs and regulatory measures suggested

6. Emphasis needs to be given for deployment of state of art technology and reducing
movement of earth moving machinery (like Dozer, Drills) to minimize noise & ground vibration
particularly in night hours

Suggestions given

7. GIS tool shall be used to implement mining and reclamation plan. Progressive mine
closure plan to be prepared so reclamation should progress along with mining. In reclamation
process, the pioneer succession species needs to be identified from abandoned area and the same
species should be considered for restoration. Differential GPS to be used for any landmark
identification.

The mechanism is not mentioned but the objective and conditions laid.

8. Blasting in night at mines and night transportation of ore through roads to be

discontinued.

Already in the Report

9. Proper lighting system in the mine shall be used to reduce the glare to open sky.

Already in place, wherever necessary

10. Insulated power transmission cable shall be used in stretches passing through forests and
the transmission line to be aligned along the roads only.

Already mentioned in the Report

Apart from above, Jharkhand Govt. must formulate a policy to not grant lease for more than 10%
of forest land of Saranda division under mining lease and at a time not more than 25% area
should be broken within lease area.

The mining area currently constitutes less than what is mentioned above.

Seperate the report in two volumes. Volume-2 shall contain all large tables, questionnareetc
whereas Volume-1 shall contain remaining.

It depends at the time of production of report. Sometimes volume II is missed.

Try to make simple and illustrative table showing data of all your cluster in one.

Already in place
 ANNEXURE---------XIX

Comments on DRAFT IWLMP from PCCF (WL&BIO) cum CWLW, Jharkhand

and

Incorporation in Final report

The title of the report is not in consonance with the order of Jharkhand govt

Necessary modifications made.

Chapter I TORs Factual.

Done

Chapter II Page-14 Line 5 from top more & more …………… brought under collation
need to be deleted

Agree and deleted.

Page -15 The Statement “the forest area…………. forestry is planned” is too
sweeping.

The statement deleted

Chapter III Page -17 Third line from below.

* leading to fragmentation of a continuous forest cover. The area

under mining shows perceptible signs of desiccation as the tree
cover is removed.

The word desiccation is appropriately added

Second line form below although the requirement as per

National mineral policy has been stated but there is mention of how
to achieve this in the chapter on recommendation.

The suggestions in National Mineral Policy have been incorporated

in the report, wherever necessary. But these are dealt in different
sections mostly in mining and socio-economics

Page-24
 Para 4 from above. It has been suggested to promote rain water harvesting
mechanisms in mining sites to reduce dependence on water from rivers for use
in mines. But there is no mention of the mechanisms which are suitable for the
area and the capacity of such mechanism to supply all the water needed.

Designing and implementing rain water harvesting mechanism appropriate for

each mining locations need to be done in consultation with the experts in the
field. Suggesting any one mechanism may not hold true for all the sites.

4th line from below. How has it been stated that dumping site is reported to have
less chance of water contamination from run off? Page 25 first line States just
the opposite.

It is only reported. The claim is by mining community. Based on the comment, it

is elaborated adding our own observations in the area, where it has
contaminated.

Page 26 Para 35 There should be a suggestion to wash the vegetation around the roads
by sprinkling water like It is done on the surface of the road .

Washing the vegetation along the road is not feasible and sprinkling may not
help as the dust is stuck to the leaves and branches. As we saw in the field, it is
difficult even to wipe it with hands. Moreover, the attempt is to address the
causative factors like dust suppression on the road and vehicular traffic.

Page 27 Last line about seiler (2001) – What does it mean?

The references cited prior to these had been dealing mostly with adverse impact.
Seiler (2001) aired a different view and hence mentioned and is not out of
context.

Page 28 Para 1 third line from below starting with “Road kills and ending with increase
with traffic” is factually wrong.

A number of authors have reported their observations of “avoidance behavior”

among animals to escape from getting killed on the road. This actually reduces
the habitat available to the animal and also changes the normal behavior and of
course adapting to the prevailing conditions.

Line 1 to 13 on this page talks of impact of road on wild animals but this is only
 concerning highway and black topped roads Page 28-29 looks like review of
literature it is actually not required and out of context. What is given in para 2 on
this page seems ok.

Yes, the references are on highways but passing through wildlife areas. These
are cited only to highlight the severity of the problems due to roads. Black
topped will have more heat generated even at night and add to the ambient
temperature but otherwise, the impact is the same due to both the black topped
and soil surfaced roads. This is retained.

Page 31 Road and Public health : Effect on human health have been documented but no
mitigative steps given Plus no correlation has been drawn between the ore dust
and diseases

This is further elaborated though the correlation is visible especially in the case
of lung related diseases. Considering the comment, this is further elaborated.

documented rehabilitation of mined areas should only be with local indigenous

species otherwise the ecology will be disturbed for ever.

Using native species for rehabilitation is stressed in several places under

different chapters especially in the mining and Socio economics, where it has
also been mentioned to involve local community for nursery raising.

Page 34

E/A/EMP and lapses

Not talking of involvement of local people is not lapse in the EIA/EMP

Involvement in restoration of habitat which has been destroyed quite contrary to
the wishes of local people is not possible or sound suggestion.

The EIA/EMPs have not considered the option thus leaving a good opportunity
to add to the livelihood options of the local community. The Forest Department
engage the local community for planting and related works. The suggestion is to
involve the people in nursery raising and planting, which will also help improve
their economy. The report also has suggested using the expertise of a person
knowledgeable on forestry operations.

In Datta et al’s suggestion for cumulative impact assess ment of mining project is
for such areas where multiple projects have already been stated or yet to be
started. In case of Singhbhum where projects have been taken up ago without
 such a study having been done before it does not appear to be of much use to
do the same now. Secondly EIA studies are to be done before taking up the
project and not after such a long time.

The suggestion in the report is for future. At the same time, EIAs done even after
implementation will show the impact, which would have been only projections
when done before the initiation of the project, which is also mandatory. EIAs
done after the implementation is normally called monitoring. The suggestion will
give an opportunity to evaluate the actual impact due to such clusters.

Page 35 Mention of unauthorised mining and crushers Is out of context and the
committee has not said anything about their impact nor has it given any solution
to both the problems

These cannot be avoided while preparing an Integrated Management Plan.

Moreover, the illegal mining though only a few in numbers also have its impact
especially since it is illegal. Yes, the mitigation measures were missing and are
currently added.

Page 40 to A major part of the report has been dedicated to the socio-economics of the
86 people but at the end of it no correlation has been drawn as to what is the The
impact of mining on this and what needs to be done to mitigate the adverse
impact. Only one finding of Noronha and Nairy (2005) under the heading the
“quality of life” which does not seen to be quite relevant to Indian conditions has
been mentioned. This chapter is concluded by saying “this and similar works on
social aspects of mining suggest a holistic approach on the social issues
covering social environmental and health aspect of mining” which is not
adequate and can at most be categorised as abrupt ending.

The impacts on the villagers have been mentioned in several parts of the report.
This is by denying access to an areas, which was available to them for
dependence and also on health. The mining alone need not be responsible for
all the prevailing conditions. There could be other socio-political factors. The
reference is cited in support of the situation. Suggestions have been given in the
report to improve the quality of life. Some changes have been made on the part
of the report to make it clearer.

Page 87 to Chapter on land use changes

Form page 87 to 155 lot of information about the Flora of Saranda has been
 given which is factual and already known to the deptt. and at the end of it on
page 156 a very obvious conclusion has been drawn i.e “there are differences in
the vegetation composition between the natural forest and mining forest”. Similar
obvious conclusion have also been drawn about the shrub species richness and
the diversity of ground cover species.

Similarly for regeneration obvious conclusion like “the comparison

between mining and natural forest areas indicate very less trees saplings and
almost nil seedlings in the areas near the mines on page 156 after this whole lot
of bar diagrams and photographs have been given between page 157 and 161
which has no investigative value and have only cosmetic value.

There were not much references available on the flora and fauna of the area.
The available ones are referred and cited. Some of the facts are qualitatively
known because of the experience. However, a quantification is done only for the
first time and is important to suggest actions.

On page 161 under main heading futuristic Wealth in second para any
reference to singhbhum Bihar District Gazetteer, quoting Chaudhury (1958) to
mention about the decreasing trend in the population of Samhar, spotted deer
and barking deer forty five years before has no scientific value. And then again
the end of the same para the information “The practice of shooting from motor
cars at night with the help of spot light, though this is prohibited is still prevalent
and is another cause of the decrease of game” is too sweeping a statement and
even it is remotely true this goes without saying that such incidents happen due
to the adventurism on the part of mining community in the areas and for which
the committee should have suggested same ways to check rather than stopping
at that only Increase in the incidences of poaching due to the presence of mining
officers/staff in the area is a serious problem which should have been addressed
to by the committee.

Historical information available on the area was searched and only very few
were available and cited. It was also important to look for the causes for
degradation of the area and reduction in the animal abundance. There were no
records of either with the department or with the mining communities to support
the view that poaching has increased due to mining staff. This may be true and
must have added to the problem.

Pages 161 Whole lot of information has been compiled about the faunistic wealth of the
to 176 area with many photographs having been given but the report conspicuously

falls short of giving any concrete suggestions for the protection of this rich wealth
plus the adverse effects of mining on these.

Whole lot of information has been compiled about the faunistic wealth of
the area with many photographs having been given but the report conspicuously
falls short of giving any concrete suggestions for the protection of this rich wealth
plus the adverse effects of mining on these.

The entire chapter on Biodiversity deals with these aspects including

suggestions for improvement. Attempts have also been made in the report to
identify the constraints in achieving the three identified objectives (Table) and
actions required for overcoming these. These include habitat improvement,
involving mining and local communities, awareness, capacity building of staff,
improved infrastructural facilities and staff amenities etc. etc.

Elephant is the flagship species of Singhbhum and the whole of erstwhile old
district is the first elephant reserve of the country. One of the perceptible effects
of mining activities has been the increase in the incidences of man-elephant
conflicts. But the report gives no assessment for the probable reasons for this
nor the solutions thereof.

The observations and the records available did not help to attribute the whole
problem of human-elephant conflict to the mining alone. The time was also a
constraint to look at each and every aspect of the conflict. However, suggestions
have been given for mitigation of the conflict based on the field visits,
observations and discussions with officials and villagers. The report also
suggests a detailed investigation on these aspects.

All the information given about the presence and movement and changes
reported / observed in the movement pattern of elephants are speculations only
and not verifiable. In fact the elephants are everywhere in Singhbhum and they
move all around in search of food and water all round the year. Confining there
movement to some specified hypothetical routes is unscientific and not called for
nor will it help us to focus our efforts to contain the problem and to take concrete
steps for their protection and conservation.

The information given on elephant distribution is based on forest department

records, field observations, input from the staff with long term experience on the
area and also based on the information from the villagers. The team had visited
most of the villages for collecting these details from old people in the community.
Further, the Principal Investigator has been familiar with the situation in the area.
There is no attempt to state that the elephants are confined to some locations.
 Based on the comments, some improvements have been made to the section by
adding a paragraph on the elephant distribution with a detailed map.

Pages The committee is expected to give concrete and implement able suggestions for
177-185 mitigation / management of the adverse environmental /social impacts of mining
in the reserve forests. But what they have suggested is a long term vision and in
that too they are talking about constraints and the actions suggested to
overcome these constraints are also not well thought out. This whole thing
needs to be removed.

The committee has been also mandated to prepare an integrated wildlife

management plan for the district and this required setting a vision, identify the
objectives and search for the constraints to achieve these objectives. The Table
helps in the whole procedure and is the normal practice while preparing a wildlife
management plan. Each of these actions are further elaborated.

Talking of habitat degradation it is suggested that the priority should be on

bringing back the originality in all forms. Bringing an altered habitat back to
originality is not a feasible suggestion.

There had been several attempts to achieve these by preventing the causative
factors of degradation. Suggestions in the report will help in the long run.

Page 186 It is suggested to restore these degraded habitats by protection of the habitat
by removing the cause of degradation. This again is a sweeping and unscientific
suggestion. Causes need to be identified then quantified and measures
suggested for the redressal of the problem.

The Table attempts to identify these causative factors. There are constraints due
to lack of quantitative information. That prompted the team to suggest generating
quantitative information on impact of fire, invasives (extent and impact), soil
erosion prone area identification etc. etc.

Page 187 The report talks about the invasive plant sps. And exotic fishes without
correlating the occurrence of these two with the mining and as such appear to be
out of context.

The data collected from the field quantitatively indicate presence of more
invasives nearer to the mines and also in opened up areas in the forests.
Though the presence could be attributed to mines in such areas, there are
problems of degradation in the forests, which could also be a factor creating an
 environment for the spread of the invasives. Fishes is included because of the
presence of exotics in the river as proved from the market survey and
comparatively reduced availability of native fishes.

Page 188 Regarding the suggestion for control of forest fires they are of general type and
not scientific and specific in nature. Moreover it would have been appropriate to
talk of fire which occur due to mining activities and suggest some concrete
measures to control them rather than talking of fire in general which may at
times be an ecological necessity.

Unfortunately the team could not trace/observe any evidence to prove that
mining activities alone contribute to the fire in the area, though this is a reported
to be a cause. The transporting drivers can definitely contribute and hence
suggested awareness measures. On the ecological necessity of fire in some
areas, the suggestion has been incorporated to identify such areas while
preparing fire management plan for the district, which will take at least six
months for preparation of a good plan.

Page 188 The suggestion for identifying the critical wildlife habitat and inviolate areas is an
issue which is before the govt. for taking a final decision.

Page 192 In the chapter entitled ‘ Land use changes ‘ the report suddenly talks about
presence of large number of mines and makes some superficial suggestions
monitor and reduce the impacts on the habitat.

The chapter is intended to look at the changes in vegetation cover over a period
of time and see whether these have been due to opening up areas for mining.

Page 193 whole lot of things mentioned here are not strictly within the mandate of the
to 206 committee and probably do not have any direct bearing with the mining and it’s
effects on the environment.

The committee was asked also to prepare an integrated wildlife management

plan for the entire district. There are information lacunae for a number of
aspects, which need to be filled up in due course and incorporated.

Page 207 The chapter on recommendations should suggest implement able and concrete
suggestions for mitigating the adverse effects of mining rather than making
sweeping statements some of them even outside the mandate of the committee.

The committee was asked also to prepare an integrated wildlife management

plan for the entire district. The mining aspects have been addressed in detail.
Page 211 The committee should suggest the actual composition of the monitoring and
evaluation committee.

The last paragraph of the chapter on Monitoring and Evaluation is only on the
composition of the committee.

Page 212 The chapter on budget need to be discussed threadbare as some of the financial
projections are not objective and an element of flexibility to take care of the
inflation needs to be built in.

The budgetary provisions are only indicative and need to be worked out for
actuals according to the area and extent of activity.

Besides above observations the following also need to be looked into

1. Data related to delineation of mining impacted zone needs to be tabled with

description.

The mining impacted zones could not delineated because of the constraints of
time and also depends on the factors we consider. For example, the impact on
rivers could be down stream far away from the mining areas, the impact due to
blasting is on the villages far away and depends on the vegetation cover in
between. Unfortunately, the EIA/EMPs mention about the impact zone is not
taken as the real one in the report and hence omitted.

2. Trend analysis of meteorological data and other ecological factors needs to be

addressed.
Trend analysis for each grid in the country have been done by the India
Meteorology Department and associated organizations. Further, there was no
data for correlation to any of the factors because the system is complex and any
attempt to correlate to any of the se will be wrong.

3. Recommendations need to be zero down for actual site specific implementable

measures. This must also includes the role of mining company for wildlife
conservation apart from just giving out money to the forest department.
These aspects have been dealt in detail in the appropriate section

4. The recommendation on best mining practices have been incorporated in the

report
 ANNEXURE-----XX

COMMENTS OF PCCF (WL & BIOD) JHARKHAND ON

PRE-FINAL REPORT
Comments of PCCF (WL & BIOD) cum chief wildlife warden, Jharkhand on prefinal
report.

and

Committee’s reply and incorporation on it

Page - 1 – Point-1- It is revisited. The report is in scientific format.

Point -2- The eco-tourism is a part of eco-development activities and to seek

community participation in conservation.

However, it has been deleted from the final report.

Point -3- This study is based on the vision to conserve rich biodiversity of
west-singhbhum. The plan reflects all the parameters and
recommendations on this vision.

Page -2 Incorporation in the chapter 9, (Budget)

And 3

Point 1 -9 It is not in the purview of the committee to recommend the

functioning of the corpus fund. The govt. may decide it and pass
the suitable order.

Page -3 The budgetary requirements are only indicative for the purpose of
calculation of contribution of mines towards WEST
SINGHBHUM CONSERVATION FUND, it may be recalculated
on the basis of programme and prevalent rates.
 RECOMMENDATIONS

The Biodiversity of the West Singhbhum, particularly of Saranda, Kolhan, Porahat and
part of Chaibasa (S) Forest divisions is unique. The area could be considered as an abode of very
valuable species and ecosystems. However, due to concentration of the mines in the Saranda and
Chaibasa South Forest Division, there had been concerns on the long term conservation of the
area. The recommendations have been suggested based on primary survey of the area and the
input from the concerned experts in the field. For inclusive growth and sustainable development
of the area, though it is necessary to operate the mines to fulfil the demand of the steel industry,
the thrust shall be on the intensive mining rather than extensive mining with systematic and
scientific development of the mineral deposits. It is important to ensure the conservation of the
rich biodiversity along with the extraction of mineral for prosperity.

The recommendations have been suggested to conserve the rich biodiversity, ensure the
uplift of the indigenous people and the sustainability in mining. Detailed
suggestions/recommendations have been provided in the respective chapters in the Plan. The
summary here is given for quick reference and is dealt under different headings. Several
agencies, especially of Government are responsible for overseeing the implementation and hence
no attempt is made here to identify implementing/responsible agencies that are directly
responsible for each action. These recommendations are made after incorporating the suggestions
of Director WII, Chief Wildlife Warden (CWLW), Jharkhand, Dr. R. K. Singh on draft report
and comments received from CWLW, Jharkhand on pre final report. The suggestions from the
Regional Chief Conservator of Forests (Jamshedpur), Conservator of Forests (Chaibasa) and the
four Divisional Forest Officers of the area have also helped in finalising the recommendations.

The Integrated Wildlife Management Plan has been prepared taking the holistic approach
including the impact of mining on the biodiversity, indigenous people, environment in the core
area and also the impact of mining related activities such as transportation, traffic, increased
human settlement, increased use of natural resources on the forests in the district. The baseline
data collected and described in detail in the Management Plan on biodiversity further impress
upon the richness of Saranda Forest Division, which will help the State Forest Department for
formulating the long term vision with respect to Saranda.
200
 The Plan has been prepared based on the status of ongoing mining activities and observed
environmental degradation due to mining as well as impact of mining on the biodiversity. The
analysis of land use changes over the period and status of plants and animals near to the mining
leases and away from the mining leases has been dealt in detail. It has also been proposed for
review of the plan after next five years. It is further suggested that State Govt. may commission a
study comprising of professionals from Mining, Environmentalist, hydrologists for detailed
analysis on impact of mining on the environment, water resources (River system) of Saranda so
that SOP on the future mining can be formulated. It is also recommended that State Govt. shall
seek the expertise of Research Institutions working on roads and related matters for stabilization
works and mechanisms to avoid dust while transporting the ores.

The Govt. of India, Ministry of Environment of Forests, while according Environmental

Clearance and Forestry Clearance for the project, stipulates the condition for preparation of Site
Specific Conservation Plan in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department i.e.
Wildlife Warden and Chief Wildlife Warden for implementation in their leasehold area.
Therefore, besides the Integrated Wildlife Management Plan, all the user agencies will prepare
the Site Specific Conservation Plan in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department.
The site specific Plan for all the leases prepared based on the Integrated Wildlife Management
Plan shall be the integral part of the EIA/EMP reports prepared by the lessees for the purpose of
obtaining environmental clearance in line with the guidelines of MoEF. The objective of such
SSCP is to have an assessment of present status of plants and animals and habitat of major
wildlife species in the project area as well as in its impact area, probable impacts of project on
various components in the study area and to formulate appropriate mitigative measures to
prevent the degradation of habitat in and around the project area as consequence of the project.
Such conservation plan is to be formulated by the Project Authorities and submitted before the
Divisional Forest Officer concerned, which will be forwarded after scrutiny and with specific
comments through CF/RCCF to Chief Wildlife Warden for approval. The Project Authorities
may get the plan prepared by engaging suitable consultants/professional working in this field.
The SSCP shall address the wildlife conservation issues in respect of the project area as well as
the 10 km Buffer Zone around the project area. The SSCP shall prepare the budget estimates for
both the lease area as well as the project impact zone or buffer area. The SSCP shall be

201
implemented by the project proponent in the lease area as per the approved cost and the fund for
implementation in the project impact zone shall be deposited to the DFO for implementation by
the State Forest Department.

In the draft final report, it was proposed to declare the area free of mining in the Saranda
and adjacent Forest Divisions of Kolhan and Porahat as Inviolate Area as per the proposal of the
State Forest Department. The issue was also deliberated by the Forest Advisory Committee
during its meeting in May 2012 and while granting Stage-I Forestry Clearance for SAIL
(Duarguiburu Mines of Gua) they had noted that the issue of Singhbhum Elephant Reserve still
remained a factor to be considered and State Government should identify inviolate area in the
Saranda Reserve Forest free from mining. However, while reviewing the Draft Report, Wildlife
Institute of India had observed that the area identified as Inviolate shall be declared and
maintained as Conservation Reserve under the provisions of Wildlife (protection) Act, 1972. In
view of this, the area identified by the State Forest Department has been proposed as
Conservation Reserve. Declaring the area free from mining at present in the Saranda Reserve
Forest as Conservation Reserve will not only serve the purpose of preserving the richness of
Saranda, it will also help State Govt. to formulate long term plans for protecting the Saranda
from the mining.

Sustainable Mining

The following suggestions are given for sustainable mining.

 To ensure systemic and sustainable mining, all the leaseholders shall implement the
progressive mine closure plan and rehabilitate the mined out area in the systematic manner
before opening the new areas. While forwarding the proposal for grant of forest clearance
for the fresh areas, state forest department shall ensure the implementation of the
reclamation of the mined out areas.
 To ensure the biological reclamation of the mined out areas, the EIA/EMP report prepared
by the mines for obtaining Environmental Clearance should identify the species in lease land
before hand and suggest measures to ensure its conservation and remedial actions, wherever
necessary.

202
 The mined out areas will be backfilled and planted with native plant species, preferably
those recorded in the surrounding natural habitats. A detailed assessment of the vegetation in
the lease area will be done. This exercise will concentrate on identification of gaps
(openings) and soil eroded areas. The identified gaps will be planted with suitable plant
species and monitored for success.
 The eroded or erosion prone areas will be treated appropriately through gully
plugging/planting/check dams for checking erosion.
 Attempt will be made to control the exotic weeds through manual uprooting and the areas
maintained as grass lands/open areas for promoting herbivore population.
 State Forest Department shall support for identification and restoration of the forest area
degraded due to the mining and associated activity for augmentation. Involvement of local
communities through VSS/EDC in habitat restoration.
 Bench mark data on habitat selected for the restoration will be generated for augmentation
and monitoring.
 Open wire electricity connection to the mining site endangers the movement of the arboreal
animals. Therefore, the power transmission line to the new mining sites should ensure the
insulated covered electric wires and action taken to replace the existing lines within five
years.
 Road transportation is primarily responsible for habitat fragmentation and disturbance as
well as single major dust pollution reason. As a long term measure, use of conveyors for
transport of ores to the railway yard should be insisted for all the mines. The use of
conveyors for transportation of ore to the railway yard shall be the condition stipulated in the
forestry clearance granted to the mines. The existing mines will be given three years time to
shift to conveyors.
 It is further recommended that the roads should be closed for any kind of transportation
either from the site or through any of the soil surfaced road passing through forests at night
to ensure free movement of wildlife at least during night.
 For conservation of the water sources, it is recommended to promote rain water harvesting
mechanisms in mining sites to reduce dependence on water from the rivers for use in mines.

203
 The pollution Control Board shall stipulate a condition for water harvesting by all the
mining companies in the grant order under Water Act.
 It was observed during the study that the several fine dumping sites near the railway yards,
especially in Bara Jamda are polluting the nearby streams. Therefore, no stacking of iron ore
fines shall be allowed for a longer period of time and any storage of fines shall be allowed
with proper management that also for a temporary period to avoid pollution of the water
bodies.
 It is recommended that there shall be strict monitoring of the dump management to avoid
any flow of sediments from the dump side during the rainy season by the Forest Department
as part of monitoring towards compliance of conditions of the forestry clearance.
 It has been observed that disposal of liquid effluents generated from the workshop is not
given much attention. Therefore, it is recommended that while according approval under
Consent to Operate under Water Act, State Pollution Control Board may stipulate a
condition that collection and recycling of waste oils and lubricants, prevention of spills of
chemicals (including ammonium nitrate, if used in blasting operations) and provision of
appropriate storage areas for chemicals and fuels are also to be considered to avoid water
pollution.
 It is recommended that a detailed study on water regime of the lease area and around the
buffer zone shall be undertaken by all the lessee with the help of reputed experts and prepare
and implement a management plan on soil and moisture conservation to control and
eliminate surface run-offs from the mine product and waste dump to the nearby water
bodies.
 Though Saranda Forest Division is rich in mineral deposits, the extensive mining in Saranda
is not recommended. As a long term vision, to restrict the further extensive mining, State
Government may explore the possibility of granting the new leases only to captive plant
owners.
 State Govt. may insist on creation of value addition for use of iron ore by the existing
operating mines so that extensive mining is restricted in the Saranda Forest Division based
on the market demand of the iron ore. State Government, as long term vision shall formulate
a strategy for restricting the merchant mining in the Saranda Forest Division.

204
 It was observed that there has been large numbers of ore crushers for size reduction and
screening of iron ore from the mines. The crushers are using road side dumping for storage
of ore. It is recommended that this type of standalone ore crushers shall be closed to stop
road side dumping and minimizing pollution.
 The mines should have their own crushing plants with proper pollution control measures.
 All the stand alone crushers shall be disallowed permission.
 All the crushers of mines should be in the lease area and none will be allowed outside near
the forest.
 A micro industrial area could be developed 5 km away from the nearby forests where all the
crushers could operate.
 There should be a green belt around such micro-industrial area at the expense of the crusher
units.
 There has been selective consumption of iron ore based on their grade and size leading to
unscientific mining and un-scientific storage of iron ore fines. It is recommended that the
mines should develop modern technique to use every size and quality of iron ore in existing
mines so that opening of new areas is minimized thereby inflicting less damage to
biodiversity.
 To ensure systemic and sustainable mining, all the leaseholders shall implement the
progressive mine closure plan and rehabilitate the mined out area in the systematic manner
before opening the new areas.
 While forwarding the proposal for grant of forest clearance for fresh areas, State Forest
Department shall ensure the implementation of the reclamation of the mined out areas.
 It was observed during the field study that some of the mines had done planted the areas
with exotic species while rehabilitating the mined out area. Therefore, it is recommended
that the mines should be made responsible for conservation of biodiversity and rehabilitation
in lease area.
 For proper and scientific reclamation and rehabilitation of the mined out areas, the mine
should be insisted to have a biodiversity/wildlife cell and either employ forestry graduates
from recognized institutions/universities for the purpose or obtain the services of retired
Forest professionals from the field for scientific rehabilitation of the mined out areas. During
205
 the process, all the mine owners shall be insisted for involving the local community for the
afforestation programme.
 The nursery raising should be entrusted to villagers near the mines after necessary training.
A permanent nursery for native plants may be a good option.
 It was observed during the field study that some of the mines are closed since long for want
of statutory clearances. These are left abandoned without any proper management plan. It is
recommended that the closure of mines should follow the legally bound procedures under
the provisions of Mines Act, MMDR Act and other applicable provisions with a provision of
appropriate penal action to the violators.
 As a long term measures, it is suggested that a regional EIA Report may be prepared by
engaging reputed experts by fund generated from the mining companies for the Saranda
Forest Division for Cumulative Impact Assessment (CIA) of mining projects as it would
address the combined effects of multiple activities of different projects located in a cluster.
This approach would also take care of the cumulative impacts of individually minor and
non-significant but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time.
 As a long term action plan, State Govt. may set up a Public Grievance Cell in mining
companies or for a cluster of companies to address the complaints of the public related to
mining.
The Central Pollution Control Board has prepared a Comprehensive Industry Document
on Iron Ore Mining to reduce the adverse impact of mining on the environment. Based on the
survey, they have recommended the best practices to be adopted by the mining companies. As
suggested in the comprehensive industry document as well as globally adopted best mining
practices, the following good practices are recommended for implementation by the mining
companies.
Top soil management
To ensure the biological reclamation of the mined out areas, the EIA/EMP report
prepared by the mines for obtaining Environmental Clearance should identify the species in lease
land before hand and suggest measures to ensure its conservation and remedial actions, wherever
necessary.

206
The following objectives of the top soil management to be ensured for both the existing mines as
well as the proposed mines:-
 Provide sufficient stable topsoil material for rehabilitation work of dumps, back filled areas
and degraded lands
 Identify soil resources and stripping guidelines and optimize the recovery of topsoil resource
 Identify surface areas requiring stripping to minimize over clearing
 Manage topsoil reserves to avoid degradation of the resource
 Identify stockpile locations and dimensions
 Each mine will prepare a Catchment Area Treatment Plan with the help of experts. The Plan
will have all the details of management intervention using biological and civil structures to
rejuvenate the Koina and Karo river systems.
 Strict Top Soil Management shall be adopted by all the miners to avoid any damage to top
soil.
 The top soil and mine overburden removed should be stacked separately with proper
management and drainage control.
 No exposed surface shall be allowed and dumped area shall be sprinkled with water and
development of green belt to reduce dust generation.
 The top soil should be used to rehabilitate the mined out area with local species side by side
with opening of new area.
 The state forest department shall ensure the implementation of the reclamation of the mined
out areas while forwarding the proposal for grant of forest clearance for fresh areas.
Drilling and Blasting
 Adoption of Wet drilling or Drill Machine equipped with the dust extraction system, sound
proof cabin, dust hood at the collar of the hole to prevent air pollution due to drilling.
 Controlled Blasting Technique by using “bulk explosive systems” like global experience
such as use of slurry, emulsions for reducing boulders and formation of toe, reduction of
shock waves, fly rocks, noise, dust, etc., and for increasing the utilization factor of explosive
energy.
 Use of hydraulic hammer/rock breaker as an alternative to the secondary boulder blasting to
avoid generation of more fly rocks and noise.
207
 There is universal practice for timing of blasting in the large open cast mines based on the
DGMS guidelines to avoid problem of temperature inversion.
 Scientifically, blasting has been recommended during 1.00 pm to 3.00 pm to have the least
impact of blasting in terms of temperature inversion. This blasting timing shall be ensured
by all the mines.
 There shall be proper and appropriate mechanism for notifying the nearby villagers on the
date and time of blasting on a monthly basis.
 To avoid any possible cumulative impact of blasting due to simultaneous blasting in the
neighboring mines, proper coordination between mines shall be ensured.
Effluent from mines

It has been observed that disposal of liquid effluents generated from the workshop is not
given much attention. It is recommended that while according approval under Consent to
Operate under Water Act, State Pollution Control Board may stipulate a condition that collection
and recycling of waste oils and lubricants, prevention of spills of chemicals (including
ammonium nitrate, if used in blasting operations) and provision of appropriate storage areas for
chemicals and fuels are also to be considered to avoid water pollution.

The following measures are suggested to prevent ground and surface water contamination.

 All mine water should be channelized to settling ponds with enforced guard wall and is
reused. Leak proof containers must be used for storing and transporting oil/grease etc. The
wash off of oil/grease should be stored and treated separately.
 Sewage waste should be discharged to specially designed septic tanks and soak pits.
 All stacking and loading area should be provided with garland drains with baffles to prevent
wash off from reaching the natural streams.
 All the safe guards of mining plan have to be followed.
Storm water
 Check dams should be provided to prevent wash off from any mining activities.
 Peripheral bunds have to be created on the outer benches and water gradient of 1 in 100 to
be kept at every bench to prevent soil erosion.

208
 The construction of garland drains, chutes, catch pits etc. should be taken to prevent any
mine related material to reach natural streams.
 All the water should be channelized to settling pond and only clean water is discharged.
Water conservation
 The creation of sedimentation basin and diversion of surface water through de-silting tanks
is suggested. The garland drains, retaining walls and toe bunds around dumps should be
ensured to check surface flow.
 Stock pits/dumps should be low in height and away from mine area.
 A series of rock filled dams, gabions, check dams should be constructed downstream.
 The haul roads should be sprinkled with water to prevent dust.
 The water management system has to be in place.
 The vehicles shall not be washed and cleaned in streams/ rivers.
 The micro flora and fauna of soil and water has to be maintained and periodic (3 months)
monitoring has to be done.
 All mines are required to treat their lease area on watershed concept of hill to valley
approach. A plan has to be prepared for implementation.
Transport
 Strengthening of roads with side chain, regular sprinkling of water, avenue plantation along
the road sides are to be carried out.
 Transportation shall be stopped from evening to dusk to ensure and zero disturbances.
 Ore Beneficiation plant should be located outside the lease area.
 The closed conveyor system having at least 6 meters height to be constructed in forest area
with minimum disturbance during night to allow passage of wildlife during night.
 The power transmission lines to the mines have to be by using covered insulated wire in the
forest area to prevent accidental death of arboreal animals.
 Road transportation is primarily responsible for habitat fragmentation and disturbance as
well as single major dust pollution reason. As a long term measure, Use of conveyors for
transport of ores to the railway yard should be insisted for all the mines. The use of
conveyors for transportation of ore to the railway yard shall be the condition stipulated

209
 for forestry clearance granted to the mines. The existing mines may be given three year
time for installing the conveyors.
 No vehicle will use the pressure horn in forest area.
Catchment area treatment
 Each mine is expected to prepare catchment area plan in their leases on watershed
management concept after a complete survey of slope, runoff, land use, erosion and
biodiversity.
 The engineering measures like check dams, retaining walls, planting of soil binding grasses,
bench terracing, stream bank protection, staggered trenches, catch water drains etc. should
be adopted.
 The biological measures like restoration of degraded area, plantations of local plants should
be ensured.
 All the mine owners shall undertake the de-siltation programme for main river course and
drainages which are silted under the guidance of State Forest Department
Administrative setup

Each mine should have a wildlife cell under an experienced expert supported by at least
four retired forest personnel (Range Forest Officer, Foresters, Forest guards) or Forest Graduate
and assisted by at least 6-8 field workers drawn from the villages. The cell will be responsible for
all biodiversity conservation activities like fire control, rehabilitation, restoration, catchment
treatment, population setimation, other protection measures and monitoring, research and
documentation. This cell will be trained by experts in wildlife drawn from NGO, Govt.
organization and universities.
Corporate Social Responsibility Activities
The claim of positive economical and social impacts due to mining, of late has been
challenged by the social scientists. The mineral industry has also become more aware of the
importance of corporate social responsibility and sustainable development. The studies
elsewhere has commented that if mining is to happen, enabling conditions need to be created and
put in place to ensure that local communities benefit from these projects from the start and
through the life, and after, of the mine.

210
 The mining companies are morally and legally responsible to look after the welfare of the
people in the areas surrounding the mines. CSR is the most important part of good mining
practices. The iron ore mines operating in Saranda comply with the legal requirements for
obtaining permissions for initiation of the project and operation. The impacted villages have also
been identified in the Environment Management Plans and Environmental Impact Assessment
reports and have plans to address social issues through corporate social responsibility. However,
after interactions and surveys with the communities, it is felt that a revamping is required for
effective CSR activities in the area. The present scenario is not up to the mark and need
revamping.
 It is important to include a representative of the project clearing authority at the stake holder
workshop as a part of SIA.
 CSR plan for at least five years be prepared after proper consultation. This has to be
mandatory for project approval. The five year plan should be flexible, reviewed annually
and should accommodate any change at the time of review.
 The objectives of the CSR should also be to make the activity self supporting and sustainable
thereby contributing to the economy and livelihood of the beneficiaries even after the
withdrawal of the mining companies.
 CSR should identify supplementary occupations to improve their position in terms of
livelihood security. Therefore, the CSR must give more importance to planning and
development of diversified income generating activities (eg. nursery raising/poultry/
homestead cultivations) with proper marketing strategies in place. It is important to engage
with the community around the social and cultural issues related to mining.
 The mining companies should engage the people in the adopted village for raising nurseries
for their rehabilitation purpose.
 The villagers are currently looking at the mining company officials as someone who are
helping them and the officials consider the CSR activities as their favour. This patron client
relation needs to be changed to a nearest neighbour relation.
 Awareness creation on biodiversity and environment should be an integral part of CSR in the
villages. The mining companies should also support and encourage the villagers for

211
 biodiversity conservation activities in their surroundings and also protect the villages from
wildlife conflict.
 The capacity building of the youths in the villages for employment generation should be one
of the objectives of the CSR.
 The CSR activities are currently implemented by one of the officials of the mining company.
There should be a social scientist for each company or at least for the cluster, who is well
supported by trained local Assistants and act as Welfare Promoters.
 There should be a co-ordination committee of Mining company representatives, social
scientist, block level People’s representative and the village Heads with the DFO level
official of the area as the Chairman. The committee can meet at least twice in a year and
review the progress in implementation of the work and also an assessment done by a
qualified expert preferably from a reputed social science institution.
 It is important that the mining companies report adoption of villages for holistic development
to the DFO thereby avoiding the current practice of duplication of activities in the same
village.
 The activities carried out under CSR should be publicised through website and made
available to the public and any interested citizens. The report of such assessment should be a
public document and publicised through website and placing copies with the concerned
government departments and even in Gramsabhas.
 The mines should identify the villages within 10 km radius and each should adopt
village/villages for holistic development and prepare a plan of 5 years for development. It
should be participatory and prepared through socio-economic survey of the village by on
expert team consisting of social scientists, and at least two local persons as facilitator.
 The plan should address livelihood (30%), agriculture, horticulture development, biomass
development (20%), livestock development (10%), health and education (20%) youth and
culture promotion (10%) and drinking water, monitoring, awareness and documentation
(10%).or as per the village demand list.
 Wildlife protection measures like provision of rechargeable torches, grain tank flaming
torches etc. (as per requirement) should be made at the earliest in the villages depredated by
wildlife in consultation with the Range Forest Officer of the area.

212
 The livelihood options should have forward and backward linkage. The promotion of
vegetable cultivation and processing of aromatic grasses (not eaten by wildlife), provision of
grafted fruit plants mainly citrus varieties to each household, breed improvement programme
of local cattle (if so desired by the people), poultry and piggery development, Tasar
development should be component in the plan apart from other activities. These should be
culturally and socially acceptable.
 All the activities should be monitored and documented on an annual basis to access the
impact of CSR on the villages.
 Promotion of health care, livelihood generation, promotion of youth activities, training and
employment generations, market yard, women empowerment, education and culture
development should be integral part of CSR.
Biodiversity Conservation

The forests in West Singhbhum is rich in biodiversity and also have a number of villages.
The forest is managed under 14 Ranges in four Forest Divisions. Majority of the Range
headquarters are situated in remote areas. The existing vacancies of uniformed protection staff is
in the order of 23 Foresters and 272 Forest Guards, which is one of the major hurdles in
protection of this vast area. Though well connected by a network of roads, the infrastructural
facilities including vehicles, wireless communication system and patrolling stations in remote
areas lack in the Ranges. The existing staff are also not trained and motivated to meet the
protection challenges. The vast stretches of forests are floristically rich with a good portion under
different stages of degradation due to various reasons. The presence of mines in the southern
portions and the impact on the natural resources result in pollution and related issues. The
villages in the mining impact zone are affected and these issues are not addressed in a systematic
manner. The area dotted with villages and the dependence of the thousands of villagers on forest
for NTFP, firewood, cattle rearing etc add to the problems. Human-wildlife conflict is also one
of the major issues at least in about 92 villages. There is no mechanism in place to convey the
message of conservation to the larger public. The aesthetic value of the hills and valleys of the
area is not utilized to promote eco-friendly, responsible tourism. Considering these, the remedial
measures for better management of the forests in West Singhbhum district to address the
identified problems are dealt under different headings viz. protection, habitat management, eco-
213
tourism, wildlife health monitoring, biodiversity assessment and monitoring, conservation
awareness and eco-development.
Infrastructure
The major hurdle in protection is the lack of field staff, which is to the tune of about 300
vacancies. The average age of the existing staff is also a major concern. It is important that steps
are taken to fill the existing vacancies of protection staff on a war footing. In addition, the
following are suggested for improving the facilities.
Field Patrolling Stations: Forty two (42) Patrolling stations are suggested at various locations
to ensure the presence of uniformed protection staff in almost all the areas. The Patrolling
Stations could be designed to accommodate at least five persons at a given time. Some of these
could be in the form of Watch towers so as to facilitate better view to some distance. Three such
Stations in each Range are envisaged in the proposal. However, the Managers of the area could
decide realignment of the numbers and also their locations considering the various threats in the
Ranges. It is also important to ensure lighting and water facilities in the Stations.
Furnishing of patrolling stations and maintenance: It is important that bare minimum
facilities are provided in the Patrolling Stations to ensure continuous stay of the staff. Provision
is made to provide cots, mosquito nets and chairs and table.
Purchase of 4 wheel vehicle for patrolling: The Range Officers are currently handicapped with
no vehicles for patrolling in the tough terrains. Provision is given for 14 four wheel vehicles to
the Ranges. Amount is also given for replacement at the end of the sixth year.
Fuel and maintenance expenses for vehicles: Provision is made to meet the fuel and
maintenance expenditure of the new vehicles.
Purchase of motor bikes: At present, most of the field staff are utilising their own two wheelers
even for official purposes. Currently, 3 Nos. per Range with replacement after 5th year is
suggested so that it could be allotted to the Patrolling Stations.
Fuel for motor bikes: About 12,000/- per bike with an annual increase is suggested for fuel and
maintenance.
Office building of RO – maintenance: It is suggested to provide funds for
renovation/maintenance of the existing office buildings in the 14 Ranges.

214
Residential building of RO – maintenance: The fund suggested could be utilised for
renovation/maintenance of the official residential buildings of the Range Officers. Three lakh for
the first year and then 1 lakh each and 2 lakh each after 5th year.
Office facilities and maintenance: The offices need to be furnished properly for creating good
working environment. The provision is to be used for standard furniture for seating and also for
storage of files.
Dormitory for staff /villagers and its maintenance: The field staff visiting the Range
headquarters is currently seeking accommodation either in the office or outside. Provision is
made for one dormitory per Range and the amount is spread over two years. Maintenance
expenditure to the tune of 0.5 lakh per year is also suggested. The dormitory is to have ten beds
with lights, water and toilet facilities. These could also be utilised by the Village Eco-
development Committee members from remote areas visiting the Range Office for official
works.
Quarters for staff (duplex) and maintenance: Twenty eight duplex quarters (two in each
Range) is proposed to accommodate the staff with family. These shall be finished within the first
two years of the project. These are to be at Range headquarters and provision is made for annual
maintenance.
Furnishing of dormitories and maintenance: Provision is made to furnish the dormitories with
bed, chairs and also tables and racks for keeping personal belongings of the visiting staff and
villagers.
Office Phone, solar light and Computer for RO: The Range Offices have to be with
communication facilities like phone in addition to the wireless sets. They could also be provided
with solar lights. Computer facilities for data storage and analysis are also suggested.
Chain Gates in identified locations: There are locations in each Range requiring traffic
regulations along the road especially at night. This is especially true in the southern portion and
also areas adjacent to the boundaries.
Maintenance of Roads: Most of the forest roads are of mud. These need to be maintained every
year especially after the rains.
Vehicles for the Divisions and replacement: It is suggested to equip the Division level officers
within the first two years and then a few replaced later during the five year period.

215
Fuel and maintenance expenses: This is to meet the fuel and maintenance expenditure of the
vehicles at the Divisions.
Establishing weather stations in identified locations for weather data (rainfall and
temperature): Weather data is a prelude to most of the planning. It is proposed to install basic
facilities in each Range for collecting rainfall and temperature data.
Equipments (Camera/binoculars): Procurement of cameras and binoculars for the use of the
staff will help in monitoring the habitat and also recording animals sighted. Providing camera
and binoculars will also lead to a high morale among the staff.
Well developed Interpretation Centres: A well developed Interpretation Centre is the place
where people are educated on the conservation through various audio-visual means. Two such
centres are proposed, preferably in Noamundi and Goelkara/Chakardharpur. The work should be
entrusted to qualified institutions like Centre for Environment Education (CEE) and such
institution should be involved from the very beginning starting from designing of the building.
Dormitory facility for tourists: This facility, two in numbers should be located in the places of
Interpretation Centres and could be divided into two with facilities for both males and females. It
should accommodate twenty people.
Audio-visual equipments (LCD/Computer): The facility should be in place where the
Interpretation Centres are planned and also utilised for educating the public in villages.
Maintenance of Rest Houses: Most of the Forest Rest Houses in the area need
renovation/maintenance. Proposal includes a budgetary provision for the purpose. Once
renovated, these could be rented out to tourists also.
Habitat Management
Habitat is the key to any forest/wildlife conservation. The habitats in the West Singhbhum are
diverse and support a number of streams and plants and animals. This is also the livelihood
source of thousands of villagers. The issues related to habitat are addressed through fire
management and eco-restoration though the other suggested activities also contribute to the
habitat conservation.
Fire Management
Fire is one of the most damaging biotic factor leading to degradation of the habitat and hence
measures are suggested to prevent/control fire.

216
Preparation of a fire management theme plan: A long term fire management plan will be
required based on identification of fire prone areas referring satellite imageries thereby
formulating strategies for preventive measures.
Fire line laying and maintenance: One of the traditional fire prevention measures is laying fire
lines. There are differences of opinion on the efficacy of fire lines. However, it has been argued
that well maintained fire lines help in managing the spread of the fire once occurred. Provision is
given for laying new fire lines and maintenance involving the EDC members. It is also suggested
to entrust the fire management work near the villages to the community and compensate them for
no fire season. This has been tested elsewhere and found effective to some extent.
Fire protection mazdoors (EDCs): It is also suggested to entrust the fire management work
near the villages to the community and compensate them for no fire season. This has been tested
elsewhere and found effective to some extent.
Eco Restoration
Addressing the degraded habitat is crucial and hence eco-restoration measures are suggested
through various methods.
Plan preparation: Based on the criteria fixed in the workshop/capacity building, the
degradation areas and causative factors need to be identified and mitigation measures planned. A
plan for implementation is suggested.
Weed eradication: The areas infested with weeds have to be identified and eradicated with
appropriate measures. Provision is made for the purpose.
Traditional nursery raising of native plant species: One of the measures for addressing the
degradation is the augmentation and funds are proposed for raising saplings for the purpose.
Only species found in the West Singhbhum should be raised for the purpose.
Advanced Root Trainer Nursery establishment (Containers, stand, irrigation, composting
unit, green shade, fencing, potting shed): This will help in raising plants using the advanced
technology. Provision is made for developing the facilities one each in the four Ranges. Separate
provision is made for actual root trainer nursery plant raising.
Augmentation of degraded areas by planting native species (Assisted Natural
Regeneration): The areas identified in natural forests need to be augmented for promoting
naturalness. It is suggested to go for augmentation of the areas with species native to the West

217
Singhbhum. It is also suggested to see the species composition the areas selected for
augmentation and augment with the same species.
Planting highly degraded areas with mixed native species (RDF): There are at least a few
areas, which are highly degraded due to various reasons. These areas may be planted with mixed
species of the area.
Soil conservation measures: Soil moisture is an important factor to promote natural
regeneration and also for preventing soil erosion. Provision is made for site specific soil
conservation measures through check dams/creating water holes/gully plugging). Funds are also
proposed for maintenance.
Developing a Butterfly Park by planting appropriate host plants: It is proposed to select a
place of Butterfly abundance like Ankua Block, where a Park could be open for visitors to attract
their support for conservation. The area could be augmented with known host plants of
butterflies, which will attract swarms of these. This could also be a place for educating the public
on the role of butterflies in the system and promote identification of butterflies in their
surroundings, which would be a rewarding hobby.
Medicinal Plant Garden with awareness facilities and sale outlet: A medicinal plant garden
highlighting their habitat, status in wild, uses etc will act as an education and awareness tool.
There could be a nursery for medicinal plants managed by EDC so that there could be a sale
outlet, which would also help in meeting the maintenance expenditure and an income for the
EDC.
Orchidarium in Saranda and Kolhan Divisions: West Singhbhum, especially Saranda is
known for the orchids some of which are reported to be endemic to the area. It is suggested to
have an orchidarium in Saranda Division in an ideal location, where there should be programmes
for the propagation and for sale also. The persons managing these, preferably from the EDCs,
should be trained under an expert. This in addition to ex-situ conservation and awareness
creation could also serve as an outlet if properly managed.
Vegetation monitoring in augmented areas: It is suggested to monitor the augmentation works
for measuring the success so that corrective measures could be taken. The services of an expert
in plant ecology could be sought for an independent assessment and monitoring.
Staff Welfare

218
EDC watchers for assistance in patrolling Stations: Two villagers, preferably selected from
the EDC members could be engaged for assisting the staff in patrolling the area and with
maintenance of the Stations.
Uniform for EDC Watchers: The Watchers are to be in uniquely coloured uniform to give an
identity, which would also keep their morale high.
Staff Welfare - Medical and group insurance Field gear: The staff including watcher welfare
is an important part to keep them motivated. It is suggested to insure them for health and
accident.
Field gear: The staff may be provided with field gears like shoe, rucksack, torch, water bottle
and rain coat to motivate them for patrolling.
Reward to informers (intelligence gathering): Prevention is the key word of success in
protection. Whatever be the strength of the staff, it is necessary to have a network of reliable
informers for early information on the offences. Every reliable piece of information leading to
successful prevention could be rewarded. Provision is made for the purpose.
Capacity Building for staff (Training): The staff are not exposed to recent developments in the
field of forestry and wildlife. Most of them had their training only at the time of induction. It is
suggested to organise training/workshop programmes for the staff. The subjects should be field
oriented and organised inside the forest for field exposure of the subject dealt. It could include
awareness on biodiversity related matters, Protected Areas, wildlife management techniques
including population estimation, legal provisions related to forests and wildlife, intelligence
gathering, wildlife health monitoring, familiarising with equipments like GPS/binoculars/camera
etc. The whole programme should be with the help of audio-visual equipments.
Exposure visit for staff: The staff should not be in an island situation with no exposure on the
developments in wildlife conservation elsewhere. It is suggested that the staff is given
opportunities to visit some of the best managed Protected Areas outside the state. This should be
considered as study tours and not an excursion.
Human-Wildlife Conflict
Vehicle for Elephant depredation vehicle for Human wildlife conflict mitigation: One of the
major conservation issues in the area is the human-wildlife conflict. Elephant is reported to be
responsible for majority of the conflict incidences. The conflict is mostly in the form of crop

219
raiding and raiding of granaries. Funds are proposed for vehicles for staff movement to the
conflict areas on information.
Fuel and maintenance cost for the Elephant Depredation Vehicle: Funds for fuel and
maintenance cost is included for the Elephant Depredation Vehicle.
EDC watchers for Elephant Depredation Vehicle: It is necessary to support the Forest staff
with Watchers, employed from the local villagers.
Solar street lights: Five street lights, powered by solar energy, for each village is proposed so
that animals will keep away from such areas. These are suggested for the 92 most affected
villages.
Community granary (Golas): The elephants are reported to come to the residential areas for
raiding the grains stored in temporary storage places made of bamboo mats or similar structures.
Five granaries/ village of concrete are suggested.
Human wildlife conflict mitigation (solar powered fence/ex-gratia) and maintenance:
Provision is made in the proposal to address the conflict situation through appropriate site
specific mitigation measures. It is suggested to organise consultative stake holder workshops to
formulate site specific strategies and implement.
Search Lights: Two search lights per village is proposed to assist the people/village level
watchers while guarding.
Cell Phones: One cell phone per village is suggested to contact the officials and the striking
team in case of emergencies.
Elephant Watchers: It is still the traditional method of guarding the crops and villages, which is
reported to be effective. Five Elephant watchers per village will act as guardians of the village
against the crop raiding elephants. These watchers will also alert the villagers in case of
elephants arriving the field or village for further assistance.
Wildlife Health Monitoring
One of the problems associated with wildlife in low abundance area will be the issues related to
wildlife health. This is especially true in an area with large number of cattle grazing in the forest.
Each and every individual in the population is important in such situations and any injured or
sick animals need to be rescued, treated and released back to the wild.

220
Rescue and Rehabilitation Centre – construction and maintenance: Two Rescue and
Rehabilitation Centres are proposed to take care of sick and injured animals, provide temporary
shelters before releasing back to the wild. These could be located in the interior areas (eg.
Gua/Kiriburu/Chiria) and in Chaibasa. These should not be open to tourists thereby preventing it
from becoming a mini zoo. Only bare minimum facilities should be provided in such Centres.
The Centre should be designed in consultation with a veterinarian familiar with wildlife diseases.
Mobile veterinary Unit, fuel and maintenance: A mobile veterinary unit equipped with
facilities for transportation of sick and injured animals is proposed.
Chemical capture equipments and drugs: Immobilisation equipments for capture of animals
(distinjects/blow pipes), if necessary is proposed. The Veterinarians should be sent for training in
handling such equipments utilising the provisions under Project elephant scheme.
Cages and other capture/ restraining equipments: It is sometimes necessary to capture
problematic and even sick animals for treatment or confining them to captivity. Cages of varying
measurements appropriately designed for temporary confinement and transportation is proposed.
Honorarium for Veterinarians: The services of a veterinarian should be made available for the
Rescue and Rehabilitation Centres. This could be in arrangement with Animal Husbandry
department or with a private practitioner, with experience.
Driver for Mobile unit: A driver, who could also be an Assistant to the Veterinarian is
suggested. He should have a passion for animals and also educated enough to handle emergency
situations under the instruction of the Veterinarian.
Capacity building for the Veterinarians of the adjoining areas in collaboration with Animal
Husbandry department: The proposed veterinarians may not be able to handle all the situations
and sometimes not available at a given time. There are veterinarians in the areas around the
forests working with the Animal Husbandry department. Though trained on the basics, they need
to be given exposure to the wildlife related diseases, handling of animals and treatment and
capture and release. Two trainings are suggested for the veterinarians from the surrounding
areas. Services of experienced and qualified resource persons from WII or West Bengal could be
sought for the purpose.
Drugs and medicines: Necessary provisions are made for procuring drugs for immobilisation
and treatment of sick and injured animals.

221
Biodiversity Assessment and Monitoring
Management of an area calls for information on the available resources, their abundance and
distribution leading to assessment of the status in the area. The proposal suggests several basic
studies for such information on various groups of plants and animals. The suggested topics are
mostly of applied. These topics should be given to experienced experts with proven credibility
under a Terms of Reference. In addition, the university departments/research institutions may be
provided with logistic support promoting them to raise their own resources for basic research in
the area.
Inventory of plants with abundance details: Proposal suggests and provisions made for
collecting information on the plant along with abundance and distribution and assessment for
threats.
Inventory of mammals with distribution, abundance and habitat preference: Considering
the low abundance of animals in the area, this may need more time by way of sampling effort.
The study should also bring out information on habitat utilisation and preference.
Inventory of herpetofauna with details on distribution, abundance and habitat preference:
This group, with amphibians and reptiles, are important with specific micro-habitat preference
and will throw light on the habitat conditions. The study should document the species along with
abundance and details on the micro-habitat characteristic features such as plant species in the
area, humidity, temperature etc. and correlated with the number and abundance.
Bird surveys with details on abundance and distribution: Studies on birds will provide
information on the abundance, distribution and frequency of sightings. The researchers may be
requested to include volunteers interested in bird watching in at least some parts thereby
promoting local expertise and conservation awareness.
Inventory of bryophytes and pteridophytes: One of the least known groups, the studies will
bring out information on the moist loving groups.
Assessment of swamps and other specialized habitats and preparation of recovery plan:
The specialised habitats in the area need special attention and studies covering all the seasons.
The study should also look at the habitat conditions and come up with a plan for rejuvenation of
the swamp.

222
Implementation of recovery plan for swamps and specialized habitats: The plan prepared
based on the study may be implemented for habitat recovery.
Wildlife population estimation: The population estimation (census) may be conducted for
larger mammals once in three years. This may be done with the involvement of college
students/NGO volunteers/villagers. The selected people should be trained in advance on the
techniques employed and identification of animals and their indirect evidences in the field. Such
participation will also bring in lots of good will to the forest and wildlife. Considering the low
abundance of animals in the area, it is suggested to concentrate more on the indirect evidences by
transect walk or quadrates covering all the habitat types and estimating the density of indirect
evidences. This would help comparison later for knowing the population trend.
Research Fellow for wildlife monitoring: Attached to one of the Forest Divisions, a qualified
Research Fellow with at least two-three years experience will act as a liaison between the
department and the researchers. He could also co-ordinate the Training/Workshop programmes
planned under the proposal.
Resurvey, boundary demarcation and assessment of the proposed Conservation Reserve:
Though it is suggested to declare Conservation Reserve of the area suggested as inviolate areas
by Regional Chief Conservator of Forests, there had been some changes in the status of the
proposed areas. The proposal is to make a fresh assessment of the area and preparation of maps
based on field survey.
Conservation Awareness
A well informed public is all the important for conserving the forests and wildlife. Currently,
there are no systematic effort to reach the public and make them aware of the values of the West
Singhbhum and the role in their life. The project envisages several programmes for outreach.
Awareness phamphlets and brochures: Brochures and pamphlets in local language,
introducing the West Singhbhum with details on its values and importance in the whole
landscape, could be a best tool to reach general public. It could also be distributed among the
school/college students at the time of wildlife week celebrations.
Developing a website and maintenance: This is the age of transparency. A web site with the
details on the area, details projects that are implemented, programmes etc will help reach more

223
people. There should also be a feedback provision for comments, which are promptly replied by
the concerned officers.
Documentary film on values of West Singhbhum: This would help educating the public
especially the younger generation and seek their support for conservation programmes.
Man power for Interpretation Centres: The Centres should be manned by educated youths
trained in interpretation and conservation issues.
Organising two day Nature camps for the Villagers/students: It is suggested to organise at
least two Nature Camps per Range for the benefit of the villagers/students. The camps should of
two days duration with a proper syllabus including a field exposure trip. The services of
knowledgeable Resource Persons could be utilised.
Capacity building for the visitor guides from the local villagers: Selected village youths
could be trained as visitor guides exposing them to the wildlife in the area, wildlife values,
communication etc. under a knowledgeable Resource Person. The trained Guides will earn their
livelihood by escorting the visitors.
Signages with conservation messages and maintenance: The conservation messages could
reach the public through appropriately worded signages exhibited at vantage points. It will also
be good to give phone numbers of the officers to be contacted to pass on information on illegal
activities.
Celebration of important days: It is important that national and international events like World
Environment Day and Wildlife Week are celebrated to create awareness among the public on
conservation of nature.
Eco-Development
People’s participation and addressing the social issues of the local community is the recent
development in wildlife management. This will promote both the livelihood of the people and
reduce their dependence on the natural resources. The eco-development also ensures support of
the locals for conservation. It is suggested here to have Eco-development committees and
activities under well thought out micro-plan prepared with active participation of the villagers.
There are fourteen Forest Villages (10 in Saranda and 4 in Kolhan FDs) in the district. These are
treated separately as the development and welfare of the people in this area is the concern of the
Forest department. The amount provided is as per the World Bank Eco-development norms.

224
Formation of Village Eco-development Committees (EDCs): There could be discussions with
the village heads and form clusters of villages to work under EDCs. The villagers should be
briefed on the purpose and their role and responsibilities.
Preparation of micro plans: The EDCs should prepare a micro-plan for implementation. The
dependence of the villagers on the natural resources, their socio-economic status and education
level should be considered. The micro plan should be socially acceptable, have livelihood
options, women empowerment and conforming to the existing Rules and regulations. The EDCs
could also be involved in forest and wildlife protection, fire management, mitigation of conflicts
and visitor management.
Entry Point Activities: The villagers always expect immediate benefits from the programme
and the entry point activity will be to address one of the most important immediate demands of
the people, which will be of benefit to the community.
Seed money for implementation of micro plan: Provisions are made to support the EDCs
through seed money for initial support of their work or for entry activity.
Rain water harvesting tanks/ponds: Water shortage especially during summer is one of the
crucial problems faced by the villagers. The programme of rain water harvesting is to be
implemented in 100 villages.
Capacity building/vocational training for villagers: It is important to make the villagers self
sustainable through programmes under eco-development. Vocational Training will be one of the
options and the details have to be worked out depending the site, social acceptability etc.
Monitoring and Evaluation: A Monitoring and Evaluation team comprising of experts drawn
from wildlife, social science and forestry is suggested for monitoring and evaluation of the
implementation of all the programmes under the Plan. The experts should be drawn from
different places of the country and appointed by the State Chief Wildlife Warden. The
Committee should be provided with the details of the projects implemented along with progress.
The Committee will make field visits twice in an year to have firsthand knowledge of the
progress and report their findings and comments to the Chief Wildlife Warden.

Emergency Relief Fund (Calamity Fund)

225
A separate recommendation is given for a Conservation Reserve/Inviolate Area consisting of
areas mostly from Saranda, Kolhan and Porahat Forest Divisions. An Emergency Relief Fund
(Calamity Fund) is proposed to meet the emergency requirement to mitigate human wildlife
conflict. This will be at the disposal of the Conservator of Forests and to be operated through a
Committee headed by Chief Wildlife Warden and Chief Conservator of Forests (Jamshedpur),
Conservator of Forests (Chaibasa) as Members.
West Singhbhum Conservation Fund
It is suggested to create West Singhbhum Conservation Fund under Department. of Forest and
Environment, Jharkhand exclusively for West – Singhbhum district. This corpus will be from the
contribution of Rs. 2.17 per Ha from the mining companies. This was arrived by dividing the
total budgetary provision of Rs. 19981.39, which is shared by 9186.54 Ha of approved lease
land. The fund will be utilised for implementation of the recommendations in the Plan and other
programme on conservation as per the resolution of the Governing Body. The GB will be under
the Chief Wildlife warden with Regional Chief Conservator of Forests (Jamshedpur),
Conservator of Forests (Chaibasa), Divisional Forest Officers of all the four Forest Divisions and
mining company and People’s representatives. The operation and administration of the fund
should follow the administrative and financial rules of Govt. of Jharkhand.

226
 Selected References
Andrews, A. 1990. Fragmentation of habitat by roads and utility corridors: A review. Australian
Zoologist 26, 130-141.

Angold, P.G. 1997. The impact of a road upon adjacent heathland vegetation: Effects on plant
species composition. Journal of Applied Ecology 34, 409-417.

Auerbach, N.A., Walker, M.D. and Walker, D.A. 1997. Effects of roadside disturbance on substrate
and vegetation properties in arctic tundra. Ecological Applications 7, 218-235.

Babisch, W., Ising, H., Gallacher, J.J., Sweetnam, P.M. and Elwood, P.C. 1999. Traffic noise and
cardiovascular risk: The caerphilly and speedwell studies, third phase-10-year follow up.
Archives Of Environmental Health 54, 210-216.

Basu, Rahul Mining in Goa: Beyond Forest Issues 2012. & Political Weekly, January 21, XLVII (3):
77-79.

Bauske, B. and Goetz, D. 1993. Effects on de-icing salts on heavy metal mobility. Acta
Hydrochimica Et Hydrobiologica 21, 38-42.

Bennett, A.F. 1991. Roads, roadsides and wildlife conservation: a review. In: Saunders, D.A.
andHobbs, R.J., (Eds.) Nature conservation 2: The role of corridors, pp. 99-118. Chipping
Norton: Surrey Beatty & Sons.

Bergmann, H.H. 1974. Zur Phänologie und Ökologie des Strassentods der Vögel. Vogelwelt 95, 1-
21.

Bernard, J.-M., Lansiart, M., Kempf, C. and Tille, M., (Eds.) 1987. Actes du colloques "Route et
fauna sauvage". Strasbourg, Conseil de l'Europe, 5-7 Juin 1985. Ministère de l'Equipement,
du Longement, de l'Aménagement du Territoire et des Transports, et Ministère délégué
chargé de l'Environnement, Colmar, France. 403 pp.

Bhushan, Chandra Rich Lands, Poor People: The Socio-Environmental Challenges of Mining in
India. Rich, Lands, Poor People: The Socio-Environmental Challenges of Mining in India.

Blaustein, A.R. and Wake, D.B. 1990. Declining amphibian populations: a global phenomenon?
TREE 5, 203-204.

Blomqvist, G. 1998. Impact of de-icing salt on roadside vegetation - a literature review. VTI rapport
427A, pp.1-36. Linköping, Sweden: Swedish National Road and Transport Research
Institute. URL: http://www.vti.se.

Canters, K., Piepers, A. and Hendriks-Heersma, A. 1997. Habitat fragmentation, infrastructure and
the role of ecological engineering. - Proceedings of the international conference on Habitat
fragmentation and infrastructure in Maastricht & DenHague 1995. Delft, The
Netherlands:Ministry of Transport, Public Works and Water Management, Road and
Hydraulic Engineering division.

252
Castensson,R. 1991. Stommen i Sveriges infrastruktur. In: Heddelin,B., (Ed.) Vägar: Dåtid, nutid,
framtid., pp. 230-239. Borlänge, Sweden: Vägverket.

Central Pollution Control Board. 2007. Comprehensive Industry Document on Iron Ore Mining.
Comprehensive Industry Document Series COINDS/__/2007-08

Chaudhuri, Kisor (undated). Singhbhum Elephants: Study of the habitat & seasonal activity.
Wildlife Protection Society of India, New Delhi.

Clevenger A. P. 1998-9. Highways and wildlife-An online bibliography. URL:

http://www.cmiae.org /biblio. html (last visit: October 2000).

Curatolo, J.A. and Murphy, S.M. 1986. The effect of pipelines, roads, and traffic on the movements
of Caribou (Rangifer tarandus). Can.Field Nat. 100, 218-224.

Donoghue, A. M. 2004. Occupational health hazards in mining: an overview. Occupational

Medicine, 54 (5):283–289

Dutta, P., Mahatha, S. and De, P. 2004. Opencast mining impact. A methodology for cumulative
impact assessment of opencast mining projects with special reference to air quality
assessment. Impact Assessment and Project Appraisal, volume 22, number 3, September
2004, pages 235–250, Beech Tree Publishing, 10 Watford Close, Guildford, Surrey GU1
2EP, UK.

Ellenberg, H., Müller, K. and Stottele, T. 1981. Strassen-Ökologie: Auswirkungen von Autobahnen
und Strassen auf Ökosysteme deutscher Landschaften. Bonn: Deutsche Strassenliga.

Ernst, W.O. 1998. Invasion, dispersal and ecology of the South African neophyte Senecio
inaequidens in The Netherlands: from wool alien to railway and road alien. Acta Botanica
Neerlandica 47, 131-151.

Evink, G.L., Garrett, P. and Zeigler, D., (Eds.) 1999. Proceedings of the third International
Conference on Wildlife and Transportation. FL-ER-73-99. Florida Department of
Transportation, Tallahassee, Florida. 330 pp.

Evink, G.L., Garrett, P., Zeigler, D. and Berry, J., (Eds.) 1996. Highways and movement of wildlife:
Improving habitat conditions and wildlife passageways across highway corridors.
Proceedings of the Florida Department of Transportation / Federal Highway Administration
transportationrelated wildlife mortality seminar. Orlando April 30 - May 2, 1996, Florida
Department of Transportation, FHWA-PD-96-041, Tallahassee, Florida 336 pp.

Evink, G.L., Garrett, P., Zeigler, D. and Berry, J., (Eds.) 1998. Proceedings of the International
Conference on Wildlife Ecology and Transportation. Florida Department of Transportation,
FLER- 69-98, Tallahassee, Florida 263 pp.

Fahrig, L., Pedlar, J.H., Pope, S.E., Taylor, P.D. and Wegener, J.F. 1995. Effect of road traffic on
amphibian density. Biol.Conserv. 73, 177-182.

253
Ferris, C.R. 1979. Effects of Interstate 95 on breeding birds in northern Maine. J.Wildl.Manage. 43 ,
421-427.

Foppen, R. and Reijnen, R. 1994. The effects of car traffic on breeding bird populations in
woodland. 2. Breeding dispersal of male willow warblers (Phylloscopus trochilus) in
relation to the proximity of a highway. J.Appl.Ecol. 31, 95-101.

Forman, R.T. and Alexander, L.E. 1998. Roads and their major ecological effects. Annual Review Of
Ecology And Systematics 29, 207-+.

Forman, R.T.T. 1995. Land mosaics: The ecology of landscapes and regions. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.

Gjessing, E., Lygren, E., Berglind, L., Gullbranden, T. and Skanne, R. 1984. Effect of highway
runoff on lake water quality. Science of the Total Environment 33, 247-257.

Glitzner, I., Beyerlein, P., Brugger, C., Egermann, F., Paill, W., Schlögel, B. and Tataruch, F. 1999.
Anlage- und betriebsbedingte Auswirkungen von Strassen auf die Tierwelt - Literaturstudie.
Graz, Austria: MA 22 Naturschutz und Landschaftspflege, Beiträge zum Umweltschutz,
Heft 60/99.

Singh, Gurdeep and Shukla, Arun Kumar. 2008. Environmental issues with best Practice Examples
of Responsible Mining in India. Paper presented in 21st World Mining Congress and Expo,
Sept. 7-12, Poland.

Hansen, K. and Jensen, J. 1972. The vegetation on roadsides in Denmark. Dansk Bot.Ark. 28, 1-61.
Andreas Seiler: Ecological effects of roads 34(40)

Harris, L.D. and Gallagher, P.B. 1989 New initiatives for wildlife conservation. The need for
movement corridors. In: Anonymous In defense of wildlife: Preserving communities and
corridors, pp. 11-34. Washington.

Haugen, A.O. 1944. Highway mortality in southern Michigan. - J. Mammal. 25: 177-184.

Havlin, J. 1987. On the importance of railway lines for the avifauna in agrocoenoses. Folia zool. 36,
345-358.

Holzang, O., Sieber, U., Heynen, D., von Lerber, F., Keller, V. and Pfister, H.P. 2000. Wildtiere und
Verkehr - eine kommentierte Bibliographie. Sempach, Switzerland: Schweizerische
Vogelwarte.

Illner, H. 1992. Effect of roads with heavy traffic on Grey partridge (Perdix perdix) density. Gibier
Faune Sauvage 9, 467-480.

Jalkotzky,M.G., Ross,P.I. and Nasserden,M.D. 1997. The effects of linear development on wildlife: a
review of selected scientific literature. Prepared by the Arc Wildlife Services Ltd. 2201 - 34
St.S.W., Calgary, Alberta T3E 2W2, Canada (unpublished report, accessible from the
author).

254
Jayanthu, S. Rao, Naveen, G. V. and Kumar, Susheel B R V (undated) Ground vibrations in
opencast mine blast on structures vis-à-vis a local environmental effect and its mitigation
through mining technology.

Jedicke, E. 1994. Biotopverbund - Grundlagen und Massnahmen einer neuen Naturschutzstrategie.

2. Auflage. Stuttgart, Germany: Eugen Ulmer Verlag GmbH & Co.

Job, R.S. 1996. The influence of subjective reactions to noise on health effects of the noise.
Environment International 22, 93-104.

Kadekodi, Gopal K. 2010. The Health of Mining and Wealth of Miners July 24, Economic &
Political Weekly XIV (30): 14-15.

Klein, D.R. 1971. Reaction of reindeer to obstactions and disturbances. Science 173, 393-398.

Kuitunen, M., Rossi, E. and Stenroos, A. 1998. Do highways influence density of land birds?
Environmental Management 22, 297-302.

Mace, R.D., Waller, J.S., Manley, T.L., Lyon, L.J. and Zuuring, H. 1996. Relationships among
grizzly bears, roads and habitat in the Swan Mountains, Montana. J.Appl.Ecol. 33, 1395-
1404.

Mader, H.J. 1987. Direckte und indireckte einflüsse des Strassennetzes auf die freilebende tierwelt
und auf die Populationsdynamik. In: Bernard, J.-M., Lansiart, M., Kempf, C. and Tille, M.,
(Eds.) Actes du colloques "Route et fauna sauvage". Strasbourg, 1985, pp. 19-29. Colmar,
France.: Ministère de l'Equipement, du Longement, de l'Aménagement du Territoire et des
Transports. Andreas Seiler: Ecological effects of roads 36(40)

Mader, H.J., Krause, A. and Brandes, D. 1983. Zur Tier und Pflanzenwelt an Verkehrswegen.
Sonderheft 4 der Dokumentation für Umweltschutz und Landschaftspflege. Bonn-Bad
Godesberg, Germany: Bundesforschungsanstalt für Naturschutz und Landschaftsökologie.

McLellan, B.N. and Schackleton, D.M. 1988. Grizzly bears and resource extraction industries:
effects of roads on behaviour, habitat use, and demography. J.Appl.Ecol. 25, 451-460.

Meunier, F.D., Verheyden, C. and Jouventin, P. 1999 Bird communities of highway verges:
Influence of adjacent habitat and roadside management. Acta Oecologica-International
Journal Of Ecology 20, 1-13.

Menon, V., Tiwari, Sandeep Kumar, Easa, P.S. and Sukumar, R. 2005. Right of Passage: Elephant
Corridors of India. Conservation Reference series No. 3, Wildlife Trust of India, New Delhi.

Ministry of Mines 2008. National Mineral Policy (For non - fuel and non - coal minerals),
Government of India

Ministry of Mines 2011.Mining Policy and Legislation, Annual Report 2010-2011

Mukhopadhyay, Pranab and Kadekodi, Gopal K. 2011. Missing the Woods for the Ore: Goa’s
Development Myopia. Economic & Political Weekly November 12, 2011 XLVI(46): 61-
67.
255
 NCAER (2010): A Study of Goan Iron Ore Mining Industry (New Delhi: National Council of
Applied Economic Research).
Nihlén,J. 1966 Landskapsvård (Protection of landscapes). Borås, Sweden: Samfundet för
Hembygdsvård, LTs förlag.

Noronha, Ligia and Nairy, Subramanya 2005. Assessing Quality of Life in a Mining Region.
Economic and Political Weekly January 1: 72-78.

,Pierre-LePense, A.-M. and Carsignol, J., (Eds.) 1999. Actes des troisièmes rencontres "Route et
fauna sauvage". Ministère de l'Equipement, des Transports et du Longement et Ministère de
l'Aménagement du Territoire et de l'Environnement, Paris, France 460 pp.

Prillevitz,F.C. 1997. Fragmentation, not forever. In: Canters,K., Piepers,A. and Hendriks-
Heersma,A., (Eds.) Proceedings of the international conference on Habitat fragmentation
and infrastructure in Maastricht & DenHague 1995, Delft, The Netherlands: Ministry of
Transport, Public Works and Water Management, Road and Hydraulic Engineering division.

Räty, M. 1979. Effect of highway traffic on tetraonid densities. Ornis Fenn. 56, 169-170.

Reck, H. and Kaule, G. 1993. Strassen und Lebensräume: Ermittlung und Beurteilung
strassenbedingter Auswirkungen auf Pflanzen, Tiere und ihre Lebensräume. Bonn-Bad
Godesberg, Germany.: Bundesministerium für Verkehr, Abteilung Strassenbau.

Reh, W. and Seitz, A. 1990. The influence of land use on the genetic structure of populaitons of the
common frog (Rana temporaria). Biol.Conserv. 54, 239-249.

Reichelt, G. 1979. Landschaftsverlust durch Straßenbau. (Loss of landscapes due to road

construction). Natur und Landschaft 54, 335-338.

Reijnen, M., Veenbaas, G. and Foppen, R. 1995. Predicting the effects of motorway traffic on
breeding bird populations. Delft, The Netherlands.: Road and Hydraulic Engineering
Division and DLO-Institute for Forestry and Nature Research, P-DWW-95-736.

Reijnen, R. and Foppen, R. 1994. The effects of car traffic on breeding bird populations in
woodland. 1. Evidence of reduced habitat quality for willow warblers (Phylloscopus
trochilus) breeding close to a highway. J.Appl.Ecol. 31, 85-94.

Reijnen, R., Foppen, R. and Veenbaas, G. 1997. Disturbance by traffic of breeding birds: Evaluation
of the effect and considerations in planning and managing road corridors. Biodiversity and
Conservation 6, 567-581.

Reijnen, R., Foppen, R., Terbraak, C.J. and Thiessen, J. 1995. The effects of car traffic on breeding
bird populations in woodland. 3. Reduction of density in relation to the proximity of main
roads. J.Appl.Ecol. 32, 187-202.

Rodts, J., Holsbeek, L. and Muyldermons, S. 1998. Dieren onder onze wielen. - Koninklijk Belgisch
Verbond voor de Bescherming van de Vogels.

256
 Rost, G.R. and Bailey, J.A. 1979. Distribution of mule deer and elk in relation to roads.
J.Wildl.Manage. 43, 634-641.

Sahu, H. B. and Dash, S. 2011. Land Degradation due to Mining in India and its Mitigation Measures.
2nd International Conference on Environmental Science and Technology IPCBEE vol.6
(2011) IACSIT Press, SingaporeV1-132-136,
Scanlon, P.F. 1987. Heavy metals in small mammals in roadside environemtns - implications for
food chains. Science of the Total Environment 59, 317-323.

Scanlon, P.F. 1991. Effects of highway pollutants upon terrestrial ecosystems. In: Hamilton, R.S.
and Harrison, R.M., (Eds.) Highway pollution. Studies in environmental sciences, pp. 281-
338.Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Schmidley, D.J. and Wilkins, K.T. 1977. Composition of small mammal populations on highway
right-of-way in east Texas. Texas State Department of Highways ana Public Transportation,
Research Report 197-1F.

Schmidt, W. 1989. Plant dispersal by motor cars. Vegetatio 80, 147-152.

Singh, Arun P. 2010. Butterfly diversity in tropical moist deciduous sal forests of Ankua Reserve
Forest, Koina Range, Saranda Division, West Singhbhum District, Jharkhand, India. Journal
of Threatened Taxa 2(9): 1130-1139.

Singh, R. K. 2000. Impact of Iron Ore Mining on the elephant habitat of Singhbhum forests, Bihar.
Thesis presented to the Saurashtra University, Rajkot, India for the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy in Wildlife Science.

Sjölund, A., Eriksson, O., Persson, T. and Hammarqvist, J. 1999. Vägkantsfloran. Borlänge,
Sweden: Swedish National Road Administration, Publ. 1999:40.

Soulé, M.E. 1987. Viable populations for conservation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
39(40) Andreas Seiler: Ecological effects of roads

Spellerberg, I.F. 1998. Ecological effects of roads and traffic: a literature review. Global Ecology
And Biogeography Letters 7, 317-333.

Stansfeld, S.A., Sharp, D.S., Gallacher, J. and Babisch, W. 1993. Road traffic noise, noise sensitivity
and psychological disorder. Psychological Medicine 23, 977-985.

Trombulak, S.C. and Frissell, C.A. 2000. Review of ecological effects of roads on terrestrial and
aquatic communities. Conservation Biology 14, 18-30.

Tyser, R.W. and Worley, C.A. 1992. Alien flora in grasslands adjacent to road and trail corridors in
Glacier National-park, Montana (USA). Conservation Biology 6, 253-262.

Usher, M.B. 1988. Biological invasions of nature reserves. Biol.Conserv. 44, 119-135.

Van Bohemen, H.D., Buizer, D.A.G. and Littel, D., (Eds.) 1991. Nature engineering and Civil
Engineering Works. Pudoc, Wageningen, The Netherlands

257
Van den Tempel, R. 1993. Vogelslachtoffers in het wegverkeer (in Dutch with English summary).-
Vogelbescherming Nederland, Ministerie van Verkeer en Waterstaat, Directoraat-Generaal
Rijkswaterstaat.

Van der Sluijs, J. and Van Bohemen, H.D. 1991. Green elements of civil engineering works and
their (potential) ecological importance. In: Van Bohemen, H.D., Buizer, D.A.G. and Littel,
D., (Eds.) Nature engineering and Civil Engineering Works, pp. 21-32. Wageningen, The
Netherlands: PUDOC.

Van der Zande, A.N., ter Keurs, W.J. and Van der Weijden, W.J. 1980. The impact of roads on the
densities of four bird spesies in an open field habitat - evidence of a long-distance effect.
Biol.Conserv. 18, 299-321.

Veen, J. 1973. De verstoring van weidevogelpopulaties. Stedeb.en Volkshuisv. 53, 16-26. Andreas
Seiler: Ecological effects of roads 40(40)

Verkaar, H.J. and Bekker, G.J. 1991. The significance of migration to the ecological quality of civil
engineering works and their surroundings. In: Van Bohemen, H.D., Buizer, D.A.G. and
Littel, D., (Eds.) Nature engineering and civil engineering works, Wageningen, The
Netherlands: Pudoc.

Vestjens, W.J.M. 1973. Wildlife mortality on a road in New South Wales. Emu 73, 107-112.

Way, J.M. 1977. Roadside verges and conservation in Britain: a review. Biol.Conserv. 12, 65-74.

World Bank. 1996. “Pollution Prevention and Abatement: Base Metal and Iron Ore Mining. “ Draft
Technical Background Document. Environment Department, Washington, D.C.

258